{"title":"Computer Repair \u0026 Upgrade Tools","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"s2-steel-magnetic-screwdriver-bit-set-laptop-pc-repair","title":"S2 Steel Magnetic Screwdriver Bit Set – Extended 5mm\/6mm Bits for Laptop, PC \u0026 Electronics Repair","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eS2 Steel Magnetic Screwdriver Bit Set — Extended Reach for Laptop \u0026amp; PC Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStripping a screw inside a laptop chassis or dropping a tiny fastener into a motherboard cavity can turn a simple upgrade into an expensive repair. Whether you're a tech enthusiast swapping out a laptop battery, an IT professional servicing office machines, or a hands-on DIYer cleaning PC cooling fans, having the right bit makes all the difference. The \u003cstrong\u003eS2 Steel Magnetic Screwdriver Bit Set\u003c\/strong\u003e is built specifically for precision electronics work — giving you the reach, grip, and durability that standard bits can't match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set is built around \u003cstrong\u003eimported S2 steel\u003c\/strong\u003e with a hardness rating of approximately HRC 60+, and features a built-in magnetic tip to hold screws securely during extraction and installation. Bits are available in \u003cstrong\u003e50mm (≈2\")\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e60mm (≈2.4\")\u003c\/strong\u003e lengths, with shank diameters of \u003cstrong\u003e5mm (801 series)\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e6mm (802 series)\u003c\/strong\u003e to match your electric screwdriver's collet. Choose from four set configurations: 5-piece, 8-piece, 10-piece, or 13-piece — each stored in a compact, compartmentalized case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese extended magnetic screwdriver bits are ideal for \u003cstrong\u003elaptop battery replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ePC case disassembly and fan cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003egaming console repair\u003c\/strong\u003e (PS5, Xbox, Switch). The extended length reaches deep-set screws in tight chassis without obstruction, making them a go-to for anyone doing regular DIY electronics maintenance at home or in a small repair shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e These bits fit electric screwdrivers with a \u003cstrong\u003e5mm collet (801 series)\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e6mm collet (802 series)\u003c\/strong\u003e chuck — not standard 1\/4\" hex-drive drills. Verify your tool's collet diameter before ordering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These S2 Steel Extended Screwdriver Bits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Magnetic Tip\u003c\/strong\u003e — Holds small electronics screws (typically M1.4–M2.5) firmly during extraction and seating, preventing drops into tight chassis cavities.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eS2 Steel Construction (HRC 60+)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Higher hardness than standard CRV bits means the tip resists cam-out and deformation on tight, small-head screws found in laptops and precision electronics.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Length Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in 50mm (≈2\") and 60mm (≈2.4\") to reach recessed screws inside laptop cooling assemblies, PC towers, and console housings without obstruction.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎯\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5mm \u0026amp; 6mm Shank Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — 801 series (5mm) and 802 series (6mm) shanks cover the two most common collet sizes on compact electric screwdrivers used for electronics repair.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Set Configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose 5, 8, 10, or 13-piece sets based on your repair scope. Every set includes a compartmentalized storage case to keep bits organized and protected between uses.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Tip Variety\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sets include Phillips (PH0, PH1, PH2), Slotted, and Pentalobe heads, covering the fastener types most commonly encountered in laptop, desktop, and gaming console disassembly.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — S2 Steel Magnetic Screwdriver Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eImported S2 Steel, approx. HRC 60+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShank Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm (801 series) \/ 6mm (802 series) — see variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm (≈2\") \/ 60mm (≈2.4\") — varies by set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnetic Tip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, built-in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet Configurations\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-piece, 8-piece, 10-piece, 13-piece — see variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTip Types Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips PH0 \/ PH1 \/ PH2, Slotted, Pentalobe — varies by set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Case\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded (compartmentalized)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Tool Chuck\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm collet (801) or 6mm collet (802) electric screwdriver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop repair, PC disassembly, gaming console service, electronics DIY\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact us to confirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the 801 (5mm) and 802 (6mm) shank series?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 801 series uses a 5mm shank diameter and the 802 series uses a 6mm shank. Most compact electric screwdrivers designed for laptop and PC repair typically accept 5mm (801) bits. Check your tool's collet size before ordering — if unsure, the 5mm series is generally the more common choice for electronics work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right bit length — 50mm or 60mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most laptop and tablet repairs, 50mm (≈2\") bits are sufficient for standard chassis screws. The 60mm (≈2.4\") extended bits are better suited for deep-set screws inside PC towers, gaming consoles, or tight motherboard mounts. The 13-piece extended set includes a mix of both lengths for maximum versatility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow strong is the magnetic tip — can it hold screws vertically?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in magnetic tip is designed to hold small electronics screws (typically M1.4–M2.5) securely, even when the bit is oriented vertically. This helps prevent screws from dropping into tight chassis cavities during installation or removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy use S2 steel bits instead of standard chrome-vanadium (CRV) bits for electronics repair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS2 steel generally achieves a hardness of around HRC 60+, compared to HRC 50–55 for typical CRV bits. This higher hardness means S2 bits are more resistant to tip deformation and cam-out on tight, small-head screws — which is especially important when working on precision electronics where damaged screw heads can be costly to recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these bits suitable for outdoor or corrosion-prone environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bits are designed primarily for indoor electronics repair use. S2 steel is not inherently stainless, so prolonged exposure to moisture or outdoor conditions may cause surface oxidation over time. For occasional use in humid environments, wiping the bits dry after use and storing them in the included case will help maintain their condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat electric screwdrivers are compatible with these bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bits are designed for electric screwdrivers with a collet-style chuck that accepts 5mm (801 series) or 6mm (802 series) round shanks — not standard 1\/4\" hex-drive drills. They are compatible with most compact power screwdrivers commonly used for electronics repair. If your tool uses a 1\/4\" hex chuck, a round-to-hex adapter would be needed (not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich set size should I buy — 5, 8, 10, or 13 pieces?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5-piece 50mm set covers the most common laptop repair scenarios. The 8- and 10-piece 60mm sets add extended reach and more tip variety for PC and console work. The 13-piece extended set is the most comprehensive option, generally suited for repair technicians or enthusiasts who work across multiple device types regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your \u003cstrong\u003eset size and bit length\u003c\/strong\u003e above, then add to cart — ships from our US warehouse.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"801 5PCS 50mm Screwdriver Bit Set","offer_id":52304071295250,"sku":"HKTBSMA100001","price":18.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"801 8PCS 60mm Screwdriver Bit Set","offer_id":52304071328018,"sku":"HKTBSMA100002","price":27.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"801 10PCS 60mm Screwdriver Bit Set","offer_id":52304071360786,"sku":"HKTBSMA100003","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"801 13PCS Extended Repair Screwdriver Bit Set","offer_id":52304071393554,"sku":"HKTBSMA100004","price":46.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01YSX6ih1c5wdRLJE2H__276473550.jpg?v=1780502363"},{"product_id":"s2-steel-torx-power-bit-set-t6-to-t40-for-pneumatic-electric-screwdrivers","title":"S2 Steel Torx Power Bit Set – T6, T7, T8, T9, T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30 Star Bits for Pneumatic \u0026 Electric Screwdrivers","description":"\u003c!-- ============================================================\n     产品页面HTML代码 (不含H1标题\/TDK)\n     ============================================================ --\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* 全局重置 \u0026 基础容器 *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper {\n        max-width: 1200px;\n        margin: 0 auto;\n        padding: 20px 0;\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n        color: #1a1a1a;\n        line-height: 1.6;\n        font-family: inherit; \/* 继承商店字体 *\/\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper *,\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper *::before,\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper *::after {\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper img {\n        max-width: 100%;\n        height: auto;\n        display: block;\n    }\n\n    \/* 标题风格 (H2\/H3) *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper h2 {\n        font-size: 24px;\n        margin: 32px 0 16px 0;\n        font-weight: 700;\n        border-bottom: 3px solid #2a7a3a;\n        padding-bottom: 10px;\n        letter-spacing: 0.3px;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper h3 {\n        font-size: 18px;\n        margin: 16px 0 8px 0;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        color: #1f3a2a;\n    }\n\n    \/* 产品概述 *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-overview {\n        font-size: 16px;\n        margin-bottom: 24px;\n        padding: 18px 22px;\n        background: #f9fbf9;\n        border-radius: 8px;\n        border-left: 5px solid #2a7a3a;\n        color: #2c2c2c;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-overview strong {\n        font-weight: 600;\n    }\n\n    \/* 产品特点 *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list {\n        list-style: none;\n        padding: 0;\n        margin: 0 0 8px 0;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list li {\n        padding: 12px 0 12px 38px;\n        background: url('data:image\/svg+xml;utf8,\u003csvg xmlns=\"http:\/\/www.w3.org\/2000\/svg\" width=\"20\" height=\"20\" viewBox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"none\" stroke=\"%232a7a3a\" stroke-width=\"2.5\" stroke-linecap=\"round\" stroke-linejoin=\"round\"\u003e\u003cpolyline points=\"20 6 9 17 4 12\"\u003e\u003c\/polyline\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e') left center no-repeat;\n        background-size: 22px;\n        border-bottom: 1px solid #f0f0f0;\n        font-size: 15px;\n        line-height: 1.7;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list li:last-child {\n        border-bottom: none;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list li strong {\n        font-weight: 600;\n    }\n\n    \/* 规格参数表格 *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table {\n        width: 100%;\n        border-collapse: collapse;\n        font-size: 15px;\n        margin: 6px 0 8px 0;\n        border-radius: 6px;\n        overflow: hidden;\n        box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.06);\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table th,\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table td {\n        padding: 12px 16px;\n        border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\n        text-align: left;\n        vertical-align: top;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table th {\n        background-color: #f0f4f0;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        width: 35%;\n        color: #1f3a2a;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table td {\n        background-color: #ffffff;\n    }\n\n    \/* FAQ (全部展开) *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-section {\n        margin-top: 8px;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item {\n        margin-bottom: 14px;\n        padding: 16px 20px;\n        background: #fafafa;\n        border-radius: 8px;\n        border-left: 5px solid #2a7a3a;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item h3 {\n        margin: 0 0 6px 0;\n        font-size: 17px;\n        font-weight: 700;\n        color: #1a1a1a;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item p {\n        margin: 0;\n        font-size: 15px;\n        line-height: 1.6;\n        color: #3d3d3d;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item .gbs-faq-highlight {\n        font-weight: 600;\n        color: #1f3a2a;\n    }\n\n    \/* 移动端适配 *\/\n    @media (max-width: 640px) {\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper {\n            padding: 12px 8px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper h2 {\n            font-size: 20px;\n            margin-top: 28px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper h3 {\n            font-size: 16px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-overview {\n            font-size: 15px;\n            padding: 14px 16px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list li {\n            padding: 10px 0 10px 32px;\n            font-size: 14px;\n            background-size: 18px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table {\n            font-size: 14px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table th,\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table td {\n            padding: 8px 10px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item {\n            padding: 14px 16px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item h3 {\n            font-size: 16px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item p {\n            font-size: 14px;\n        }\n    }\n\n    @media (max-width: 480px) {\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper h2 {\n            font-size: 18px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table th,\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table td {\n            padding: 6px 8px;\n            font-size: 13px;\n        }\n    }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-tool-wrapper\"\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 产品概述 --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-overview\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eStop wrestling with stripped screws and wasted time.\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're a professional auto mechanic tightening engine bolts, a furniture maker assembling hardware, or a DIY enthusiast working on electronic repairs, the \u003cstrong\u003eS2 Steel Torx Power Bit Set\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers the durability and precision you need. Crafted from premium German-sourced S2 alloy steel and hardened to HRC60+, these magnetic star bits are built to withstand high-torque pneumatic and electric screwdrivers. Say goodbye to cheap, deformed bits — upgrade your toolbox with a set that lasts a lifetime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 产品特点 --\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e⚡ Key Features of This S2 Steel Torx Power Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul class=\"gbs-features-list\"\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🧲 Premium German S2 Alloy Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – High-temperature quenched S2 steel with a steady HRC60± hardness ensures these Torx bits resist wear, deformation, and stripping, even on tight or rusted screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e📏 Multiple Lengths for Any Job\u003c\/strong\u003e – Available in \u003cstrong\u003e50mm (12-piece set with box)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e75mm (11-piece set with box)\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e100mm (11-piece set with box)\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003e150mm (8-piece set)\u003c\/strong\u003e to handle everything from flush-mounted screws to deep automotive applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🔩 Complete Torx Size Range\u003c\/strong\u003e – Covers T6, T7, T8, T9, T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30, and T40, giving you the right star bit for any task. Perfect for all modern consumer electronics, cars, and machinery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🛠️ Standard 1\/4\" Hex Shank\u003c\/strong\u003e – Universally compatible with most pneumatic tools, electric screwdrivers, cordless drills, and impact drivers from brands like DeWalt, Milwaukee, and Bosch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🧰 Strong Magnetic Tip\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built-in magnetism holds screws securely in place, preventing dropping and making one-handed driving effortless during complex repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e📦 Free Storage Case\u003c\/strong\u003e – Each set comes with a durable, compartmentalized plastic box (except the 150mm set) to keep your bits organized and protected from moisture and loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 规格参数 --\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e📋 Product Specifications – S2 Steel Torx Power Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003ctable class=\"gbs-specs-table\"\u003e\n        \u003cthead\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n                \u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003c\/thead\u003e\n        \u003ctbody\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003ePrimary Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eGerman S2 Alloy Steel (HRC60± after quenching)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eShank Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eStandard 1\/4\" (6.35mm) Hex Shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eTorx Sizes Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eT6, T7, T8, T9, T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30, T35, T40 (varies by set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003e50mm, 75mm, 100mm, 150mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eSet Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003e50mm (12 pcs), 75mm (11 pcs), 100mm (11 pcs), 150mm (8 pcs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eYes (strong adsorption)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eStorage Case\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eIncluded for 50mm, 75mm, and 100mm sets (plastic organizer box)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003ePneumatic screwdrivers, electric screwdrivers, cordless drills, impact drivers\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eApplications\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eAutomotive repair, furniture assembly, PC \u0026amp; laptop repair, gaming consoles, machinery maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 常见问题 (FAQ) - 全部展开 --\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions About This S2 Steel Torx Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-section\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003ch3\u003eAre these bits truly made from German S2 steel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n            \u003cp\u003eYes. These bits are manufactured using \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003epremium German S2 alloy steel\u003c\/strong\u003e. The raw material is imported and undergoes high-temperature quenching treatment to achieve a stable hardness of HRC60±, making them significantly harder and more durable than standard chrome-vanadium (CRV) bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the 50mm and 150mm sets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n            \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003e50mm set\u003c\/strong\u003e includes 12 pieces covering T5 to T40 and comes with a storage box. It’s perfect for general use. The \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003e150mm set\u003c\/strong\u003e includes 8 pieces (T8-T40) and is designed for deep reach applications, such as automotive engines or recessed electronics, where a longer shaft is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003ch3\u003eDo these bits fit my Milwaukee \/ DeWalt \/ Bosch power tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n            \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. These bits feature a \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003estandard 1\/4\" (6.35mm) hex shank\u003c\/strong\u003e. This means they are compatible with almost all pneumatic tools, electric screwdrivers, and cordless drills\/impact drivers on the market, including major brands like Milwaukee, DeWalt, Bosch, and Makita.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003ch3\u003eAre the bits magnetic, and how strong is the magnetic pull?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n            \u003cp\u003eYes, the bits are \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003estrongly magnetic\u003c\/strong\u003e. The built-in magnet holds screws firmly in place, allowing you to start screws in tight spaces or vertical positions without them falling off. This feature is especially useful for delicate work like PC building or automotive panel installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"50MM Torx Bit Set 12PCS With Box","offer_id":52304079454482,"sku":"HKTBSMA200001","price":23.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"75MM Torx Bit Set 11PCS With Box","offer_id":52304079487250,"sku":"HKTBSMA200002","price":28.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100MM Torx Bit Set 11PCS With Box","offer_id":52304079520018,"sku":"HKTBSMA200003","price":32.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150MM Torx Bit Set 8PCS","offer_id":52304079552786,"sku":"HKTBSMA200004","price":40.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/TB2aHUycXXXXXbsXXXXXXXXXXXX__537699600.png?v=1780502363"},{"product_id":"qianda-pentalobe-phillips-torx-bit-set","title":"S2 Steel Precision Bit Set with H4 x 28mm Hex Shank – Pentalobe, Phillips, Torx for iPhone, Xiaomi \u0026 Smartphone Repair","description":"\u003c!-- ============================================================\n     产品页面HTML代码 (不含H1标题\/TDK)\n     ============================================================ --\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n    \/* ----- 全局重置 \u0026 基础容器 ----- *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper {\n        max-width: 1200px;\n        margin: 0 auto;\n        padding: 20px 0;\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n        color: #1a1a1a;\n        line-height: 1.6;\n        font-family: inherit;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper *,\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper *::before,\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper *::after {\n        box-sizing: border-box;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper img {\n        max-width: 100%;\n        height: auto;\n        display: block;\n    }\n\n    \/* ----- 标题风格 (H2\/H3) ----- *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper h2 {\n        font-size: 24px;\n        margin: 32px 0 16px 0;\n        font-weight: 700;\n        border-bottom: 3px solid #2a7a3a;\n        padding-bottom: 10px;\n        letter-spacing: 0.3px;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper h3 {\n        font-size: 18px;\n        margin: 16px 0 8px 0;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        color: #1f3a2a;\n    }\n\n    \/* ----- 产品概述 ----- *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-overview {\n        font-size: 16px;\n        margin-bottom: 24px;\n        padding: 18px 22px;\n        background: #f9fbf9;\n        border-radius: 8px;\n        border-left: 5px solid #2a7a3a;\n        color: #2c2c2c;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-overview strong {\n        font-weight: 600;\n    }\n\n    \/* ----- 产品特点 ----- *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list {\n        list-style: none;\n        padding: 0;\n        margin: 0 0 8px 0;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list li {\n        padding: 12px 0 12px 38px;\n        background: url('data:image\/svg+xml;utf8,\u003csvg xmlns=\"http:\/\/www.w3.org\/2000\/svg\" width=\"20\" height=\"20\" viewBox=\"0 0 24 24\" fill=\"none\" stroke=\"%232a7a3a\" stroke-width=\"2.5\" stroke-linecap=\"round\" stroke-linejoin=\"round\"\u003e\u003cpolyline points=\"20 6 9 17 4 12\"\u003e\u003c\/polyline\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e') left center no-repeat;\n        background-size: 22px;\n        border-bottom: 1px solid #f0f0f0;\n        font-size: 15px;\n        line-height: 1.7;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list li:last-child {\n        border-bottom: none;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list li strong {\n        font-weight: 600;\n    }\n\n    \/* ----- 规格参数表格 ----- *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table {\n        width: 100%;\n        border-collapse: collapse;\n        font-size: 15px;\n        margin: 6px 0 8px 0;\n        border-radius: 6px;\n        overflow: hidden;\n        box-shadow: 0 1px 3px rgba(0,0,0,0.06);\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table th,\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table td {\n        padding: 12px 16px;\n        border: 1px solid #e0e0e0;\n        text-align: left;\n        vertical-align: top;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table th {\n        background-color: #f0f4f0;\n        font-weight: 600;\n        width: 35%;\n        color: #1f3a2a;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table td {\n        background-color: #ffffff;\n    }\n\n    \/* ----- FAQ (全部展开，无折叠) ----- *\/\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-section {\n        margin-top: 8px;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item {\n        margin-bottom: 14px;\n        padding: 16px 20px;\n        background: #fafafa;\n        border-radius: 8px;\n        border-left: 5px solid #2a7a3a;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item h3 {\n        margin: 0 0 6px 0;\n        font-size: 17px;\n        font-weight: 700;\n        color: #1a1a1a;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item p {\n        margin: 0;\n        font-size: 15px;\n        line-height: 1.6;\n        color: #3d3d3d;\n    }\n\n    .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item .gbs-faq-highlight {\n        font-weight: 600;\n        color: #1f3a2a;\n    }\n\n    \/* ----- 移动端适配 ----- *\/\n    @media (max-width: 640px) {\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper {\n            padding: 12px 8px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper h2 {\n            font-size: 20px;\n            margin-top: 28px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper h3 {\n            font-size: 16px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-overview {\n            font-size: 15px;\n            padding: 14px 16px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-features-list li {\n            padding: 10px 0 10px 32px;\n            font-size: 14px;\n            background-size: 18px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table {\n            font-size: 14px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table th,\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table td {\n            padding: 8px 10px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item {\n            padding: 14px 16px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item h3 {\n            font-size: 16px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-faq-item p {\n            font-size: 14px;\n        }\n    }\n\n    @media (max-width: 480px) {\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper h2 {\n            font-size: 18px;\n        }\n\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table th,\n        .gbs-tool-wrapper .gbs-specs-table td {\n            padding: 6px 8px;\n            font-size: 13px;\n        }\n    }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-tool-wrapper\"\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 产品概述 --\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-overview\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003e🔧 \u003cstrong\u003eStruggling with stubborn screws or stripped threads on your smartphone?\u003c\/strong\u003e Whether you're replacing a shattered iPhone screen, swapping out a Xiaomi battery, or tackling a deep clean on an Android device, the \u003cstrong\u003eS2 Steel Precision Bit Set with H4 x 28mm Hex Shank\u003c\/strong\u003e is the ultimate toolkit for modern smartphone repair. Crafted from premium high-hardness S2 alloy steel, these bits deliver the torque and durability you need to remove security screws without damaging delicate components. Perfect for DIY phone enthusiasts, tech repair shops, and anyone who wants to take control of their device maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 产品特点 --\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e⚡ Key Features of This S2 Steel Smartphone Repair Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cul class=\"gbs-features-list\"\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🧲 Premium S2 Alloy Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e – High-temperature quenched S2 steel with a steady HRC60± hardness ensures these bits resist wear, deformation, and stripping, even on tight, glued-in screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e📱 Apple \u0026amp; Android Disassembly Focused\u003c\/strong\u003e – Includes specialized bits for iPhone (Pentalobe 0.8mm, Y-Type 0.8mm, Phillips 1.5mm) and Android\/universal kits (Torx, Triangle, 1.5mm Cross), covering nearly any phone model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🔩 Complete Precision Bit Selection\u003c\/strong\u003e – Organized into dedicated sets: 8-piece Hex (0.9-4.0mm), 6-piece Phillips (1.5-4.0mm), 4-piece Y-Type, 7-piece Slotted, and 12-piece Torx (T1-T20) to handle everything from battery screws to motherboard mounts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🛠️ Strong Magnetic Tip\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built-in magnetism holds screws firmly in place, preventing drops and making one-handed assembly a breeze during intricate smartphone repairs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🔗 Standard H4 x 28mm Hex Shank\u003c\/strong\u003e – Fits perfectly into most precision electric screwdrivers, magnetic drivers, and handheld tools used for electronics repair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 规格参数 --\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e📋 Product Specifications – S2 Steel Precision Smartphone Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003ctable class=\"gbs-specs-table\"\u003e\n        \u003cthead\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n                \u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003c\/thead\u003e\n        \u003ctbody\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003ePrimary Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eS2 Alloy Steel (HRC60± after quenching)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eShank Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eH4 x 28mm Hex Shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eTotal Included Bits\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eMultiple set configurations (Check options for exact count)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eIncluded Bit Types\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003ePhillips, Slotted, Hex (Allen), Torx, Y-Type, Pentalobe, Triangle\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eYes (strong adsorption)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eApple Kit Bits\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eY0.8, +1.5, ☆0.8, ⊕2.5 (for iPhone screws)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eAndroid Kit Bits\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eT1, T2, +1.0 (for general Android repair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eHex (H) Full Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003e0.9, 1.3, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 4.0 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eTorx (T) Full Set\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003e12 pieces: T1-T5 (no hole), T6-T20 (with hole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n            \u003ctr\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n                \u003ctd\u003eiPhone (3G through latest), Xiaomi, Samsung, Google Pixel, Huawei, Nintendo Switch, and other consumer electronics.\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n    \u003c!-- 常见问题 (FAQ) - 全部展开 --\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions About This S2 Steel Precision Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-section\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003ch3\u003eIs this bit set compatible with my iPhone or Android device?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n            \u003cp\u003eAbsolutely. This set includes the \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003ePentalobe (0.8mm), Y-Type (0.8mm), and specific Phillips bits\u003c\/strong\u003e for iPhone battery and screen screws. It also includes \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003eTorx and Triangle bits\u003c\/strong\u003e for most Android devices (Samsung, Xiaomi, Google Pixel), making it a complete smartphone repair solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of S2 alloy steel over standard CRV bits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n            \u003cp\u003eStandard CRV bits have a hardness of 50-55 HRC and are prone to deforming under heavy torque. \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003eS2 steel\u003c\/strong\u003e undergoes specialized high-temperature quenching to reach a steady HRC60± hardness. This means S2 bits resist wear, twisting, and edge damage much better, protecting both the bit and the expensive screw heads on your phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003ch3\u003eWhat tools are compatible with the H4 x 28mm hex shank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n            \u003cp\u003eThese bits feature a \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003estandard H4 hex shank (28mm length)\u003c\/strong\u003e. They are compatible with most precision electric screwdrivers, magnetic driver handles, and handheld miniature torque tools designed for electronics repair. If your tool uses a standard 1\/4\" hex chuck, you will need a H4-to-1\/4\" adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n            \u003ch3\u003eHow strong is the magnetic tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n            \u003cp\u003eThe magnetic tip is engineered for \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003esecure one-handed driving\u003c\/strong\u003e. It holds standard smartphone screws (M1.4 to M2.5) firmly even when the bit is vertical. This is perfect for precise alignment in tight spaces like battery compartments or camera lens covers without dropping screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Y-Type Bit Set 4PCS","offer_id":52304079585554,"sku":"HKTBSMA300001","price":20.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Slotted Bit Set 7PCS","offer_id":52304079618322,"sku":"HKTBSMA300002","price":29.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Phillips Bit Set 6PCS","offer_id":52304079651090,"sku":"HKTBSMA300003","price":26.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hex Bit Set 8PCS","offer_id":52304079683858,"sku":"HKTBSMA300004","price":32.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"iPhone Disassembly Kit 4PCS","offer_id":52304079716626,"sku":"HKTBSMA300005","price":20.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Android Phone Disassembly Kit 3PCS","offer_id":52304079749394,"sku":"HKTBSMA300006","price":17.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Torx Bit Set 12PCS","offer_id":52304079782162,"sku":"HKTBSMA300007","price":41.77,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01gL573h1y38CbZH6wy__4611686018427382986-0-item_pic.jpg?v=1780502048"},{"product_id":"mankesi-s2-steel-short-magnetic-screwdriver-bit-set-multiple-kits","title":"Mankesi S2 Steel Short Magnetic Screwdriver Bit Set – Phillips, Slotted, Hex \u0026 Torx Bits for Electric Drills \u0026 Hand Tools","description":"\u003c!-- ============================================================\n     产品页面HTML代码 (不含H1标题\/TDK)\n     ============================================================ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-product-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStop switching bits every five minutes and fighting with stripped screws. Whether you're assembling furniture, repairing electronics, or working on your car, the \u003cstrong\u003eMankesi S2 Steel Short Magnetic Screwdriver Bit Set\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers the precision and durability you need. Made from high-hardness S2 alloy steel with a 6.35mm standard hex shank, these magnetic bits grip screws securely and resist wear. Perfect for homeowners, DIY enthusiasts, and professional tradesmen who want a reliable, all-in-one set for electric drills and hand tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features of This S2 Steel Short Magnetic Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePremium S2 Alloy Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e – High-temperature quenching treatment delivers a steady hardness of HRC60±, ensuring these bits resist deformation and wear much longer than standard CRV bits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrong Magnetic Adsorption\u003c\/strong\u003e – Built-in magnetism grabs screws instantly for easy one-handed driving and prevents dropping or losing screws in tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 6.35mm Hex Shank\u003c\/strong\u003e – Universally compatible with most lithium drills, cordless drills, impact drivers, and hand tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Precision Machining\u003c\/strong\u003e – Tight fit with non-slip design ensures the bit engages the screw head deeply, reducing cam-out and stripping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComprehensive 31-Piece Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Includes 5 Phillips (PH0-PH3), 5 Slotted (SL2-SL6), 7 Hex (H1.5-H6), and 13 Torx (T5-T40) bits to cover nearly any task.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 25mm Short Bit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e – Perfect for tight spaces and low-clearance applications where longer bits won't fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications – Mankesi S2 Steel Magnetic Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"gbs-specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS2 Alloy Steel (HRC60± after quenching)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShank Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.35mm (1\/4\") Standard Hex Shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBit Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm (short type)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic Tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (strong adsorption)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Piece Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 pieces (complete combination set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Bit Types\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips, Slotted, Hex (Allen), Torx (Star)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePH0, PH1, PH2 ×2, PH3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlotted Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSL2, SL3, SL4, SL5, SL6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH1.5, H2, H2.5, H3, H4, H5, H6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTorx Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT5, T6, T7, T8, T9, T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30, T35, T40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 (FAQ) - 全部展开 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions About This S2 Steel Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tools are compatible with the 6.35mm hex shank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bits fit \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003eany standard 1\/4\" hex quick-change chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e. This includes most cordless drills, impact drivers, electric screwdrivers, and manual screwdrivers from brands like DeWalt, Makita, Milwaukee, Bosch, and Ryobi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong is the magnetic tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe magnetic tip is engineered for \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003esecure one-handed driving\u003c\/strong\u003e. It holds standard screws firmly even when the bit is vertical, making it easy to start screws in awkward or tight spaces without them falling off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of S2 steel over chrome-vanadium (CRV) bits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS2 steel undergoes a special \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003ehigh-temperature quenching treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e that brings hardness up to HRC60±. This makes S2 bits significantly harder and more durable than CRV bits (typically HRC50-55), so they resist deformation and stripping for much longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich set should I choose — the 5-piece, 7-piece, or 31-piece?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor general household repairs and furniture assembly, the \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003e31-piece combo set\u003c\/strong\u003e is the best value, covering Phillips, Slotted, Hex, and Torx. The 5-piece Phillips set is perfect for basic DIY, while the 7-piece Hex set is great for bicycle and furniture assembly. The 13-piece Torx set is ideal for automotive and electronics work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bits suitable for repairing laptops or smartphones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile these bits are precision-machined, the \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003e25mm length and standard shank\u003c\/strong\u003e mean they work best for general electronics, PC building, and appliance repair. For tiny screws in laptops or phones, we recommend using smaller precision bits (like T5, T6, H1.5) which are included in the 31-piece set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"31-Piece Short Bit Set with Extension Rod","offer_id":52304079814930,"sku":"HKTBSMA700001","price":38.83,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Piece Phillips Short Bit Set","offer_id":52304079847698,"sku":"HKTBSMA700002","price":14.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5-Piece Slotted Short Bit Set","offer_id":52304079880466,"sku":"HKTBSMA700003","price":14.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7-Piece Internal Hex Short Bit Set","offer_id":52304079913234,"sku":"HKTBSMA700004","price":17.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13-Piece Torx Short Bit Set","offer_id":52304079946002,"sku":"HKTBSMA700005","price":24.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01cUQmms1PoIQUjCUF0__2218829691887.jpg?v=1780502350"},{"product_id":"s2-steel-precision-screwdriver-bit-set-18pc-4x37mm","title":"S2 Steel Precision Screwdriver Bit Set – 18-Piece 4×37mm Magnetic Bit Kit for Electronics Repair","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eS2 Steel Precision Screwdriver Bit Set — Stop Stripping Tiny Screws During Electronics Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStripping a Pentalobe screw on an iPhone or rounding off a Torx head inside a MacBook can turn a straightforward repair into an expensive mistake. DIY technicians, repair shop professionals, and electronics hobbyists all face the same challenge: standard bits slip, cam out, or simply don't fit the security screws used in modern devices. This \u003cstrong\u003eS2 steel precision screwdriver bit set\u003c\/strong\u003e is built specifically for that problem, combining the right bit types with a material hard enough to hold its edge through repeated use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach set includes \u003cstrong\u003e18 precision bits\u003c\/strong\u003e in a 4mm × 37mm (≈1.46\") format — a drive size compatible with most manual and electric precision screwdrivers. The bits are machined from \u003cstrong\u003eS2 alloy steel\u003c\/strong\u003e heat-treated to HRC60± hardness and feature magnetic tips for secure screw retention. The assortment covers Phillips (PH000–PH1), Slotted (SL1.5–SL3.0), Torx (T4–T10), Hex (H1.3–H2.0), Y-Type (Y0.6–Y2.0), Pentalobe (0.8mm \u0026amp; 1.2mm), Triangle, and U-Type heads. A compact organizer case is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone screen and battery replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e (Pentalobe + Phillips), \u003cstrong\u003eMacBook disassembly\u003c\/strong\u003e (Pentalobe + Torx), and \u003cstrong\u003egame console repair\u003c\/strong\u003e such as Nintendo Switch joy-con fixes (Triangle + Y-type) and PS5\/Xbox controller maintenance (Torx + Y-type). The 37mm shaft length provides enough clearance to reach recessed screws without the bulk of a full-size driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits most manual and electric precision screwdrivers with a 4mm chuck — including iFixit, Wowstick, and similar brands. Compatible with iPhone, iPad, MacBook, Nintendo Switch, PS5, Xbox, and most consumer laptops.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm your device's screw type before starting. Refer to a model-specific repair guide to identify the exact bit needed — especially for Pentalobe sizes (0.8mm vs. 1.2mm).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These S2 Steel Precision Screwdriver Bits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eS2 Alloy Steel at HRC60±\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heat-treated to resist cam-out and deformation, these bits hold their shape through repeated use on tight electronics screws where softer CRV bits typically fail.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic Tip Retention\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each bit carries a magnetic tip that holds tiny screws in place during extraction and reinstallation, reducing the risk of losing a 1mm screw inside a device chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4mm × 37mm Precision Format\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 4mm drive shank fits standard precision screwdriver handles and electric drivers; the 37mm length reaches recessed screws in smartphones and laptops without excessive bulk.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🗂️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e18-Piece Security Bit Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Includes Pentalobe, Y-type, Triangle, and U-type alongside standard Phillips, Torx, Hex, and Slotted — covering the security screw types most commonly found in iPhone, MacBook, and game console repair.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎮\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGame Console \u0026amp; Smartphone Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e — Triangle bits for Nintendo Switch, Y-type for Xbox controllers, Torx for PS5 internals, and Pentalobe for iPhone chassis screws — one kit handles the most common consumer electronics repair scenarios.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Organizer Case Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — All 18 bits store in a labeled case that keeps them sorted and protected, so you can find the right bit quickly without digging through a loose pile during a repair.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — S2 Steel Precision Screwdriver Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS2 Alloy Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHardness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHRC60±\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4mm (≈5\/32\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37mm (≈1.46\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 bits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMagnetic Tip\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Types Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips (PH000–PH1), Slotted (SL1.5–SL3.0), Torx (T4–T10), Hex (H1.3–H2.0), Y-Type (Y0.6–Y2.0), Pentalobe (0.8mm, 1.2mm), Triangle, U-Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Devices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone, iPad, MacBook, Nintendo Switch, PS5, Xbox, most consumer laptops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact organizer case included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 4mm chuck — manual and electric precision screwdrivers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right bit for my device?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your device's screw head type before starting. iPhones typically use Pentalobe (0.8mm or 1.2mm) on the exterior and Phillips PH000 inside. MacBooks generally use Pentalobe and Torx. Nintendo Switch uses Triangle and Y-type bits. Xbox controllers typically require T8 or Y-type bits. When in doubt, consult a repair guide for your specific model and generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow strong are S2 steel bits compared to standard CRV bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS2 alloy steel is generally harder than chrome-vanadium (CRV) steel, typically reaching HRC60± hardness. This means the bits resist cam-out and deformation better under torque — especially important when working with the small, tight screws found in electronics where a slipped bit can damage a screw head permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan these bits be used outdoors or in humid environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese bits are designed for precision electronics repair rather than outdoor or wet-environment use. S2 steel can develop surface oxidation if exposed to prolonged moisture. For occasional use in humid conditions, wipe the bits dry after use and store them in the included case with the lid closed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these bits compatible with electric precision screwdrivers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 4mm drive shank is a standard size compatible with most electric precision screwdrivers, including popular models from iFixit, Wowstick, and similar brands. Always verify your driver's chuck accepts a 4mm shank before use — some compact electric drivers use a proprietary size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Pentalobe 0.8mm and 1.2mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePentalobe 0.8mm (P2) is typically used on iPhones (iPhone 4 and later) and AirPods. Pentalobe 1.2mm (P5) is generally used on MacBook Air and MacBook Pro bottom case screws. Using the wrong size can strip the screw head, so confirm your model's requirement before applying torque.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the set include everything needed for a Nintendo Switch repair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn most cases, yes. The Nintendo Switch typically uses Triangle bits for the back shell screws and Y-type (tri-wing) bits for the joy-con housing. Both are included in this set. Some internal components may use Phillips or Torx screws, which are also covered. Always verify against a model-specific guide before starting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the set come with a storage case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a compact organizer case is included. All 18 bits fit into labeled slots so you can identify and retrieve the correct bit quickly during a repair without sorting through loose pieces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your size above, then add to cart — ships from our US warehouse.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52304103047442,"sku":"HKTBSMA600001","price":23.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01Fdjk6A1GrecKmBQ3x__13980676.jpg?v=1780502047"},{"product_id":"anti-static-brush-air-blower-cleaning-kit-for-laptops-pcs","title":"Anti-Static Brush \u0026 Air Blower Cleaning Kit – Pig Bristle Dust Removal Set for Laptops, Computers \u0026 Electronics","description":"\u003c!-- ============================================================\n     产品页面HTML代码 (不含H1标题\/TDK)\n     ============================================================ --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-tool-wrapper\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品概述 --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-overview\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e🧹 \u003cstrong\u003eStop struggling with dust buildup that clogs your fans and slows down your computer.\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Static Brush \u0026amp; Air Blower Cleaning Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is the safe, effective solution for keeping your laptop, desktop, and peripherals dust-free. Whether you're a PC enthusiast preparing for a thermal paste change, a remote worker clearing out a dusty keyboard, or a gamer maintaining a clean console setup, this 2-piece kit has you covered. The natural pig bristle brush is anti-static and won't damage sensitive components, while the premium silicone air blower delivers powerful gusts without the risk of static discharge. No more compressed air cans — just a reusable, eco-friendly cleaning duo that's built to last.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- 产品特点 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e⚡ Key Features of This Anti-Static Cleaning Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🐖 Natural Anti-Static Pig Bristle Brush\u003c\/strong\u003e – Made from genuine pig bristle that naturally resists static buildup. The soft, dense bristles gently dislodge dust without scratching delicate circuit boards or plastic surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e💨 High-Airflow Premium Silicone Air Blower\u003c\/strong\u003e – Designed with a large bulb and precision nozzle to deliver a strong, focused burst of air. The bottom air intake prevents dust from being sucked back into the bulb, keeping the airflow clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🔌 Safe for Sensitive Electronics\u003c\/strong\u003e – Unlike plastic brushes, which can generate damaging static electricity, this kit uses \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003eanti-static pig bristle\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003enon-conductive silicone\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it 100% safe for motherboards, RAM sticks, and CPU sockets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e🎯 Ergonomic \u0026amp; Comfortable to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e – The brush features a lightweight, contoured plastic handle with a comfortable grip and a hanging hole for easy storage. The air blower has a soft, squeezable bulb that reduces hand fatigue during extended cleaning sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e♻️ Reusable \u0026amp; Eco-Friendly\u003c\/strong\u003e – Say goodbye to single-use compressed air cans. This kit is designed to be used again and again, saving you money and reducing waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e📦 Compact 2-Piece Set\u003c\/strong\u003e – Includes one anti-static brush and one silicone air blower, conveniently packaged together. Perfect for travel, office use, or keeping on your workbench for quick cleanups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- 规格参数 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📋 Product Specifications – Anti-Static Cleaning Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"gbs-specs-table\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrush Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural pig bristle (anti-static) + plastic handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrush Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e185mm (total length) with 38mm bristle width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir Blower Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePremium silicone (odourless, stain-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir Blower Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBottom air intake to prevent dust ingress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNozzle Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision blue tip for focused airflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1× Anti-static brush + 1× Silicone air blower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop\/desktop cleaning, keyboard dusting, console maintenance, camera sensor cleaning, jewellery cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-static, non-conductive, no chemical residues\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c!-- 常见问题 (FAQ) - 全部展开 --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions About This Cleaning Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-section\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy can't I use a regular plastic brush to clean my motherboard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular plastic brushes generate static electricity when they rub against surfaces. This static discharge can damage sensitive electronic components like CPU pins or RAM contacts. The \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003enatural pig bristle\u003c\/strong\u003e in this brush is naturally anti-static, so it safely lifts dust without risking ESD damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the brush and the air blower?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo clean the brush, gently tap it against a hard surface to shake out dust particles. For stubborn dust, lightly rinse the bristles with cool water and let them air dry completely before reuse. The silicone air blower can be wiped clean with a dry cloth or mild soap and water — just \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003eavoid submerging it in water\u003c\/strong\u003e for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat if the air blower airflow starts to feel weak?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time, dust or debris can accumulate around the \u003cstrong class=\"gbs-faq-highlight\"\u003ebottom air intake valve\u003c\/strong\u003e. If you notice weaker airflow, simply use a pin or a small tool to gently poke the bottom hole to clear any blockage. This restores full air pressure within seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"gbs-faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this kit to clean my camera sensor or eyeglasses?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes! The soft pig bristle brush and the precision air blower are safe for cleaning camera sensors, lenses, and eyeglasses. The gentle bristles won't scratch coated optics, and the air blower provides a focused puff of air that removes dust particles without leaving residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52304125559058,"sku":"HKTBSMA800001","price":18.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/TB25Yujb1OSBuNjy0FdXXbDnVXa__2684645218.jpg?v=1780502047"},{"product_id":"anti-static-electronics-cleaning-brush-set-23pc-esd-safe","title":"Anti-Static Electronics Cleaning Brush Set – 23-Piece ESD-Safe Kit for PC, Motherboard \u0026 Keyboard Cleaning","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which brush size should I use for my cleaning task?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Match the brush to the space you need to reach. For keyboard gaps between keycaps, the slim thickened straight handles (No. 21-23) work well. For motherboard surface dusting, the U-shaped large brush (No. 12, 168 bundles) covers more area per stroke. For heatsink fins and fan blades, curved handles (No. 8-9, No. 13-14) reach into tight horizontal crevices. For delicate sensor work, the single-bundle ball tip (No. 2 or No. 20) gives the most precision.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are these brushes truly anti-static and safe for circuit boards?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The bristles are made from specially formulated synthetic fibers that naturally resist static buildup, making them generally safe for direct contact with circuit boards, CPU sockets, RAM slots, and GPU circuitry. For extra caution in professional environments, grounding yourself with an ESD wrist strap before cleaning is still recommended.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can these brushes be used outdoors or in dusty workshop environments?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"These brushes are designed for precision electronics cleaning rather than heavy industrial use. The PP handles and synthetic bristles hold up well in typical indoor workshop conditions. For outdoor or very dusty environments, rinse and dry the brushes after use to maintain bristle performance.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Are these brushes compatible with isopropyl alcohol and other cleaning solvents?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The bristles are generally resistant to mild solvents like isopropyl alcohol (IPA) at 70% or less concentration. Avoid aggressive solvents such as acetone or strong degreasers, which may degrade the bristle fibers or the PP handle over time. Always test on a small area first.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between U-shaped and curved brushes in this set?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"U-shaped brushes (No. 10-12) are designed for vertical cleaning tasks such as cable channels, mounting brackets, or vertical heatsink fins. Curved brushes (No. 8-9, No. 13-14) have an angled handle that reaches into horizontal crevices like the gap between a GPU and its heatsink or around a laptop cooling fan.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I clean and maintain the brushes after use?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Tap the brushes gently against a hard surface to dislodge loose dust. For deeper cleaning, lightly rinse the bristles with cool water and allow them to air dry completely before reuse. Avoid hot water, harsh chemicals, or soaking the handles for extended periods.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I buy individual brushes from this set separately?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This listing is for the complete 23-piece set only. Each brush is individually wrapped and labeled with its model number. The full kit is designed to cover every common electronics cleaning scenario without needing to source brushes separately.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eAnti-Static Electronics Cleaning Brush Set — Remove Dust Without Risking ESD Damage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eReaching for a regular paintbrush or a plastic-bristle tool to clean a motherboard is one of the fastest ways to damage a working system. Friction between synthetic bristles and electronic components generates static discharge that can silently destroy a CPU, GPU, or RAM module in an instant. Computer builders, IT technicians, and home repair enthusiasts all face this risk every time they clean sensitive hardware. This \u003cstrong\u003e23-piece anti-static electronics cleaning brush set\u003c\/strong\u003e eliminates that hazard with ESD-safe bristles and purpose-built handle shapes designed for every cleaning task inside a PC or laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe set includes \u003cstrong\u003e23 individual brushes\u003c\/strong\u003e (No. 1 through No. 23), each designed for a specific cleaning scenario. Bristles are made from anti-static synthetic fiber at \u003cstrong\u003e0.35mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e — tightly packed for effective dust capture without shedding. Handles are molded from durable PP (polypropylene) plastic and range from \u003cstrong\u003e130mm to 382mm (≈5.1\" to ≈15.0\")\u003c\/strong\u003e in length depending on the model. Handle styles include round, straight, curved, U-shaped, thickened straight, and ball-tip — covering everything from delicate single-point sensor work to wide-area motherboard dusting with up to 168 bristle bundles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003edesktop PC and laptop motherboard dust removal\u003c\/strong\u003e (U-shaped No. 10–12 for broad coverage), \u003cstrong\u003ekeyboard gap cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e between keycaps (thickened straight No. 21–23), and \u003cstrong\u003eheatsink fin and cooling fan maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e where curved handles (No. 8–9, No. 13–14) reach into tight horizontal crevices without bending the fins. The set also covers camera sensor maintenance, server rack cleaning, and electric vehicle control board upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for all dry and IPA-dampened electronics cleaning tasks — desktop PCs, laptops, gaming consoles, keyboards, motherboards, GPU heatsinks, camera sensors, server boards, and precision instruments.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Start with a dry brush for loose dust. For stubborn grime, lightly dampen bristles with isopropyl alcohol (70% or less) — do not soak. For extra ESD protection in professional environments, pair with a grounding wrist strap.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Anti-Static Electronics Cleaning Brushes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eESD-Safe Synthetic Bristles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Formulated to naturally resist static buildup, these 0.35mm anti-static bristles are safe for direct contact with circuit boards, CPU sockets, RAM slots, and GPU circuitry without risking electrostatic discharge damage.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🗂️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23 Purpose-Built Brush Shapes\u003c\/strong\u003e — From a single-bundle ball tip (No. 2, No. 20) for pinpoint sensor cleaning to a 168-bundle U-shaped large brush (No. 12) for broad motherboard dusting — every shape in the set targets a specific electronics cleaning task.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eU-Shaped \u0026amp; Curved Handle Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — U-shaped brushes (No. 10–12) clean vertical channels and mounting brackets; curved handles (No. 8–9, No. 13–14) reach into horizontal heatsink fins and laptop fan housings that straight brushes cannot access.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⌨️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlim Profiles for Keyboard Gap Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thickened straight handles (No. 21–23) with 2–6 bristle bundles fit between keycaps and mechanical switch housings, dislodging debris without prying up keycaps or damaging switch stems.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧴\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSolvent-Compatible Bristles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bristles withstand mild solvents including isopropyl alcohol at 70% or less, making them suitable for flux residue removal and contact cleaning on PCBs when used with appropriate cleaning agents.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🏗️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurable PP Handles with Ergonomic Grip\u003c\/strong\u003e — Polypropylene handles resist cracking and flex under repeated use; the molded grip profile reduces hand fatigue during extended cleaning sessions on server racks or multi-unit PC maintenance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — 23-Piece Anti-Static Electronics Cleaning Brush Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBristle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-static synthetic fiber, 0.35mm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePP (Polypropylene) plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 brushes (No. 1 through No. 23)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBristle Bundle Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 bundle (No. 2, No. 20) to 168 bundles (No. 12)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Length Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm to 382mm (≈5.1\" to ≈15.0\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Styles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound, straight, curved, U-shaped, thickened straight, ball-tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-Static Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eESD-safe bristles (static-dissipative synthetic fiber)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSolvent Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPA 70% or less; avoid acetone and strong degreasers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCB cleaning, motherboard dusting, keyboard gap cleaning, heatsink fin maintenance, camera sensor care, server board cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackaging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEach brush individually wrapped and labeled by model number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📦 Included Brush Models (No. 1–23)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 1\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound handle — 7 bundles, straight round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 2\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound handle — 1 bundle with ball tip, straight round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 3\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound handle — 11 bundles, straight round\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 4\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight handle — 3 bundles, thickened straight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 5\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight handle — 7 bundles, straight small\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 6\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight handle — 9 bundles, straight medium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 7\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight handle — 12 bundles, straight large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 8\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved handle — 20 bundles, curved small\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 9\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved handle — 20 bundles, curved medium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 10\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped — 50 bundles, U-shaped small\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 11\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped — 98 bundles, U-shaped medium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 12\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eU-shaped — 168 bundles, U-shaped large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 13\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved handle — 34 bundles, curved extra large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 14\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved sharp — 34 bundles, curved sharp extra large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 15\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall brush — 16 bundles, straight small\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 16\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge brush — 33 bundles, straight large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 17\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved handle — 20 bundles, curved large\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 18\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick straight — 6 bundles, thickened straight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 19\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick straight — 8 bundles, thickened straight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 20\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBall brush — 1 bundle, ball tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 21\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick straight — 2 bundles, thickened straight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 22\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick straight — 3 bundles, thickened straight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo. 23\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThick straight — 6 bundles, thickened straight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhich brush size should I use for my cleaning task?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eMatch the brush to the space you need to reach. For keyboard gaps between keycaps, the slim thickened straight handles (No. 21–23) work well. For motherboard surface dusting, the U-shaped large brush (No. 12, 168 bundles) covers more area per stroke. For heatsink fins and fan blades, curved handles (No. 8–9, No. 13–14) reach into tight horizontal crevices. For delicate sensor work, the single-bundle ball tip (No. 2 or No. 20) gives the most precision.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eAre these brushes truly anti-static and safe for circuit boards?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. The bristles are made from specially formulated synthetic fibers that naturally resist static buildup, making them generally safe for direct contact with circuit boards, CPU sockets, RAM slots, and GPU circuitry. For extra caution in professional environments, grounding yourself with an ESD wrist strap before cleaning is still recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan these brushes be used outdoors or in dusty workshop environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese brushes are designed for precision electronics cleaning rather than heavy industrial use. The PP handles and synthetic bristles hold up well in typical indoor workshop conditions. For outdoor or very dusty environments, rinse and dry the brushes after use to maintain bristle performance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eAre these brushes compatible with isopropyl alcohol and other cleaning solvents?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. The bristles are generally resistant to mild solvents like isopropyl alcohol (IPA) at 70% or less concentration. Avoid aggressive solvents such as acetone or strong degreasers, which may degrade the bristle fibers or the PP handle over time. Always test on a small area first and avoid soaking the handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between U-shaped and curved brushes in this set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eU-shaped brushes (No. 10–12) are designed for vertical cleaning tasks — such as cable channels, mounting brackets, or vertical heatsink fins. Curved brushes (No. 8–9, No. 13–14) have an angled handle that reaches into horizontal crevices, like the gap between a GPU and its heatsink or around a laptop cooling fan housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean and maintain the brushes after use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eTap the brushes gently against a hard surface to dislodge loose dust. For deeper cleaning, lightly rinse the bristles with cool water and allow them to air dry completely before reuse. Avoid hot water, harsh chemicals, or soaking the handles for extended periods, as this can weaken the bristle bonding over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I buy individual brushes from this set separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis listing is for the complete 23-piece set only. Each brush is individually wrapped and labeled with its model number for easy identification. The full kit is designed to cover every common electronics cleaning scenario without needing to source brushes separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Add to cart above — ships from our US warehouse.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52304148496658,"sku":"HKTBSMA110001","price":137.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN014uzbtk1cyS1KrEjdl__658773669.jpg?v=1780502047"},{"product_id":"7-in-1-keyboard-cleaning-kit-2-pack-keycap-puller-earbud-cleaner","title":"7-in-1 Keyboard Cleaning Kit – Soft Brush, Keycap Puller \u0026 Earbud Cleaner for Laptop, PC \u0026 Desk | Choose Blue or Pink","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e7-in-1 Keyboard Cleaning Kit — One Complete Cleaning System for Your Keyboard, Earbuds \u0026amp; Screen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSticky keys, a smudged laptop screen, and muffled earbuds from a clogged speaker mesh are daily frustrations for office workers, remote professionals, gamers, and students alike. Most people reach for a paper towel or a random brush and end up pushing debris deeper into the gaps — or worse, scratching a display. This \u003cstrong\u003e7-in-1 keyboard cleaning kit\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you a purpose-built tool for every surface, organized into a single pocket-sized case that goes wherever your gear does.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003eone complete kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — choose \u003cstrong\u003eBlue\/White\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003ePink\/White\u003c\/strong\u003e above. Every kit contains 7 tools: a retractable soft-bristle brush, a 3-in-1 multi-function cleaning pen (silicone tip, high-density fiber head, plush sponge tip), a ring-style keycap puller, a \u003cstrong\u003e5ml spray bottle\u003c\/strong\u003e (empty, user-filled), a microfiber cloth, and a compact storage case. The closed case measures approximately 120mm × 40mm × 25mm (≈4.7\" × 1.6\" × 1.0\") — small enough to fit in a desk drawer, laptop bag, or backpack pocket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003edeep keyboard cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e between keycaps on mechanical and membrane keyboards, \u003cstrong\u003ewireless earbud maintenance\u003c\/strong\u003e for AirPods, Galaxy Buds, and Sony WF-series charging cases and speaker grilles, and \u003cstrong\u003elaptop screen and phone display cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e without streaks or lint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with mechanical and membrane keyboards, chiclet laptop keyboards, wireless earbuds (AirPods, Galaxy Buds, Sony WF series), smartphones, tablets, monitors, and laptop screens.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The spray bottle ships empty. Fill with distilled water or a mild IPA solution (70% or less). Always spray onto the microfiber cloth first — never directly onto a screen or keyboard.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This 7-in-1 Keyboard Cleaning Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetractable Soft Brush\u003c\/strong\u003e — Push the slider to extend high-density nylon bristles with polished, rounded tips that reach deep between keycaps without scratching key surfaces or circuit boards. Retract fully when not in use to keep bristles protected inside the case.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🖊️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-in-1 Multi-Function Cleaning Pen\u003c\/strong\u003e — Three interchangeable heads cover three distinct tasks: a silicone tip dislodges compacted lint from USB-C and Lightning charging ports; a high-density fiber head sweeps dust from earbud sound holes; a plush sponge tip cleans inside wireless earbud charging cases without scratching the interior.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔘\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRing-Style Keycap Puller\u003c\/strong\u003e — Grips keycaps evenly from both sides to apply balanced tension, letting you remove keycaps for under-key cleaning without bending the cap or stressing the switch stem. Compatible with Cherry MX-style and most standard mechanical keyboard switches.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧴\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5ml Spray Bottle \u0026amp; Microfiber Cloth\u003c\/strong\u003e — The compact spray bottle holds enough solution for multiple screen-cleaning sessions; the microfiber cloth picks up oils and fingerprints from laptop displays, phone screens, and monitor panels without leaving lint or streaks behind.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Colorways Available — Blue\/White \u0026amp; Pink\/White\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select your preferred color above. Each order ships one complete kit in your chosen colorway.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎒\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact All-in-One Case\u003c\/strong\u003e — All 7 tools store in a single case roughly the size of a smartphone (approx. 120mm × 40mm × 25mm \/ 4.7\" × 1.6\" × 1.0\"). The secure closure keeps small cleaning heads from falling out between uses, making it practical for travel and daily carry.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — 7-in-1 Keyboard Cleaning Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 complete kit (choose Blue\/White or Pink\/White), 7 tools included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTools Per Kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetractable brush, 3-in-1 cleaning pen (3 heads), keycap puller, spray bottle, microfiber cloth, storage case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCleaning Pen Heads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone tip, high-density fiber head, plush sponge tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrush Bristle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft nylon, polished, rounded tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpray Bottle Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5ml (ships empty — user fills)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase Dimensions (closed)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 120 mm × 40 mm × 25 mm (4.7\" × 1.6\" × 1.0\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 85g per kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColorways\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\/White or Pink\/White (select above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Keyboards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical (Cherry MX-style), membrane, chiclet\/laptop keyboards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Devices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWireless earbuds, smartphones, tablets, monitors, and laptops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in this kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes one complete 7-in-1 cleaning kit in your chosen color (Blue\/White or Pink\/White). The kit contains a retractable soft brush, a 3-in-1 multi-function cleaning pen (silicone tip, fiber head, sponge tip), a ring-style keycap puller, a 5ml spray bottle (empty), a microfiber cloth, and a compact storage case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan this kit clean the inside of my AirPods charging case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The multi-function cleaning pen includes a plush sponge tip designed specifically for cleaning inside wireless earbud charging cases. It reaches the bottom corners and gently lifts dust, lint, and earwax without scratching the plastic interior. The fiber head works well on the earbud speaker mesh itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat liquid should I put in the spray bottle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe spray bottle is intended for water or a mild screen cleaning solution. Distilled water or a 50\/50 mix of water and isopropyl alcohol (70% or less) works well. Avoid harsh chemicals, bleach, or ammonia-based cleaners, as these can damage the microfiber cloth and device coatings. Always spray onto the cloth — never directly onto a screen or keyboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the soft brush scratch my keyboard or laptop screen?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The bristles are made from soft, polished nylon fibers with rounded tips designed to glide across surfaces without scratching. The brush is intended for keyboards and hard surfaces. For screens, use the included microfiber cloth with the spray bottle instead — do not use the brush directly on displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the keycap puller safe for mechanical keyboard switches?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ring-style keycap puller grips keycaps evenly from both sides, applying balanced tension without bending the keycap or stressing the switch stem. It is generally compatible with Cherry MX-style and most other standard mechanical switch types. For optical or low-profile switches, check your keyboard's documentation before pulling keycaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I clean the brush and sponge tip after use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTap the brush gently against a hard surface to dislodge loose dust, or rinse under cool water and air dry completely before storing. The sponge tip can be rinsed with mild soap and water. The silicone tip and fiber head can be wiped with a dry cloth. Do not submerge the entire cleaning pen in water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit to clean my phone's charging port?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The silicone tip on the 3-in-1 cleaning pen is designed to dislodge compacted lint and debris from USB-C, Lightning, and similar charging ports without scratching the connector pins. Insert gently and use a light scooping motion — do not force the tip in or apply sideways pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your color above, then add to cart — ships from our US warehouse.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"7-in-1 Cleaning Kit (Blue \u0026 White)","offer_id":52304192962834,"sku":"HKTBSMA130001","price":19.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7-in-1 Cleaning Kit (Pink \u0026 White)","offer_id":52304192995602,"sku":"HKTBSMA130002","price":19.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01RY0FmD1y38H3cKttq__2221728756522.jpg?v=1780502360"},{"product_id":"anti-static-opening-tool-set-100pc-pry-bar-triangle-paddle","title":"Anti-Static Opening Tool Set – 100-Piece Pry Bar \u0026 Triangle Paddle Kit for Phone, Game Console \u0026 Screen Repair","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAnti-Static Opening Tool Set — 100 Pry Tools for Phone, Game Console \u0026amp; Screen Repair Without Scratching\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCracking a phone screen or snapping a plastic housing clip because you used the wrong pry tool is one of the most avoidable repair mistakes. Technicians, DIY repair enthusiasts, and electronics hobbyists all run into the same problem: a single spudger or guitar pick isn't enough for every seam type, clip style, or adhesive bond they encounter. This \u003cstrong\u003e100-piece anti-static opening tool set\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you the full range of pry bar and paddle shapes needed to safely open smartphones, game consoles, and screen assemblies without scratching surfaces or leaving static damage on sensitive components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set includes \u003cstrong\u003e100 individual tools\u003c\/strong\u003e across four shape categories: \u003cstrong\u003esquare pry bars\u003c\/strong\u003e for flat panel separation and battery tab lifting, \u003cstrong\u003eround pry bars\u003c\/strong\u003e for curved edges and port covers, \u003cstrong\u003ethin triangle paddles\u003c\/strong\u003e for sliding under adhesive-bonded screens, and \u003cstrong\u003ethick triangle paddles\u003c\/strong\u003e for deeper seams on game console shells. All tools are molded from \u003cstrong\u003eanti-static nylon or PP plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e — materials that are softer than glass and aluminum to prevent surface scratching, and static-dissipative to protect sensitive PCB components during disassembly. Tools are available in multiple sizes within each shape category; see variant options for specific dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003esmartphone screen replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e on iPhones and Android devices (thin triangle paddles + round pry bars for adhesive separation), \u003cstrong\u003egame console disassembly\u003c\/strong\u003e on Nintendo Switch, PS5, and Xbox controllers (thick triangle paddles + square pry bars for shell clips), and \u003cstrong\u003elaptop bottom panel removal\u003c\/strong\u003e where a mix of square and round pry bars works along the perimeter clips without marring the aluminum chassis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for use on iPhones, Samsung Galaxy, and most Android smartphones; Nintendo Switch, PS5, Xbox, and other game consoles; laptops and tablets with plastic or aluminum housings. Tool shape selection depends on device seam width and clip type.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eTip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For adhesive-bonded screens, apply gentle heat (heat gun or iOpener) to soften the adhesive before inserting a thin paddle — this significantly reduces the force needed and lowers the risk of cracking the display. Always start at a corner and work around the perimeter.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Anti-Static Pry Tools \u0026amp; Opening Paddles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Static Material\u003c\/strong\u003e — Molded from static-dissipative nylon or PP plastic, these tools are safe for use directly on circuit boards, flex cables, and battery connectors during phone and game console disassembly without risking electrostatic discharge damage.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 Purpose-Built Tool Shapes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Square pry bars, round pry bars, thin triangle paddles, and thick triangle paddles each target a different seam type and clip style, giving you the right geometry for every step of a smartphone screen replacement or console shell removal.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThin Paddle Tips for Adhesive Screens\u003c\/strong\u003e — The thin triangle paddles feature a tapered tip designed to slide under tightly bonded glass panels and adhesive strips with minimal force, reducing the risk of cracking the display during iPhone or Samsung screen repair.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎮\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThick Paddles for Console Shell Clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thick triangle paddles provide a more rigid body for prying open game console housings — Nintendo Switch back shells, PS5 side panels, and Xbox controller grips — where a thinner tool would flex before the clip releases.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSofter Than Glass \u0026amp; Aluminum\u003c\/strong\u003e — Anti-static plastic is harder than adhesive but softer than the glass and metal surfaces it contacts, so the tools deflect before scratching a phone screen or marring an aluminum laptop chassis during panel separation.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100-Piece Bulk Set\u003c\/strong\u003e — A large quantity means you always have a clean, undamaged tool on hand for each repair job. Replace worn or bent tools without reordering, and keep sets at multiple workstations for professional repair shop use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — 100-Piece Anti-Static Opening Tool Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePiece Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 tools total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool Types Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSquare pry bars, round pry bars, thin triangle paddles, thick triangle paddles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-static nylon \/ PP (polypropylene) plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-Static Property\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — static-dissipative, safe for PCB and flex cable contact\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Safety\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSofter than glass and aluminum, it will not scratch screens or metal housings when used correctly.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Devices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmartphones (iPhone, Samsung, Android), game consoles (Switch, PS5, Xbox), laptops, tablets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSolvent Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPA 70% or less for cleaning; avoid acetone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackaging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulk set — contact us to confirm individual tool labeling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right pry tool for my repair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the tool to the gap size and clip type. Thin triangle paddles (typically with a fine tapered tip) are best for sliding under adhesive-bonded screens on smartphones. Thick triangle paddles work better on game console shells with deeper seams. Square pry bars are suited for flat panel separation and battery tab lifting. Round pry bars are generally used for prying around curved edges and port covers. When in doubt, start with the thinnest tool and work up gradually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow strong are these pry tools — can they break plastic clips?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnti-static nylon and PP pry tools are intentionally designed to be slightly flexible so they deflect before snapping a plastic clip. They are not meant for heavy-duty prying. For stubborn clips, apply gentle, even pressure and work around the perimeter rather than forcing a single point. Using a heat gun or iOpener to soften adhesive first significantly reduces the force needed and lowers clip breakage risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan these tools be used outdoors or in humid environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnti-static plastic tools are generally unaffected by humidity and do not rust or corrode, making them suitable for most indoor and outdoor repair environments. Avoid prolonged exposure to direct sunlight or high heat, which can soften or warp thinner paddle tips over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these tools compatible with all phone brands and game consoles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tool shapes in this set are designed to work with the most common device form factors — including iPhones, Samsung Galaxy phones, Nintendo Switch, PS5, Xbox controllers, and most Android smartphones. Compatibility depends on the seam width and clip type of your specific device model. Thinner paddles are generally needed for newer, thinner devices with tighter tolerances.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill these tools scratch my phone screen or housing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnti-static nylon and PP plastic tools are softer than glass and aluminum, so they are generally safe for use on phone screens and metal housings when used correctly. Avoid applying sideways pressure against a glass panel, and always insert the tool into the seam rather than dragging it across the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between thin and thick triangle paddles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThin triangle paddles have a finer, more tapered tip designed to slide under tightly bonded screens and adhesive strips with minimal force. Thick triangle paddles have a more rigid body that provides better leverage when separating thicker plastic shells or prying open game console housings where more force is needed without the tool flexing out of position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails open=\"\"\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do Iclean these tools after use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the tools with a dry or lightly IPA-dampened cloth after use to remove adhesive residue or dust. Most anti-static plastic tools are resistant to isopropyl alcohol at 70% or less. Avoid soaking or using acetone-based cleaners, which can degrade the plastic surface and reduce the anti-static properties over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your quantity above, then add to cart — ships from our US warehouse.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52304279535890,"sku":"HKTBSMA170001","price":45.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN015707kA25qJoJMclwF__2214743567577-0-tblite.jpg?v=1780502047"},{"product_id":"nintendo-switch-copper-cooling-tube-heatsink-kit-thermal-pad-radiator","title":"Nintendo Switch Copper Cooling Tube \u0026 Heatsink Kit – Thermal Pad, Copper Radiator \u0026 Heat Pipe Replacement for NS Console","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I know if my Nintendo Switch needs a new heatsink or cooling tube?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Common signs of a failing or degraded cooling system include the console running noticeably hot to the touch, the fan spinning at maximum speed during light gameplay, frequent thermal throttling (frame drops or slowdowns), or the console shutting down unexpectedly during extended sessions. If cleaning the fan and vents does not resolve the issue, replacing the thermal pad and inspecting the heat pipe and heatsink is the recommended next step.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is this kit compatible with all Nintendo Switch models?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This kit is designed for the original Nintendo Switch (HAC-001) console. The Nintendo Switch Lite and Nintendo Switch OLED use different internal layouts and cooling configurations. Confirm your console model number before ordering. If you are unsure, check the model number printed on the back of your console or on the original packaging.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How thick is the thermal conductive pad, and does it matter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Thermal pad thickness affects how well heat transfers between the chip and the heatsink. A pad that is too thin may not make full contact, while one that is too thick can compress unevenly. The pad included in this kit is sized to match the original Nintendo Switch thermal interface specifications. See variant options for specific thickness if multiple options are available.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I reuse the original thermal pad when replacing the heatsink?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"In most cases, the original thermal pad should be replaced rather than reused. Thermal pads compress and conform to the surface over time, and removing the heatsink typically deforms the pad enough that it will not reseat correctly. Using a fresh pad from this kit ensures consistent thermal contact and optimal heat transfer after reassembly.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does this kit include thermal paste, or do I need to buy it separately?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"This kit includes a thermal conductive pad as the primary interface material. Whether thermal paste is also included depends on the specific variant — see product options or contact us to confirm. If your repair requires thermal paste on the CPU die in addition to the pad on secondary chips, you may need to source it separately.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is copper a better material for a heatsink than aluminum?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Copper has higher thermal conductivity than aluminum, meaning it transfers heat away from the source more efficiently. In a compact device like the Nintendo Switch where space is limited and the cooling system works close to its thermal limits, a copper heatsink and heat pipe generally provide better sustained performance than an aluminum equivalent, especially during extended gaming sessions.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What tools do I need to install this cooling kit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Opening a Nintendo Switch typically requires a Tri-wing Y00 screwdriver for the back shell screws and a Phillips PH00 for internal screws. A plastic pry tool or spudger is recommended for separating the shell without scratching. IPA (isopropyl alcohol) and a lint-free cloth are useful for cleaning the chip surface before applying the new thermal pad. A full repair guide specific to your console model is strongly recommended before starting.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eNintendo Switch Copper Cooling Tube \u0026amp; Heatsink Kit — Replace Degraded Thermal Parts to Fix Overheating\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eA Nintendo Switch that runs hot, throttles during gameplay, or shuts down unexpectedly is almost always a cooling system problem — not a game issue. Over time, the original thermal pad dries out, the heat pipe loses efficiency, and the copper radiator accumulates dust that restricts airflow. Console repair technicians and DIY Switch owners who want to restore stable performance rather than replace the entire unit need a complete \u003cstrong\u003eNintendo Switch copper cooling tube and heatsink kit\u003c\/strong\u003e with all the thermal interface components in one package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis kit includes the key internal cooling components for the Nintendo Switch (NS) console: a \u003cstrong\u003ecopper heat pipe\u003c\/strong\u003e (cooling tube) that conducts heat from the SoC to the radiator, a \u003cstrong\u003ecopper heatsink\/radiator\u003c\/strong\u003e that dissipates heat into the airflow path, and a \u003cstrong\u003ethermal conductive pad\u003c\/strong\u003e that bridges the gap between the chip package and the heatsink surface. All metal components are made from \u003cstrong\u003ecopper\u003c\/strong\u003e for its thermal conductivity advantage over aluminum in compact, thermally constrained enclosures. Specific dimensions and thermal pad thickness are available in the variant options above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003eNintendo Switch overheating repair\u003c\/strong\u003e where the console throttles or shuts down during demanding titles like Breath of the Wild or Pokémon Scarlet\/Violet, \u003cstrong\u003epreventive cooling system refresh\u003c\/strong\u003e during a full console teardown and cleaning, and \u003cstrong\u003epost-water-damage restoration\u003c\/strong\u003e where the original thermal components were corroded or displaced during the incident.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🎮\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for the original Nintendo Switch (HAC-001). Not compatible with Nintendo Switch Lite or Nintendo Switch OLED without modification. Confirm your console model number on the back label before ordering.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Opening a Nintendo Switch voids any remaining manufacturer warranty. This kit is intended for out-of-warranty consoles. A Tri-wing Y00 screwdriver and Phillips PH00 are required for installation. Follow a model-specific repair guide before starting.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Nintendo Switch Copper Cooling \u0026amp; Heatsink Parts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCopper Heat Pipe (Cooling Tube)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The copper heat pipe transfers thermal energy from the Tegra SoC directly to the radiator fin stack. Copper’s thermal conductivity is significantly higher than aluminum, making it effective in the tight thermal budget of the Nintendo Switch chassis during extended gaming sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCopper Radiator \/ Heatsink\u003c\/strong\u003e — The copper radiator dissipates heat into the fan airflow path. Replacing a corroded, bent, or dust-clogged original radiator restores the airflow efficiency needed to prevent thermal throttling during demanding Switch titles.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThermal Conductive Pad Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — The thermal pad fills microscopic gaps between the chip package and heatsink surface, ensuring consistent thermal contact. The pad in this kit is sized to match the original Nintendo Switch thermal interface specifications for a direct replacement fit.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirect Replacement Fit for NS Console\u003c\/strong\u003e — Components are designed to match the original Nintendo Switch internal layout, so no cutting, bending, or modification is required during installation. Mounting points and dimensions correspond to the original HAC-001 board configuration.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e❄️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRestores Stable Thermal Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e — Replacing a degraded heat pipe and dried-out thermal pad typically reduces sustained operating temperatures, which allows the console to maintain its target clock speeds without throttling — resulting in smoother frame rates during thermally demanding gameplay.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Kit — All Thermal Parts Together\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sourcing the heat pipe, radiator, and thermal pad separately from different suppliers risks mismatched dimensions or incompatible thicknesses. This kit bundles the matched components so you have everything needed for a single cooling system repair without multiple orders.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Nintendo Switch Copper Cooling Tube \u0026amp; Heatsink Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Console\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNintendo Switch (HAC-001) — original model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat Pipe Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink \/ Radiator Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Pad Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermal conductive silicone pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Pad Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper heat pipe (cooling tube), copper heatsink\/radiator, thermal conductive pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Tools Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTri-wing Y00 screwdriver, Phillips PH00 screwdriver, plastic pry tool, IPA + lint-free cloth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty Implication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening the console voids manufacturer warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot Compatible With\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNintendo Switch Lite, Nintendo Switch OLED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I know if my Nintendo Switch needs a new heatsink or cooling tube?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eCommon signs of a failing or degraded cooling system include the console running noticeably hot to the touch, the fan spinning at maximum speed during light gameplay, frequent thermal throttling (frame drops or slowdowns during demanding titles), or the console shutting down unexpectedly during extended sessions. If cleaning the fan and vents does not resolve the issue, replacing the thermal pad and inspecting the heat pipe and heatsink is the recommended next step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this kit compatible with all Nintendo Switch models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed for the original Nintendo Switch (HAC-001) console. The Nintendo Switch Lite and Nintendo Switch OLED use different internal layouts and cooling configurations and are not compatible with this kit. Confirm your console model number on the back label or original packaging before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow thick is the thermal conductive pad, and does it matter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThermal pad thickness directly affects heat transfer efficiency. A pad that is too thin may not make full contact across the chip surface, while one that is too thick can compress unevenly and create air gaps. The pad included in this kit is sized to match the original Nintendo Switch thermal interface specifications. See variant options for specific thickness if multiple options are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I reuse the original thermal pad when replacing the heatsink?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIn most cases, the original thermal pad should be replaced rather than reused. Thermal pads compress and conform to the surface over time, and removing the heatsink typically deforms the pad enough that it will not reseat correctly. Using a fresh pad from this kit ensures consistent thermal contact and optimal heat transfer after reassembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this kit include thermal paste, or do I need to buy it separately?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis kit includes a thermal conductive pad as the primary interface material. Whether thermal paste is also included depends on the specific variant — see product options or contact us to confirm. If your repair requires thermal paste on the CPU\/GPU die in addition to the pad on secondary chips, you may need to source it separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs copper a better material for a heatsink than aluminum?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eCopper has higher thermal conductivity than aluminum, meaning it transfers heat away from the source more efficiently per unit area. In a compact device like the Nintendo Switch where space is limited and the cooling system operates close to its thermal limits, a copper heatsink and heat pipe generally provide better sustained performance than an aluminum equivalent — especially during extended gaming sessions with thermally demanding titles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat tools do I need to install this cooling kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eOpening a Nintendo Switch typically requires a Tri-wing Y00 screwdriver for the back shell screws and a Phillips PH00 for internal screws. A plastic pry tool or spudger is recommended for separating the shell without scratching. IPA (isopropyl alcohol) and a lint-free cloth are useful for cleaning the chip surface before applying the new thermal pad. A full repair guide specific to your console model is strongly recommended before starting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your variant above, then add to cart — ships from our US warehouse.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52304313778450,"sku":"HKTBSMA0200001","price":35.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01AXfxrJ1i5qYF5vEiD__2058524362.jpg?v=1780502047"},{"product_id":"electronics-repair-pry-tool-kit-spudgers-suction-cup-pry-bar","title":"Electronics Repair Pry Tool Kit – Plastic Spudgers, Suction Cup \u0026 Metal Pry Bar for Phone, Tablet, Laptop \u0026 LCD Screen Disassembly | 1 Set Per Order","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eElectronics Repair Pry Tool Kit — Plastic Spudgers, Suction Cup \u0026amp; Metal Pry Bar for Phone, Tablet, Laptop \u0026amp; LCD Screen Disassembly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA cracked phone screen, a laptop that needs a RAM upgrade, or a monitor bezel that won’t budge — the wrong tool turns a straightforward repair into a scratched casing or a snapped ribbon cable. DIYers, electronics repair technicians, and hobbyists who reach for a flathead screwdriver know the damage that follows. This \u003cstrong\u003eelectronics repair pry tool kit\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you purpose-built plastic spudgers, a suction cup, and a metal pry bar so you can open devices cleanly and confidently without leaving marks or breaking clips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order ships \u003cstrong\u003eone complete set\u003c\/strong\u003e — select your preferred option above. The \u003cstrong\u003e7-piece set\u003c\/strong\u003e includes a suction cup, an assortment of plastic spudgers, and a metal pry bar covering the essentials for most screen and bezel repairs. The \u003cstrong\u003e10-piece set\u003c\/strong\u003e expands on this with two suction cups and two anti-static tweezers, adding the precision handling needed for ribbon cables, small connectors, and jobs where you need to hold a panel open while working inside. Tools are made from a combination of hardened plastic and metal; refer to the product images for a visual breakdown of each piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003esmartphone and tablet screen replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e (iPhone, Samsung, iPad, and similar), \u003cstrong\u003elaptop disassembly\u003c\/strong\u003e for battery or keyboard swaps, and \u003cstrong\u003eLCD monitor and TV bezel removal\u003c\/strong\u003e for panel replacements. The kit also handles car dashboard trim and stereo panel removal as a secondary application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smartphones (iPhone, Samsung, Google Pixel), tablets (iPad, Android), laptops, LCD monitors, TV bezels, and car dashboard trim panels.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each order includes one set (7-piece or 10-piece) as selected above — not both sets combined. Use plastic spudgers on finished surfaces first; reserve the metal pry bar for tougher clips where plastic tools lack sufficient leverage.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Electronics Repair Pry Tools\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e🧲Non-Marring Plastic Spudgers\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thin, tapered edges slide into the seam between a phone frame and screen, or between a laptop casing and keyboard deck, without gouging the surface. Designed for electronics disassembly where surface finish and clip integrity both matter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e🔧Suction Cup for Glass Panel Lifting\u003c\/strong\u003e — Attaches firmly to flat glass surfaces to give you a controlled grip when lifting smartphone screens, tablet displays, and LCD panels away from their frames. Reduces the risk of cracking an already-damaged screen further during removal.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetal Pry Bar for Stubborn Clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — When plastic spudgers lack the leverage to release tight retaining clips or metal LCD frames, the metal pry bar provides the extra force needed. Its compact size lets you work in tight spaces around monitor bezels and laptop hinges.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Static Tweezers (10-Piece Set)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two anti-static tweezers for handling ribbon cables, ZIF connectors, and circuit board components without generating static discharge. Essential for smartphone motherboard work and any repair involving exposed flex cables.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Set Sizes — Choose What You Need\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 7-piece set covers everyday screen and bezel repairs. The 10-piece set adds a second suction cup and anti-static tweezers for more involved electronics repair jobs. Each order ships one complete set in your chosen configuration.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Across Device Types\u003c\/strong\u003e — From prying apart snap-fit phone frames to separating laptop keyboard decks and releasing LCD monitor bezels, this kit handles a wide range of disassembly tasks that typically require multiple specialized tools purchased separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Electronics Repair Pry Tool Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-piece set (with suction cup) or 10-piece set (with 2 suction cups \u0026amp; 2 anti-static tweezers)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity Per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 set (as selected above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool Types Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic spudgers, metal pry bar, suction cup(s), anti-static tweezers (10-piece set only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpudger Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardened plastic (non-marring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePry Bar Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweezer Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-static (10-piece set only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant images for individual tool sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary Compatible Devices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmartphones, tablets, laptops, LCD monitors, TV bezels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecondary Compatible Surfaces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCar dashboard trim, door panels, stereo bezels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eESD Safe\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTweezers are anti-static; for critical ESD work, use with a grounding wrist strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich set size should I choose — 7-piece or 10-piece?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 7-piece set covers the essentials for most phone, tablet, and LCD screen repairs: a suction cup to lift the glass panel and plastic spudgers to separate the frame. The 10-piece set adds a second suction cup and two anti-static tweezers, which are useful when handling ribbon cables, small connectors, or any job where you need to hold a panel open while working inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit to replace a cracked smartphone screen?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The suction cup attaches to the glass surface to lift it away from the frame, while the thin plastic spudgers slide along the seam to release the adhesive or clips holding the screen in place. The anti-static tweezers in the 10-piece set help disconnect ribbon cables without damaging them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the tweezers in the 10-piece set anti-static?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The tweezers are generally made from materials that do not generate or conduct static electricity, making them suitable for handling circuit boards, ribbon cables, and small connectors. For critical ESD-sensitive work, pairing them with a grounding wrist strap is always a good practice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the plastic spudgers scratch my phone or laptop casing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plastic spudgers are designed with non-marring edges to minimize the risk of scratching device casings and screen frames. Work slowly and use light pressure when sliding the tool along seams. Reserve the metal pry bar for tougher clips or bezel frames where plastic tools lack sufficient leverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat devices is this kit compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is generally compatible with smartphones (iPhone, Samsung, Google Pixel, and similar), tablets (iPad, Android tablets), laptops, LCD monitors, and TV bezels. It also works for car dashboard trim and stereo panel removal as a secondary use case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces come in each order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order ships one complete set — either the 7-piece set or the 10-piece set, depending on the option you select above. You receive one set per order, not both sets combined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit for car dashboard or stereo panel removal?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, as a secondary use. The metal pry bar and plastic spudgers work well for releasing push-in trim clips and snap-fit bezels around car stereos and dashboard panels. Use the plastic tools on finished surfaces to avoid scratching, and the metal bar for stubborn clips that need more leverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your set size above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"7pcs Set With Suction Cup","offer_id":52334949531922,"sku":"HKTBSMA180001","price":25.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10pcs Set With 2 Suction Cups \u0026 2 Anti-static Tweezers","offer_id":52334949564690,"sku":"HKTBSMA180002","price":35.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01z6tcH81IKnGYdajiv__2096760875.jpg?v=1780500545"},{"product_id":"laptop-disassembly-tool-kit-suction-cup-picks-spudgers-air-blower","title":"Laptop Disassembly Tool Kit – Suction Cup, Opening Picks, Spudgers \u0026 Air Blower for Notebook \u0026 Electronics Repair | No Screwdriver | 1 Kit Per Order","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLaptop Disassembly Tool Kit — Suction Cup, Opening Picks, Spudgers \u0026amp; Air Blower for Clean, Clip-Safe Notebook Repair\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSnapped plastic clips, scratched aluminum lids, and bent bottom panels are the most common casualties of laptop repairs attempted with the wrong tools. DIYers, students, and repair technicians who reach for a guitar pick or a flathead screwdriver to pry open a notebook know the frustration that follows. This \u003cstrong\u003elaptop disassembly tool kit\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you purpose-built suction cups, opening picks, spudgers, and an air blower so you can work through the seams and clips of modern notebooks without damaging the casing or the components inside. Screwdrivers are not included — these are assist tools designed to complement your existing driver set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order ships \u003cstrong\u003eone complete kit\u003c\/strong\u003e in the configuration you select above. Options range from a focused \u003cstrong\u003e10-piece set\u003c\/strong\u003e covering the core tools, through an \u003cstrong\u003e11-piece\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e14-piece\u003c\/strong\u003e set with additional pick and spudger variety, to a \u003cstrong\u003e16-piece Practical Set\u003c\/strong\u003e for more involved jobs, and an \u003cstrong\u003e18-piece Upgraded Set\u003c\/strong\u003e that adds a storage bag for technicians who work on multiple devices regularly. Tools are made from a combination of plastic and rubber materials sized for standard laptop and consumer electronics seams; refer to the product images for a visual breakdown of each piece in each kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003elaptop bottom panel removal\u003c\/strong\u003e for RAM, SSD, or battery upgrades on MacBooks, ThinkPads, Dell XPS, and similar notebooks; \u003cstrong\u003etablet and smartphone disassembly\u003c\/strong\u003e where a suction cup and thin pick are needed to separate the glass from the frame; and \u003cstrong\u003epost-repair dust cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e using the included air blower to clear debris from heatsinks and fans before reassembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laptops and notebooks (MacBook, ThinkPad, Dell XPS, HP, ASUS, Acer, and similar), tablets, smartphones, and general consumer electronics with snap-fit or adhesive-sealed panels.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Screwdrivers are not included in any kit. Each order ships one kit (your selected size) — not multiple kits combined. If you need a screwdriver set, please purchase separately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Laptop Disassembly Tool Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e🧲Suction Cup for Panel Lifting\u003c\/strong\u003e — Attaches firmly to flat surfaces to give you a controlled grip when lifting laptop bottom panels, tablet glass, and smartphone screens away from their frames. Reduces the risk of cracking a display or snapping a clip by letting you apply even, upward tension rather than prying from one edge.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e🔹Plastic Opening Picks\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thin, flexible picks slide into the seam between a laptop lid and base to release snap-fit clips without gouging the casing. The tapered profile lets you work around corners and tight curves on ultrabooks and slim notebooks where metal tools would leave permanent marks.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpudgers for Connector \u0026amp; Clip Work\u003c\/strong\u003e — Rigid spudgers provide the leverage needed to release stubborn retaining clips and pry apart tightly fitted bezels. The flat end works on panel seams; the pointed end helps disconnect battery connectors and ZIF cable locks without damaging the socket.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManual Air Blower for Dust Removal\u003c\/strong\u003e — The squeeze-type air blower delivers a focused puff of air to clear dust from heatsinks, cooling fans, and vents after opening a laptop. Unlike compressed air cans, it produces no moisture or propellant residue, making it safe to use directly over circuit boards and connectors.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFive Kit Sizes — Choose What Fits Your Workflow\u003c\/strong\u003e — From the compact 10-piece set for occasional repairs to the 18-piece Upgraded Kit with storage bag for regular technicians, each configuration ships as one complete kit. Select the size that matches the range of devices you work on most often.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo Screwdriver Included — Focused on Assist Tools\u003c\/strong\u003e — These kits are intentionally designed as disassembly assist tools to pair with your existing screwdriver set. This keeps the kit compact and focused on the prying, lifting, and cleaning tasks that generic tool sets typically lack, without duplicating drivers you already own.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Laptop Disassembly Tool Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-piece, 11-piece, 14-piece, 16-piece (Practical), 18-piece (Upgraded, with storage bag)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity Per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kit (as selected above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrewdriver Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — screwdrivers are not included in any kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool Types Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction cup, opening picks, spudgers, air blower (exact count varies by kit — see variant images)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePick \u0026amp; Spudger Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic (non-marring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Bag\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with 18-piece Upgraded Kit only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Devices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptops, notebooks, tablets, smartphones, consumer electronics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Clip Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnap-fit plastic clips, adhesive-sealed panels (see product images for detail)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndividual Tool Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant images for per-tool sizing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich kit size should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10-piece and 11-piece kits cover the essentials for most laptop and notebook disassembly: suction cup, opening picks, and spudgers. The 14-piece and 16-piece sets add more tool variety for jobs that involve multiple clip types or tighter seams. The 18-piece Upgraded Kit adds a storage bag, making it a good choice if you do repairs regularly and want to keep tools organized. Choose based on how many device types you plan to work on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this kit include a screwdriver?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. None of the kits in this listing include a screwdriver. These are disassembly assist tools — suction cups, opening picks, spudgers, and an air blower — designed to complement your existing screwdriver set. If you need screwdrivers, please purchase them separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat devices can I use this kit on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese kits are primarily designed for laptops and notebooks, but they work well on a range of consumer electronics including tablets, smartphones, and desktop PC cases. The suction cup is useful for lifting glass panels, while the picks and spudgers handle snap-fit clips and adhesive seams on most modern devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the picks and spudgers scratch my laptop casing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe plastic opening picks and spudgers are generally designed with non-marring edges to minimize scratching on laptop casings and bezels. Work slowly and apply light, even pressure along the seam. Avoid forcing tools into tight gaps, as excessive force can leave marks regardless of tool material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the air blower used for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe air blower is used to clear dust and debris from inside a laptop or other electronic device after opening it. It is a manual squeeze-type blower that produces a focused puff of air, suitable for cleaning around heatsinks, fans, vents, and circuit boards without the risk of static discharge or moisture from compressed air cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces come in each order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order ships one complete kit in the configuration you select above — 10-piece, 11-piece, 14-piece, 16-piece, or 18-piece. You receive one kit per order, not multiple kits combined.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the 18-piece kit come with a storage bag?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Upgraded 18-piece kit includes a storage bag to keep all tools organized between uses. The other kit sizes (10, 11, 14, and 16 pieces) do not include a storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your kit size above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"10pcs Disassembly Kit","offer_id":52335533228306,"sku":"HKTBSMA190001","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14pcs Disassembly Kit","offer_id":52335533261074,"sku":"HKTBSMA190002","price":26.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11pcs Disassembly Kit","offer_id":52335533293842,"sku":"HKTBSMA190003","price":24.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Practical 16pcs Disassembly Kit","offer_id":52335533326610,"sku":"HKTBSMA190004","price":30.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgraded 18pcs Disassembly Kit With Storage Bag","offer_id":52335533359378,"sku":"HKTBSMA190005","price":38.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1pc Ceramic Tip Tweezers","offer_id":52335546007826,"sku":"HKTBSMA190006","price":22.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/7de9099c-6744-47c9-a9f7-26347f814d41.png?v=1780500546"},{"product_id":"small-crevice-cleaning-brush-kit-hard-bristle-keyboard-electronics-office","title":"Small Crevice Cleaning Brush Kit – Hard Bristle Detail Brushes for Keyboard, Electronics \u0026 Office Furniture Gap Cleaning | 1 Kit Per Order","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which kit should I choose — 12-piece, 13-piece Black, or 13-piece Blue?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 12-piece kit covers the core brush shapes for most crevice cleaning tasks on keyboards, electronics, and office furniture. The 13-piece Black and 13-piece Blue kits add one additional brush to the lineup and differ only in color. Choose the color that suits your preference or workspace; the tool configuration is otherwise the same.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can these brushes reach between keyboard keys?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The brushes in this kit are designed with narrow, tapered heads and stiff bristles that can reach into the gaps between keycaps on both mechanical and membrane keyboards. They dislodge dust, crumbs, and debris that accumulate in the spaces a cloth or standard brush cannot access.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are the bristles stiff enough to scrub stuck-on debris?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. These are hard bristle brushes, meaning the bristles are firm enough to agitate and dislodge compacted dust, dried residue, and debris from tight crevices. They are generally suitable for hard surfaces such as plastic keyboard frames, metal desk rails, and furniture joints. For delicate coatings or soft surfaces, test on a small area first.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What surfaces can I use these brushes on?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These brushes are suitable for a wide range of hard surfaces including keyboard gaps, USB and charging port surrounds, monitor bezels, desk joints, chair crevices, window tracks, and other tight spaces on office furniture. They are not recommended for use on soft or easily scratched surfaces such as polished screens or soft-touch coatings.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many brushes come in each order?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each order ships one complete kit — either the 12-piece set or the 13-piece set (Black or Blue), depending on the option you select above. You receive one kit per order, not multiple kits combined.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use these brushes dry, or do I need a cleaning solution?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These brushes work effectively dry for removing loose dust and debris from crevices. For stuck-on residue or greasy buildup, you can lightly dampen the bristles with a mild cleaning solution or isopropyl alcohol (70% or less). Always ensure the device or surface is powered off and dry before brushing near electronics.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are these brushes suitable for cleaning office chair crevices and desk joints?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The varied brush shapes in the kit — including narrow, angled, and flat-head styles — make them well suited for reaching into the joints, rails, and crevices of office chairs, desks, and shelving. The stiff bristles can dislodge dust and debris that accumulates in furniture gaps over time.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSmall Crevice Cleaning Brush Kit — Hard Bristle Detail Brushes That Reach Deep into Keyboard Gaps, Electronics \u0026amp; Office Furniture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDust packed between keyboard keys, debris lodged around USB ports, and grime built up in desk joints and chair rails are the kind of messes that a cloth or a standard brush simply cannot reach. Office workers, remote professionals, and anyone who keeps a tidy workspace knows the frustration of cleaning around electronics and furniture without the right tool. This \u003cstrong\u003esmall crevice cleaning brush kit\u003c\/strong\u003e gives you a set of hard bristle detail brushes in multiple head shapes, each designed to reach into the tight gaps and narrow channels where dust and debris accumulate most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order ships \u003cstrong\u003eone complete kit\u003c\/strong\u003e in the configuration you select above. The \u003cstrong\u003e12-piece kit\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the core brush shapes for most crevice cleaning tasks. The \u003cstrong\u003e13-piece Black\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e13-piece Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e kits add one additional brush and differ only in color. Brushes feature stiff nylon or similar hard bristles set into narrow, shaped handles that allow controlled access to tight spaces. Exact handle lengths and head widths vary by brush style within each kit; refer to the product images for a visual breakdown of each piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003ekeyboard deep cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e between keycaps on mechanical and membrane keyboards where crumbs and dust compact over time; \u003cstrong\u003eelectronics crevice cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e around USB-C ports, charging connectors, speaker grilles, and monitor bezels; and \u003cstrong\u003eoffice furniture gap cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e along desk joints, chair rails, window tracks, and shelving edges where standard cleaning tools cannot reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mechanical and membrane keyboards, laptop keyboards, USB and charging port surrounds, monitor bezels, speaker grilles, desk joints, office chair crevices, window tracks, and general hard-surface furniture gaps.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are hard bristle brushes. Test on a small, inconspicuous area before use on soft-touch coatings or polished surfaces. Each order ships one kit (your selected size and color) — not multiple kits combined.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Small Crevice Cleaning Brushes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧹\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHard Bristles for Deep Crevice Agitation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stiff bristles dislodge compacted dust, crumbs, and dried debris from tight gaps that soft brushes leave behind. Effective on keyboard gaps, desk joints, and the narrow channels around ports and connectors where buildup is hardest to shift.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔍\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Head Shapes for Different Gap Types\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each kit includes brushes with varied head profiles — narrow, angled, and flat — so you can match the right brush shape to the specific crevice you are cleaning, whether it is a keyboard row, a USB port surround, or a furniture rail.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⌨️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReaches Between Keyboard Keys\u003c\/strong\u003e — The narrow, tapered brush heads fit into the gaps between keycaps on both mechanical and membrane keyboards, sweeping out the dust and debris that accumulates under and around keys during daily use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💼\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffective on Office Furniture Gaps\u003c\/strong\u003e — Beyond electronics, the varied brush shapes reach into desk joints, chair crevices, shelf edges, and window tracks — the spots that standard cleaning cloths and vacuum attachments consistently miss during routine office cleaning.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in Black or Blue — Choose Your Color\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 13-piece kits come in Black or Blue to suit your workspace aesthetic. The 12-piece kit is the standard configuration. All three options ship as one complete kit per order in your chosen color and size.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Kit Format for Desk or Drawer Storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — The brushes are sized for everyday desk use and store easily in a drawer or on a desktop organizer. Having the right brush shape immediately at hand makes routine crevice cleaning a quick task rather than a deferred chore.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Small Crevice Cleaning Brush Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-piece (standard), 13-piece Black, 13-piece Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity Per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kit (as selected above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBristle Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard bristle (stiff nylon or similar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Styles Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMultiple shapes — narrow, angled, and flat profiles (see variant images)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndividual Brush Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant images for per-brush sizing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard (12-piece), Black (13-piece), Blue (13-piece)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Surfaces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard plastics, metal, wood furniture joints, keyboard frames, port surrounds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished screens, soft-touch coatings, or delicate painted surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich kit should I choose — 12-piece, 13-piece Black, or 13-piece Blue?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 12-piece kit covers the core brush shapes for most crevice cleaning tasks on keyboards, electronics, and office furniture. The 13-piece Black and 13-piece Blue kits add one additional brush and differ only in color. Choose the color that suits your preference or workspace; the tool configuration is otherwise the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan these brushes reach between keyboard keys?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The brushes in this kit are designed with narrow, tapered heads and stiff bristles that can reach into the gaps between keycaps on both mechanical and membrane keyboards. They dislodge dust, crumbs, and debris that accumulate in the spaces a cloth or standard brush cannot access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the bristles stiff enough to scrub stuck-on debris?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. These are hard bristle brushes, meaning the bristles are firm enough to agitate and dislodge compacted dust, dried residue, and debris from tight crevices. They are generally suitable for hard surfaces such as plastic keyboard frames, metal desk rails, and furniture joints. For delicate coatings or soft surfaces, test on a small area first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat surfaces can I use these brushes on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese brushes are suitable for a wide range of hard surfaces including keyboard gaps, USB and charging port surrounds, monitor bezels, desk joints, chair crevices, window tracks, and other tight spaces on office furniture. They are not recommended for use on soft or easily scratched surfaces such as polished screens or soft-touch coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many brushes come in each order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach order ships one complete kit — either the 12-piece set or the 13-piece set (Black or Blue), depending on the option you select above. You receive one kit per order, not multiple kits combined.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use these brushes dry, or do I need a cleaning solution?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese brushes work effectively dry for removing loose dust and debris from crevices. For stuck-on residue or greasy buildup, you can lightly dampen the bristles with a mild cleaning solution or isopropyl alcohol (70% or less). Always ensure the device or surface is powered off and dry before brushing near electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these brushes suitable for cleaning office chair crevices and desk joints?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The varied brush shapes in the kit — including narrow, angled, and flat-head styles — make them well suited for reaching into the joints, rails, and crevices of office chairs, desks, and shelving. The stiff bristles can dislodge dust and debris that accumulates in furniture gaps over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your kit size and color above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"12pcs Premium Hard Bristle Brush Kit","offer_id":52335555117330,"sku":"HKTBSMA210001","price":20.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13pcs Black Premium Hard Bristle Brush Kit","offer_id":52335555150098,"sku":"HKTBSMA210002","price":28.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13pcs Blue Premium Hard Bristle Brush Kit","offer_id":52335555182866,"sku":"HKTBSMA210003","price":28.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN011d4WbZ1d2ZqeXW7Hx__280743678.jpg?v=1780500546"},{"product_id":"phone-port-cleaning-brush-spiral-nylon-charging-port-speaker-usb-10-pack","title":"Phone Port Cleaning Brush – Spiral Nylon Bristle Micro Brush for Charging Port, Speaker Grille \u0026 USB Slot | 50-Pack, 5 Linked Strips of 10","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePhone Port Cleaning Brush — Spiral Nylon Bristle Micro Brush That Reaches Inside Charging Ports, Speaker Grilles \u0026amp; USB Slots\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLint packed into a charging port that stops your cable from seating properly, dust clogging a speaker grille that muffles every call, and debris lodged in a USB slot that causes intermittent connections — these are daily frustrations for smartphone users, remote workers, and anyone who carries a device in a pocket or bag. Cotton swabs are too wide, toothpicks risk scratching connector pins, and compressed air pushes debris deeper rather than removing it. This \u003cstrong\u003ephone port cleaning brush\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a spiral nylon bristle tip on a stainless steel wire core to reach inside narrow openings and hook debris out cleanly, without scratching the surfaces inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e50 brushes total — 5 linked strips of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each strip holds 10 brushes in a connected row for easy break-off dispensing and flat storage. Each individual brush measures approximately 60mm (≈2.4\") in total length, with a spiral bristle head of approximately 10mm (≈0.4\") and a handle width of approximately 8mm (≈0.3\"). The handle is polypropylene plastic; the bristles are soft nylon; the wire core is stainless steel. Color: white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003esmartphone charging port cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e for USB-C, Lightning, and Micro-USB ports where lint and pocket debris compact over time and prevent cables from fully seating; \u003cstrong\u003espeaker grille and earpiece cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e on phones and earbuds where dust reduces volume and call clarity; and \u003cstrong\u003eUSB slot and SD card reader cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e on laptops, chargers, and hubs where debris causes connection errors. The brushes also work on showerhead holes, faucet aerators, and other small household openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB-C, Lightning, and Micro-USB charging ports; smartphone speaker grilles and earpieces; headphone jacks; USB-A and USB-C laptop ports; SD card slots; showerhead holes; faucet aerators; and similar small openings on electronics and household fixtures.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each order ships 50 brushes (5 linked strips of 10). Insert the brush gently; do not force it if resistance is felt. Ensure the device is powered off before cleaning charging ports or USB slots.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Phone Port Cleaning Brushes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpiral Nylon Bristle Tip\u003c\/strong\u003e — The helical bristle pattern wraps around the wire core so that rotating the brush while inserting it hooks and pulls debris out of charging ports and speaker grilles rather than pushing it deeper. More effective than a straight brush for compacted lint in USB-C and Lightning ports.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for Smartphone Ports\u003c\/strong\u003e — The bristle head is approximately 10mm (≈0.4\") long and narrow enough to fit inside standard USB-C, Lightning, and Micro-USB charging ports, as well as headphone jacks, SD card slots, and USB-A ports on laptops and chargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧵\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSoft Nylon Bristles — Safe on Connector Pins\u003c\/strong\u003e — Nylon bristles are firm enough to dislodge compacted lint and dust but soft enough to avoid scratching the metal connector pins inside charging ports or the mesh on speaker grilles. The stainless steel wire core is flexible and will not snap under normal use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📋\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50-Pack in 5 Linked Strips of 10\u003c\/strong\u003e — All 50 brushes are organized into 5 connected strips of 10. Snap off one brush when you need it and store the remaining strips flat in a drawer, desk organizer, or travel bag. The strip format keeps brushes clean and prevents them from scattering loose.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🏠\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Use Beyond Electronics\u003c\/strong\u003e — The spiral tip clears mineral deposits from showerhead holes and faucet aerator openings, making these brushes useful around the home as well as at a desk. One 50-pack covers months of both tech maintenance and household cleaning tasks.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚖️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight \u0026amp; Compact\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each brush is approximately 60mm (≈2.4\") long and fits easily in a pocket, laptop bag, or desk drawer. The strip format keeps the full set organized without taking up desk space.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Phone Port Cleaning Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity Per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 brushes (5 linked strips of 10)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Length Per Brush\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 60mm (≈2.4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBristle Head Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 10mm (≈0.4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 8mm (≈0.3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBristle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon (soft, non-scratching)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Core Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene (PP) plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C, Lightning, Micro-USB, USB-A, headphone jack, SD card slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdditional Uses\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeaker grilles, earpieces, showerhead holes, faucet aerators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat ports and openings can this brush clean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis brush is designed for small openings including smartphone charging ports (USB-C, Lightning, Micro-USB), speaker grilles, earpiece slots, headphone jacks, USB-A and USB-C ports on laptops and chargers, SD card slots, and similar narrow openings on electronics. It also works on showerhead holes, faucet aerators, and other small household openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the spiral bristles scratch the inside of my charging port?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bristles are made from soft nylon, which is generally safe for use inside charging ports and speaker grilles without scratching the connector pins or mesh. The stainless steel wire core is flexible and sized to fit standard port openings. Insert gently and avoid forcing the brush if resistance is felt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow big is each brush?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach brush is approximately 60mm (about 2.4 inches) in total length, with a bristle head of approximately 10mm (about 0.4 inches) and a handle width of approximately 8mm (about 0.3 inches). The brush head is sized to fit standard smartphone charging ports and USB slots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the linked strip design?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach strip holds 10 brushes connected in a row for easy storage and dispensing. Each order includes 5 strips, for a total of 50 brushes. Break off one brush at a time as needed and keep the rest stored neatly in the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many brushes come in each order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes 50 brushes total, packaged as 5 linked strips of 10 brushes each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use these brushes on showerheads and faucet aerators?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The spiral bristle tip is effective at clearing mineral deposits and debris from showerhead holes and faucet aerator openings. The nylon bristles are durable enough to scrub light scale buildup without damaging the surface finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are the brushes made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle is made from polypropylene (PP) plastic. The bristles are nylon. The wire core that holds the bristles is stainless steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Add to cart above — each order ships 50 brushes (5 strips of 10).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52335558951186,"sku":"HKTBSMA220001","price":21.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01iDNB2Q1wk3xyTc6Dl__185586345.jpg?v=1780500546"},{"product_id":"pc-case-fan-long-screws-6-32-30mm-phillips-nickel-black-silver","title":"PC Case Fan Long Screws #6-32 – 30mm Phillips Round Head, Nickel-Plated Carbon Steel for 25mm Fans | Choose Color \u0026 Qty","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What fan thickness do these screws fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These 30mm screws are designed for 25mm thick case fans, which is the standard thickness for 80mm, 92mm, 120mm, and 140mm PC case fans. The 30mm total length provides enough thread engagement through the fan body and into the case mounting point without bottoming out.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What thread size are these screws?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These screws use the #6-32 UNC thread standard, which is the industry-standard thread for PC case fan mounting in ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX cases. They are compatible with the fan mounting holes on virtually all standard PC cases and fan brackets.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use these screws for push-pull radiator fan configurations?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The 30mm length is specifically suited for single-fan mounting on 25mm thick fans. For push-pull configurations where two fans sandwich a radiator, you would typically need longer screws (generally 55mm or more, depending on radiator thickness). These 30mm screws are intended for standard single-fan-to-case or single-fan-to-radiator mounting.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the black and silver versions?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Both versions are made from the same carbon steel with a nickel-plated finish. The black version has an additional black coating over the nickel plating for a darker appearance that blends with black PC builds. The silver version retains the standard nickel-plated finish. Thread size, length, and diameter are identical between both colors.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are these screws corrosion resistant? Can I use them in a water-cooled build?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The nickel-plated finish provides moderate corrosion resistance suitable for indoor PC use, including water-cooled builds where the screws are not directly exposed to coolant. They are not rated for outdoor or high-humidity environments. For builds with significant moisture exposure, stainless steel screws would generally be a more appropriate choice.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many screws come in each order?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"You can choose between a 50-piece pack or a 100-piece pack, in either black or silver. Each order ships the quantity and color you select above.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What screwdriver do I need to install these screws?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These screws have a Phillips (cross-head) drive. A standard Phillips #2 screwdriver is typically the correct size for #6-32 fan screws. A magnetic-tip screwdriver is recommended to avoid dropping screws inside the case during installation.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePC Case Fan Long Screws #6-32 — 30mm Nickel-Plated Carbon Steel Phillips Screws for 25mm Case Fans, Black or Silver\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard fan screws are too short for thick radiators, aftermarket fan brackets, or any mounting point where the thread engagement depth is greater than a typical case panel. PC builders, water-cooling enthusiasts, and anyone replacing stripped or missing fan screws knows the frustration of hunting for the right length in the right thread size. These \u003cstrong\u003ePC case fan long screws\u003c\/strong\u003e use the industry-standard #6-32 UNC thread at 30mm (≈1.18\") total length, sized specifically for 25mm thick case fans, so they seat fully without bottoming out or leaving the fan loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order ships the quantity and color you select above: \u003cstrong\u003e50-piece\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003e100-piece\u003c\/strong\u003e, in \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003esilver\u003c\/strong\u003e. Every screw is 30mm (≈1.18\") long with a 3.5mm diameter shank and a Phillips round head. Material is carbon steel with a nickel-plated surface finish; the black variant adds a black coating over the nickel for builds where dark hardware is preferred. Thread standard: #6-32 UNC, compatible with virtually all ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX case fan mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003ePC case fan installation and replacement\u003c\/strong\u003e on 80mm, 92mm, 120mm, and 140mm fans where the standard short screws have stripped or gone missing; \u003cstrong\u003eradiator fan mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e in single-fan configurations on 25mm thick fans attached to 120mm or 240mm radiators; and \u003cstrong\u003ePC build upgrades\u003c\/strong\u003e where matching black or silver hardware is needed for a consistent aesthetic inside a windowed case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard #6-32 UNC fan mounting holes on ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX PC cases. Fits 25mm thick case fans including 80mm, 92mm, 120mm, and 140mm sizes. Compatible with most PC case fan brackets and radiator fan mounts.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e These 30mm screws are designed for single 25mm thick fan mounting. For push-pull dual-fan radiator configurations, longer screws are generally required. Verify your mounting depth before ordering.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These PC Case Fan Long Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e#6-32 UNC Thread — Industry Standard\u003c\/strong\u003e — The #6-32 UNC thread is the universal standard for PC case fan mounting used by virtually every ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX case manufacturer. These screws thread directly into standard fan mounting holes without adapters or modifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30mm Length for 25mm Fans\u003c\/strong\u003e — At 30mm (≈1.18\"), these screws are long enough to pass through a standard 25mm thick case fan and engage the mounting threads fully, without bottoming out or leaving the fan with insufficient clamping force. Fits approximately 99% of standard 25mm PC case fans.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔘\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhillips Round Head — Easy to Drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — The round pan head sits flush against the fan frame without digging in, distributing clamping force evenly across the mounting point. The Phillips drive works with any standard #2 Phillips screwdriver, including magnetic-tip drivers that prevent dropping screws inside the case.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNickel-Plated Carbon Steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Carbon steel provides the thread strength needed to hold fans securely under vibration. The nickel-plated finish resists light surface oxidation in indoor PC environments and gives the screw a clean, polished appearance that suits both windowed and closed cases.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or Silver — Match Your Build Aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e — The silver version uses the standard nickel-plated finish. The black version adds a dark coating for builds where all-black hardware is part of the design. Both colors use identical dimensions and thread specifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50 or 100 Piece Pack — Choose Your Quantity\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 50-piece pack covers a full build with spares. The 100-piece pack suits builders who work on multiple systems, manage a workshop, or want a long-term supply of replacement fan screws on hand. Each order ships the quantity and color you select.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — PC Case Fan Long Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#6-32 UNC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30mm (≈1.18\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShank Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips round head (pan head)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips #2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel-plated (silver); nickel-plated with black coating (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack or Silver (select above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Size Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-piece or 100-piece (select above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Fan Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm (standard PC case fan thickness)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Fan Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm, 92mm, 120mm, 140mm and other standard sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Cases\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eATX, Micro-ATX, Mini-ITX with standard #6-32 fan mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat fan thickness do these screws fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese 30mm screws are designed for 25mm thick case fans, which is the standard thickness for 80mm, 92mm, 120mm, and 140mm PC case fans. The 30mm total length provides enough thread engagement through the fan body and into the case mounting point without bottoming out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat thread size are these screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese screws use the #6-32 UNC thread standard, which is the industry-standard thread for PC case fan mounting in ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX cases. They are compatible with the fan mounting holes on virtually all standard PC cases and fan brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use these screws for push-pull radiator fan configurations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 30mm length is specifically suited for single-fan mounting on 25mm thick fans. For push-pull configurations where two fans sandwich a radiator, you would typically need longer screws (generally 55mm or more, depending on radiator thickness). These 30mm screws are intended for standard single-fan-to-case or single-fan-to-radiator mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the black and silver versions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth versions are made from the same carbon steel with a nickel-plated finish. The black version has an additional black coating over the nickel plating for a darker appearance that blends with black PC builds. The silver version retains the standard nickel-plated finish. Thread size, length, and diameter are identical between both colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these screws corrosion resistant? Can I use them in a water-cooled build?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nickel-plated finish provides moderate corrosion resistance suitable for indoor PC use, including water-cooled builds where the screws are not directly exposed to coolant. They are not rated for outdoor or high-humidity environments. For builds with significant moisture exposure, stainless steel screws would generally be a more appropriate choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many screws come in each order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can choose between a 50-piece pack or a 100-piece pack, in either black or silver. Each order ships the quantity and color you select above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat screwdriver do I need to install these screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese screws have a Phillips cross-head drive. A standard Phillips #2 screwdriver is typically the correct size for #6-32 fan screws. A magnetic-tip screwdriver is recommended to avoid dropping screws inside the case during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your color and quantity above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"50pcs-Black","offer_id":52335568978194,"sku":"HKTBSMA260001","price":34.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50pcs-Silver","offer_id":52335569010962,"sku":"HKTBSMA260002","price":34.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100pcs-Black","offer_id":52335569043730,"sku":"HKTBSMA260003","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100pcs-Silver","offer_id":52335569076498,"sku":"HKTBSMA260004","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01zOxU6Q1FBEPrQRTCf__1702100448.jpg?v=1780500545"},{"product_id":"cpu-cooler-fan-wire-clips-stainless-steel-retaining-hooks-80mm-90mm-120mm","title":"CPU Cooler Fan Wire Clips – Stainless Steel Retaining Hooks for 80mm, 90mm \u0026 120mm Heatsink Fans | Inner \u0026 Outer Buckle Options | 5 Pairs Per Order","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I choose the right clip size — 80mm, 90mm, or 120mm?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The size refers to the fan size your heatsink is designed to use, not the overall heatsink body dimensions. An 80mm clip fits heatsinks that use 80mm fans, a 90mm clip fits 90mm fan heatsinks, and a 120mm clip fits 120mm fan heatsinks. The 120mm clip has a span of approximately 103mm (≈4.1\\\"), which corresponds to the mounting hole edge distance on a standard 120mm fan frame. Note that the 80mm and 90mm clips are similar in size — if you are unsure, check the product images against your heatsink’s actual clip groove dimensions before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the inner buckle and outer buckle?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The inner buckle hooks into the inner groove or slot on the fan frame, while the outer buckle hooks over the outer edge of the fan frame. Different heatsink and fan combinations use different clip attachment points. Some setups require only inner or only outer clips; others use both. Check the product images for the installation diagram that matches your heatsink before selecting.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the fan included with these clips?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. These are wire retaining clips only — the fan is not included. These clips are used to attach an existing fan to a heatsink that uses clip-style mounting, either as a replacement for lost or damaged original clips or to add a second fan to a heatsink.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will these clips fit my heatsink?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These clips are manufactured to fit the most common mainstream heatsink structures and are not OEM replacement parts. They are generally compatible with many popular tower coolers that use clip-style fan attachment, but they do not fit every heatsink on the market. Please compare the clip shape and dimensions shown in the product images against your heatsink’s actual clip grooves before purchasing. If the clips do not fit your heatsink, return shipping costs are the buyer’s responsibility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I manually adjust the clips if they feel too tight or too loose?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The stainless steel wire is flexible enough to allow careful hand-bending for minor fit adjustments. Different heatsink manufacturers use slightly different fin stack thicknesses, and fan frames vary in thickness depending on whether they include rubber anti-vibration pads. Small adjustments can help achieve a secure fit without tools.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are these clips corrosion resistant?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The clips are made from stainless steel with a nickel-plated finish, which provides good resistance to surface oxidation and corrosion in normal indoor PC environments. They are not intended for outdoor or high-humidity use.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many clips come in each order?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each order includes 5 pairs (10 clips total) in the style and size you select above. A standard single-fan installation requires 1 pair (2 clips), so 5 pairs cover five complete fan installations or multiple push-pull setups with spares.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCPU Cooler Fan Wire Clips — Stainless Steel Retaining Hooks That Secure 80mm, 90mm \u0026amp; 120mm Fans to Heatsinks Without Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fan that rattles loose from its heatsink, a missing original clip that leaves a fan held on by one hook, or a second fan you want to add to a tower cooler in push-pull — these are the situations where PC builders and DIY enthusiasts need a reliable replacement clip that actually fits. OEM clips are rarely sold separately, and generic options often miss the groove dimensions by just enough to slip off under vibration. These \u003cstrong\u003eCPU cooler fan wire clips\u003c\/strong\u003e are made from stainless steel and shaped to match the clip grooves on the most common mainstream tower heatsinks, giving you a secure, tool-free way to attach or replace fans on 80mm, 90mm, and 120mm coolers. Fans are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e5 pairs (10 clips total)\u003c\/strong\u003e in the style and size you select above. Options include inner buckle and outer buckle styles for 80mm (≈3.1\"), 90mm (≈3.5\"), and 120mm (≈4.7\") fan heatsinks, as well as combination inner+outer sets for 120mm coolers and a specific outer buckle variant for JONSBO 90mm\/120mm coolers. The 120mm clip has a span of approximately 103mm (≈4.1\") — this is the mounting hole edge distance, not the full fan frame width. All clips are stainless steel with a nickel-plated silver finish and can be hand-bent for minor fit adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include \u003cstrong\u003ereplacing lost or damaged original fan clips\u003c\/strong\u003e on tower CPU coolers where the fan has come loose or the OEM clip has broken; \u003cstrong\u003eadding a second fan to a single-fan heatsink\u003c\/strong\u003e for a push-pull configuration without buying a new cooler; and \u003cstrong\u003eDIY heatsink builds\u003c\/strong\u003e where clip-style fan attachment is preferred over screw mounting for tool-free fan swaps during maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for mainstream tower CPU heatsinks using clip-style fan attachment with 80mm, 90mm, or 120mm fans. Not compatible with all heatsink models — please compare clip shape and dimensions in the product images against your heatsink before ordering. Fan is not included.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are aftermarket clips, not OEM replacement parts. They do not fit every heatsink. The 80mm and 90mm clip sizes are similar — if you are unsure which fits your cooler, ordering both sizes is recommended. Check the installation diagrams in the product images carefully before purchasing. Return shipping for incompatible clips is the buyer’s responsibility.\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These CPU Cooler Fan Wire Clips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless Steel Wire Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Formed from stainless steel wire with a nickel-plated finish, these clips resist surface oxidation in normal indoor PC environments. The wire is strong enough to hold a fan securely against heatsink fin stacks under normal operating vibration without deforming over time.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHand-Adjustable for Minor Fit Differences\u003c\/strong\u003e — Heatsink fin stack thickness and fan frame depth vary between manufacturers and models. The stainless steel wire is flexible enough to allow careful hand-bending for small fit adjustments, letting you fine-tune the clip tension without tools when the fit is slightly tight or loose.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree Fan Sizes — 80mm, 90mm \u0026amp; 120mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in sizes to match the three most common CPU cooler fan formats. The 120mm clip spans approximately 103mm (≈4.1\") between hook tips, corresponding to the mounting hole edge distance on a standard 120mm fan frame. Select the size that matches your heatsink’s fan specification.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInner \u0026amp; Outer Buckle Styles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Different heatsinks use different clip attachment points. Inner buckle clips hook into the inner groove of the fan frame; outer buckle clips hook over the outer edge. A combination inner+outer set is available for 120mm coolers where both clip types are needed for a secure installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnables Push-Pull Fan Configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adding a second fan to a single-fan tower cooler in a push-pull setup typically requires an additional set of clips. These wire clips make it straightforward to attach a second fan to the opposite side of the heatsink fin stack without modifying the cooler or using screws.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📋\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5 Pairs Per Order — Ready for Multiple Installations\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each order ships 5 pairs (10 clips total). A standard single-fan installation uses 1 pair (2 clips), so 5 pairs cover five complete fan installations or multiple push-pull setups, with extras on hand for future maintenance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — CPU Cooler Fan Wire Clips\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity Per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 pairs (10 clips total, as selected above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClips Per Fan Installation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair (2 clips) for standard single-fan mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Size Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm, 90mm, 120mm (select above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClip Style Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner buckle, outer buckle, or inner+outer combination (select above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e120mm Clip Span\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 103mm (≈4.1\") — mounting hole edge distance, not fan frame width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel-plated (silver)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-bendable for minor fit adjustments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — clips only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOEM Replacement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — aftermarket clips designed for mainstream heatsink structures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Heatsink Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTower CPU coolers with clip-style fan attachment (see product images for compatibility)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot Compatible With\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll heatsinks — verify against product images before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right clip size — 80mm, 90mm, or 120mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe size refers to the fan size your heatsink is designed to use, not the overall heatsink body dimensions. An 80mm clip fits heatsinks that use 80mm fans, a 90mm clip fits 90mm fan heatsinks, and a 120mm clip fits 120mm fan heatsinks. The 120mm clip has a span of approximately 103mm (≈4.1\"), which corresponds to the mounting hole edge distance on a standard 120mm fan frame. Note that the 80mm and 90mm clips are similar in size — if you are unsure, check the product images against your heatsink’s actual clip groove dimensions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the inner buckle and outer buckle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe inner buckle hooks into the inner groove or slot on the fan frame, while the outer buckle hooks over the outer edge of the fan frame. Different heatsink and fan combinations use different clip attachment points. Some setups require only inner or only outer clips; others use both. Check the product images for the installation diagram that matches your heatsink before selecting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs the fan included with these clips?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. These are wire retaining clips only — the fan is not included. These clips are used to attach an existing fan to a heatsink that uses clip-style mounting, either as a replacement for lost or damaged original clips or to add a second fan to a heatsink.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill these clips fit my heatsink?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese clips are manufactured to fit the most common mainstream heatsink structures and are not OEM replacement parts. They are generally compatible with many popular tower coolers that use clip-style fan attachment, but they do not fit every heatsink on the market. Please compare the clip shape and dimensions shown in the product images against your heatsink’s actual clip grooves before purchasing. If the clips do not fit your heatsink, return shipping costs are the buyer’s responsibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I manually adjust the clips if they feel too tight or too loose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The stainless steel wire is flexible enough to allow careful hand-bending for minor fit adjustments. Different heatsink manufacturers use slightly different fin stack thicknesses, and fan frames vary in thickness depending on whether they include rubber anti-vibration pads. Small adjustments can help achieve a secure fit without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these clips corrosion resistant?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The clips are made from stainless steel with a nickel-plated finish, which provides good resistance to surface oxidation and corrosion in normal indoor PC environments. They are not intended for outdoor or high-humidity use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many clips come in each order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach order includes 5 pairs (10 clips total) in the style and size you select above. A standard single-fan installation requires 1 pair (2 clips), so 5 pairs cover five complete fan installations or multiple push-pull setups with spares.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your fan size and buckle style above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"1 Pair Inner Buckle for 8\/9\/12cm Cooler \/ 5pcs","offer_id":52335576318226,"sku":"HKTBSMA270001","price":39.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Pair Outer Buckle for 9\/12cm JONSBO Cooler \/ 5pcs","offer_id":52335576350994,"sku":"HKTBSMA270002","price":32.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Pair Outer Buckle for 12cm Cooler \/ 5pcs","offer_id":52335576383762,"sku":"HKTBSMA270003","price":25.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Pair Inner Buckle for 12cm Cooler \/ 5pcs","offer_id":52335576416530,"sku":"HKTBSMA270004","price":25.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Pair Inner + 1 Pair Outer Buckle for 12cm Cooler \/ 5pcs","offer_id":52335576449298,"sku":"HKTBSMA270005","price":38.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01AKUoFf1V5lfpIJFGe__2215060612602.jpg?v=1780500546"},{"product_id":"pc-case-fan-screws-kit-m3-5-m4-m5-fan-mounting-screws-nuts-anti-vibration-washers","title":"PC Case Fan Screws Kit – M3.5 M4 M5 Fan Mounting Screws with Nuts \u0026 Anti-Vibration Washers","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePC Case Fan Mounting Screws — Stop Fighting Stripped Holes and Fan Rattle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have ever stripped a plastic fan mounting hole with an oversized screw or dealt with a buzzing case panel from fan vibration, you know how frustrating PC fan installation can be. This kit is built for PC builders, modders, and system integrators who need reliable, rattle-free fan mounting across a range of fan sizes and case configurations — without reaching for a screwdriver every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit is sold individually and contains 100 or 32 pieces, depending on the variant selected. Screw materials are iron with black zinc plating for corrosion resistance. Available variants include: \u003cstrong\u003eM5 self-tapping short screws\u003c\/strong\u003e (OD 5mm, total length 7mm, thread 10mm) for standard fan holes; \u003cstrong\u003eM3.5 small-hole long screws\u003c\/strong\u003e (shaft 3.5mm, total length 30mm (approx. 1.18\"), thread 20mm, head diameter 8mm) for PSU bays and radiator mounts; \u003cstrong\u003eM4 long screws with nuts\u003c\/strong\u003e (shaft 4mm, total length 32mm (approx. 1.26\"), thread 17mm, head diameter 8mm) for fans 25–32mm thick; \u003cstrong\u003eM4 long screws with silicone anti-vibration washers\u003c\/strong\u003e for fans 15–28mm thick; \u003cstrong\u003eextended M4 long screws with nuts\u003c\/strong\u003e (total length 35mm (approx. 1.38\"), thread 20mm) for thick 30mm+ fans; and \u003cstrong\u003esilver M4 long screws with silicone washers\u003c\/strong\u003e in a silver finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include mounting 120mm and 140mm case fans to ATX mid-tower and full-tower chassis, securing fans to 240mm and 360mm radiators in AIO or custom loop builds, and replacing lost or stripped screws in PSU bays and front-panel fan mounts — covering the full range of PC radiator fan mounting screws and anti-vibration fan screws for quiet PC builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e M4 and M5 variants fit standard fan mounting holes (typically 4.5mm diameter) on 80mm–140mm fans. M3.5 screws are for dedicated small-hole positions (PSU bays, some radiator mounts) and are \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e interchangeable with standard fan holes. Confirm your fan hole diameter before ordering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These PC Fan Mounting Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSix Purpose-Built Variants\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each kit targets a specific mounting scenario: self-tapping for quick installs, bolt-and-nut for tool-free hand-tightening, and washer kits for vibration-damped, quiet builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🤫\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone Anti-Vibration Washers\u003c\/strong\u003e — The M4 washer variants include silicone shock-absorbing pads that clamp the fan frame and decouple it from the case panel, reducing resonance hum in quiet PC fan mounting setups.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Zinc Plating\u003c\/strong\u003e — Iron screws with black zinc coating resist oxidation in enclosed case environments, maintaining appearance and thread integrity over time.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e✋\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free Installation (M4 and M3.5)\u003c\/strong\u003e — M4 bolt-and-nut kits and M3.5 long screws are designed to be hand-tightened, making fan swaps faster and reducing the risk of over-torquing plastic fan frames.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgraded Flat Head Design (M3.5)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The M3.5 screws feature an enlarged 8mm flat head that sits flush after installation, covering dust filter edges and fitting radiator sandwich and large-hole case mounts without protruding.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtended Thread Engagement (M3.5)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The tapered tail and 20mm threaded section allow smooth entry into tight holes and compatibility with a wider range of fan thicknesses compared to older short-thread designs.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — PC Fan Mounting Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC Case Fan Mounting Screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5 Self-tapping Short · M3.5 Small-hole Long · M4 Long + Nut · M4 Long + Silicone Washer · Extended M4 Long + Nut · Silver M4 Long + Silicone Washer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eM5 Screw Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOD 5mm · Total length 7mm · Thread section 10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eM3.5 Screw Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft 3.5mm · Total length 30mm (approx. 1.18\") · Thread 20mm · Head diameter 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eM4 Standard Screw Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft 4mm · Total length 32mm (approx. 1.26\") · Thread 17mm · Head diameter 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eM4 Extended Screw Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShaft 4mm · Total length 35mm (approx. 1.38\") · Thread 20mm · Head diameter 8mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrew Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIron with black zinc anti-rust plating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWasher Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone (shock-absorbing, anti-vibration)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5: Self-tapping pan head · M3.5 and M4: Flat pan head (8mm diameter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5: Phillips (screwdriver required) · M3.5 and M4: Hand-tighten with nut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Fan Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4 standard: typically 25–32mm · M4 with washer: typically 15–28mm · M4 extended: typically 30–35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Hole Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4 and M5: Standard fan holes (approx. 4.5mm) · M3.5: Small dedicated holes (PSU bays, some radiator mounts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM5 and M3.5 variants: 100 pcs · M4 variants: 32 pcs (screws + nuts or washers)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack zinc (all variants) · Silver (M4 washer variant only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHKTBSMA230001 – HKTBSMA230006\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eSizing Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you are unsure which variant fits your build, measure your fan's mounting hole diameter and fan body thickness before selecting. Contact us to confirm compatibility with non-standard radiator or case configurations.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right screw length for my PC fan?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure your fan's thickness first. Standard 25mm fans generally work with M4 32mm long screws. Thicker fans (typically 30–32mm) need the extended M4 35mm screws. For PSU bays or radiator sandwich mounts, the M3.5 30mm screws are typically the right fit. When in doubt, choose the longer option — you can always back off the nut slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I tighten these screws without a screwdriver?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the M4 kits (with nuts) and the M3.5 long screws are designed for hand-tightening. The knurled nuts provide enough grip to secure fans firmly without any tools. The M5 self-tapping screws do require a Phillips screwdriver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the anti-vibration washers actually reduce fan noise?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The silicone shock-absorbing washers included in the M4 washer kits act as a buffer between the fan frame and the case panel, dampening vibration transmission. This generally reduces low-frequency hum caused by fan resonance, especially noticeable at higher RPMs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these screws compatible with standard 120mm and 140mm PC fans?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The M4 and M5 variants are designed for standard fan mounting holes (typically 4.5mm diameter) found on 80mm, 92mm, 120mm, and 140mm fans. The M3.5 screws are intended for smaller dedicated holes found in PSU bays and some radiator mounts — they are not interchangeable with standard fan holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the M4 with nuts and the M4 with shock-absorbing washers?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth use the same M4 32mm screw shaft. The nut-only kit provides basic secure mounting for fans 25–32mm thick. The washer kit adds silicone anti-vibration pads that clamp the fan frame, reducing resonance noise — best for fans mounted to thin case panels. The washer kit accommodates fans typically 15–28mm thick due to the washer adding thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the M5 self-tapping screws damage my fan mounting holes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eM5 self-tapping screws can slightly widen plastic fan mounting holes over time, especially with repeated removal and reinstallation. They are best suited for one-time or infrequent installations. For builds where fans are swapped regularly, the M4 bolt-and-nut system is generally a more durable long-term choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these screws suitable for radiator (AIO\/custom loop) fan sandwich mounts?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The M4 long and extended long screws are well-suited for radiator sandwich configurations where a fan is mounted on both sides of a radiator. The extended M4 35mm screws are typically needed for dual-fan sandwich setups. The M3.5 screws are also compatible with many radiator mounting holes — check your radiator's spec sheet to confirm hole diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your kit variant above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"100pcs M5 Short Self-tapping Fan Screws","offer_id":52337659314450,"sku":"HKTBSMA230001","price":20.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100pcs M3.5 Small Hole Long Screws","offer_id":52337659347218,"sku":"HKTBSMA230002","price":28.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32pcs M4 Long Screws With Nuts","offer_id":52337659379986,"sku":"HKTBSMA230003","price":20.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32pcs M4 Long Screws With Shock-absorbing Washers","offer_id":52337659412754,"sku":"HKTBSMA230004","price":23.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32pcs Extended M4 Long Screws With Nuts","offer_id":52337659445522,"sku":"HKTBSMA230005","price":20.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"32pcs Silver M4 Long Screws With Shock-absorbing Washers","offer_id":52337659478290,"sku":"HKTBSMA230006","price":23.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01bN62EH2BwAWmRiKv3__359508402_2216ef3b-4341-470f-95be-0cfcde1997f5.jpg?v=1780464490"},{"product_id":"pc-case-fan-screws-with-nuts-and-washers-4-pack","title":"PC Case Fan Screws with Nuts and Washers – 4-Pack","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePC Case Fan Screws with Lock Nuts \u0026amp; Washers — Secure Every Fan, Every Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who has built or upgraded a PC knows the frustration of loose fans rattling at 3 a.m., or worse, stripping a mounting hole because the wrong screw was used. Whether you are a first-time builder, a seasoned modder, or a repair technician swapping fans in client machines, having the right fasteners on hand makes the difference between a clean, quiet build and a noisy headache.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 4-pack includes 4 screws, 4 lock nuts, and 4 washers — a complete mounting set for one standard case fan. The screws use the standard M3 thread that fits the vast majority of 80mm, 120mm, and 140mm PC case fans. Available in five finishes: Black, Gold, Green, Silver, and Red, so your build's interior can match your aesthetic without sacrificing function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese fan screws are well-suited for case fan installation during a new PC build, fan replacement in an existing system, and DIY cooling upgrades where a clean, rattle-free mount is essential. The hex-socket head design makes installation straightforward with a standard screwdriver, and the lock nut and washer combination keeps everything firmly in place even under continuous vibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔵\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e These screws are designed for \u003cstrong\u003ePC case fan mounting only\u003c\/strong\u003e — they are \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e intended for radiator (liquid cooling) fan installations, which typically require longer screws. Confirm your fan's mounting hole diameter before ordering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These PC Case Fan Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard M3 Thread\u003c\/strong\u003e — Matches the universal thread pitch used by 80mm, 120mm, and 140mm case fans across virtually all major PC case brands.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLock Nut Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each set includes a matching lock nut for counter-locking, keeping the screw from backing out under fan vibration over time.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWasher Protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — The included washer distributes clamping load evenly, preventing the lock nut from biting into or cracking the fan's plastic mounting frame.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFive Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in Black, Gold, Green, Silver, and Red to complement windowed cases and RGB builds where interior aesthetics matter.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⬡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHex Socket Head Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — The recessed hex drive reduces cam-out risk during installation and gives a cleaner, more finished look compared to Phillips-head alternatives.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧵\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClean, Consistent Threading\u003c\/strong\u003e — Threads are formed uniformly with no burrs or rough edges, so the nut seats smoothly without cross-threading or stripping the fan's mounting point.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — PC Case Fan Mounting Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC Case Fan Mounting Screw Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM3 (standard PC fan thread)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrew Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex socket (Allen key drive)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × Screws, 4 × Lock Nuts, 4 × Washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Fan Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm, 120mm, 140mm (standard case fans)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Gold, Green, Silver, Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact us to confirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold As\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × 4-Pack (single unit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC case fan mounting; not for radiator fans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHeads up:\u003c\/strong\u003e If you are mounting fans to a liquid cooling radiator, these screws are generally \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e the right fit — radiator mounts typically require longer screws. Please verify your application before purchasing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are these fan screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are standard PC case fan screws, typically M3 thread — the universal size used for 80mm, 120mm, and 140mm case fans. If you are unsure, check your fan's mounting holes; most standard fans use M3 screws. If you need a specific thread confirmation, feel free to contact us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow long are the screws in this kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screws are generally sized to accommodate standard fan mounting depths, typically around 25–30mm (approximately 1–1.2 inches) in length. Please refer to the variant details or contact us to confirm the exact length for your specific application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use these screws for radiator fans?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese screws are designed specifically for mounting fans to PC case panels. They are generally \u003cem\u003enot\u003c\/em\u003e recommended for radiator (liquid cooling) fan mounting, as radiator fans typically require longer screws to pass through both the fan body and the radiator fins. Please verify your radiator's mounting requirements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the 4-pack include exactly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach 4-pack includes 4 screws, 4 lock nuts, and 4 washers — a complete hardware set for mounting one standard case fan. The lock nut and washer work together to keep the screw secure under continuous fan vibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the lock nut damage my fan frame?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included washers sit between the lock nut and the fan's plastic frame, distributing the clamping force evenly. In most cases, this prevents the nut from digging into or cracking the fan housing during tightening. We recommend hand-tightening to snug, then a quarter-turn with a tool — avoid over-torquing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these screws compatible with all PC case brands?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese screws use the standard M3 thread pitch widely adopted across PC cases from brands such as Corsair, NZXT, Fractal Design, Lian Li, be quiet!, and others. In most cases, they will fit any chassis that accepts standard 80mm, 120mm, or 140mm fans. If your case uses a proprietary mounting system, please verify before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these screws suitable for outdoor or humid environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese screws are intended for indoor PC builds and are not specifically rated for outdoor or high-humidity environments. For builds in damp or corrosive conditions, stainless steel alternatives would generally be a more appropriate choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right color for my build?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor choice is largely aesthetic. Black is the most versatile and blends into most cases. Gold and Red are popular for themed builds (e.g., red-and-black or gold accent builds). Green and Silver work well in open-frame or industrial-style cases. Since these screws are visible through windowed side panels, matching them to your cable sleeving or fan frame color is a common approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your color above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Black \/ 4 Pack","offer_id":52341322907922,"sku":"HKTBSMA240001","price":19.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gold \/ 4 Pack","offer_id":52341322940690,"sku":"HKTBSMA240002","price":19.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ 4 Pack","offer_id":52341322973458,"sku":"HKTBSMA240003","price":19.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver \/ 4 Pack","offer_id":52341323006226,"sku":"HKTBSMA240004","price":19.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ 4 Pack","offer_id":52341323038994,"sku":"HKTBSMA240005","price":19.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01EobAaP1PFU70Mho56__2208939931811.jpg?v=1780566265"},{"product_id":"pc-case-screws-shock-absorbing-o-rings-6-32","title":"PC Case Screws \u0026 Shock-Absorbing O-Rings – #6-32, O-Ring \/ Screw \/ Combo, 100pcs","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What size are these PC case screws?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These are #6-32 UNC screws, the standard thread used in most PC cases. The screw length is typically 6mm (≈1\/4\\\"), which is the standard length for GPU brackets, PSU mounts, HDD bays, and PCI slot covers.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the O-ring made of and how thick is it?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The O-rings are made of durable rubber and are generally 2mm thick, providing effective vibration dampening between the screw head and the chassis panel.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will these screws fit my PC case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"In most cases, yes. The #6-32 UNC thread is the industry-standard for ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX cases. They are compatible with GPU brackets, power supplies, 3.5\\\" HDD trays, PCI slot covers, and side panels from virtually all major brands.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the Black and Silver hex screws?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Both are functionally identical #6-32 hex screws made from carbon steel (Grade 8.8). The Black version has a black oxide finish for a stealthy look, while the Silver version is nickel-plated for a classic chrome appearance.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do I need a screwdriver for the thumb screws?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. The hand-tight thumb screws are designed for tool-free installation, making them ideal for side panels or any component you access frequently.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much vibration reduction do the O-rings provide?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The rubber O-rings act as a mechanical buffer between the screw head and the metal chassis, absorbing micro-vibrations from fans, HDDs, and PSUs. Users typically notice a measurable reduction in resonance noise, especially in builds with multiple spinning drives or high-RPM fans.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are these screws suitable for long-term use without loosening?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The screws are self-locking by design and made from Grade 8.8 carbon steel, which provides reliable clamping force. The O-ring also adds slight friction that helps resist loosening from vibration over time.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003ePC Case Screws with Shock-Absorbing O-Rings — Stop Fan Noise and Drive Vibration for Good\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eIf your PC hums, rattles, or resonates every time a fan spins up or a hard drive seeks, the culprit is almost always metal-on-metal contact at the screw points. Builders, modders, and anyone running a multi-drive workstation know how frustrating it is to track down that persistent buzz — only to find it's coming from a GPU bracket or PSU mount with no vibration isolation at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis listing offers \u003cstrong\u003ethree purchase options — sold individually per 100-piece pack\u003c\/strong\u003e, so you can buy exactly what you need:\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cul class=\"hdiy-list\"\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eO-Ring Only\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100× shock-absorbing rubber O-rings (M4 × 8 × 2mm, black). Use these to upgrade screws you already have.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew Only\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100× #6-32 × 6mm (≈1\/4″) hex screws or hand-tight thumb screws, available in black oxide or nickel-plated silver. No O-rings included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScrew + O-Ring Combo\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100× screws paired with 100× matching O-rings in one pack. Everything you need to fully dampen a screw point, ready to install.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eAll screws share the #6-32 UNC thread standard and a 6mm (≈1\/4″) shank length. These are the go-to fasteners for PC case vibration dampening in ATX tower builds, silent HTPCs, and noise-sensitive workstations — equally useful for 3.5″ HDD anti-vibration mounting, GPU bracket screw replacement, and PCI slot cover fastening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits standard #6-32 UNC threaded standoffs and panels found in ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX cases. Compatible with GPU brackets, PSU mounts, 3.5″ HDD bays, PCI slot covers, and side panels from most major PC case brands.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These PC Case Vibration-Dampening Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShock-Absorbing Rubber O-Rings\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each O-ring (M4 × 8 × 2mm) is made from durable rubber that cushions the screw head against the chassis, reducing resonance from HDDs, PSUs, and case fans in vibration-dampening PC builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndustry-Standard #6-32 UNC Thread\u003c\/strong\u003e — The #6-32 thread is the universal standard for PC case fasteners, ensuring drop-in compatibility with GPU brackets, power supply mounts, and PCI slot covers without any modification.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💪\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrade 8.8 Carbon Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Hex screws are manufactured from carbon steel at Grade 8.8 strength, delivering reliable clamping force and resistance to stripping — even after repeated removal during builds and upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Finish Options for Any Build Aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose black oxide for a stealthy, all-black interior look, or nickel-plated silver for a classic chrome finish. Both finishes provide a layer of corrosion resistance for long-term indoor use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🖐️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free Thumb Screw Option\u003c\/strong\u003e — The hand-tight thumb screw variant lets you secure side panels and frequently accessed components without reaching for a screwdriver, ideal for open-bench setups and regular maintenance builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuy Only What You Need — 100pcs Per Pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose O-rings only, screws only, or a full screw + O-ring combo. A single 100-piece pack covers an entire ATX build with spares, so you can replace every screw point with proper PC case anti-vibration hardware in one order.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — PC Case Hex Screws \u0026amp; Vibration-Dampening O-Rings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e#6-32 UNC (Unified National Coarse)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5mm (≈0.138″)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrew Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm (≈1\/4″) — standard PC case length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHex head with cross (Phillips) recess\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips \/ Hex (hex screws); Hand-tight knurled (thumb screw)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon steel, Grade 8.8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack oxide (Black Hex) \/ Nickel-plated (Silver Hex) \/ Knurled (Thumb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eO-Ring Spec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4 × 8 × 2mm (inner dia. × outer dia. × thickness)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eO-Ring Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber (shock-absorbing, electrically insulating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eO-Ring Color\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Pack\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 pieces (O-ring only \/ screw only \/ screw + O-ring combo — per selected variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGPU bracket, PSU mount, 3.5″ HDD bay, PCI slot cover, case side panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLocking Mechanism\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-locking thread design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e The O-ring adds approximately 2mm of height under the screw head. In tight clearance areas, confirm there is sufficient depth before installing with an O-ring. If unsure, contact us to confirm fit.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat size are these PC case screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese are \u003cstrong\u003e#6-32 UNC\u003c\/strong\u003e screws — the standard thread used in the vast majority of PC cases worldwide. The shank length is 6mm (≈1\/4″), which is the standard length for GPU brackets, PSU mounts, 3.5″ HDD bays, and PCI slot covers. If your case uses #6-32 standoffs (which most ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX cases do), these will fit directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the O-ring made of and how thick is it?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe O-rings are made from durable rubber and measure \u003cstrong\u003eM4 × 8 × 2mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (inner diameter × outer diameter × thickness). The 2mm rubber layer sits between the screw head and the chassis surface, absorbing micro-vibrations and providing a degree of electrical insulation between the fastener and the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill these screws fit my PC case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIn most cases, yes. The \u003cstrong\u003e#6-32 UNC\u003c\/strong\u003e thread is the industry-standard for PC case fasteners and is compatible with cases from NZXT, Fractal Design, Corsair, Lian Li, Phanteks, Cooler Master, and most other major brands. If you're unsure, check your case manual or measure the existing screws — a 3.5mm thread diameter and 6mm length is the standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Black and Silver hex screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eBoth are functionally identical \u003cstrong\u003e#6-32 hex screws\u003c\/strong\u003e made from Grade 8.8 carbon steel. The \u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e version has a black oxide finish for a stealthy, all-black interior aesthetic. The \u003cstrong\u003eSilver\u003c\/strong\u003e version is nickel-plated for a classic chrome look. Choose based on your build's color scheme — performance and thread spec are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDo I need a screwdriver for the thumb screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eNo. The \u003cstrong\u003ehand-tight thumb screws\u003c\/strong\u003e feature a knurled head designed for tool-free installation. They're ideal for side panels, top mesh covers, or any component you access regularly. They can generally be tightened to a secure fit by hand, though a light assist with a driver is fine if you prefer extra torque.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much vibration and noise reduction can I expect from the O-rings?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe rubber O-rings act as a mechanical buffer between the screw head and the metal chassis, absorbing micro-vibrations from spinning components like HDDs, PSUs, and case fans. Users typically notice a measurable reduction in resonance and low-frequency hum, especially in builds with multiple 3.5″ drives or high-RPM fans. Results vary by case material and component load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eAre these screws self-locking? Will they loosen over time?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. The screws use a \u003cstrong\u003eself-locking thread design\u003c\/strong\u003e that resists loosening under vibration. The Grade 8.8 carbon steel provides reliable clamping force, and the O-ring adds slight friction that further helps maintain tension. For long-term builds, these are generally more vibration-resistant than standard smooth-shank screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use these screws for outdoor or high-humidity environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese screws are designed for \u003cstrong\u003eindoor PC case use\u003c\/strong\u003e. The black oxide and nickel-plated finishes provide a basic level of corrosion resistance suitable for typical indoor environments. They are not recommended for outdoor use or high-humidity applications. For outdoor or marine environments, stainless steel fasteners would be a more appropriate choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your type above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Shock Absorbing O-Ring Only \/ 100","offer_id":52344630116626,"sku":"HKTBSMA280001","price":22.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Hex Screw Only \/ 100","offer_id":52344630149394,"sku":"HKTBSMA280002","price":22.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver Hex Screw Only \/ 100","offer_id":52344630182162,"sku":"HKTBSMA280003","price":22.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hand Tight Thumb Screw Only \/ 100","offer_id":52344630214930,"sku":"HKTBSMA280004","price":22.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Hex Screw + O-Ring \/ 100","offer_id":52344630247698,"sku":"HKTBSMA280005","price":24.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver Hex Screw + O-Ring \/ 100","offer_id":52344630280466,"sku":"HKTBSMA280006","price":24.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hand Tight Screw + O-Ring \/ 100","offer_id":52344630313234,"sku":"HKTBSMA280007","price":24.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01rVD0Wf2FY8LCRqtBX__2217144048891.jpg?v=1780620224"},{"product_id":"hard-drive-screwdriver-repair-kit-torx-bits-hdd-disassembly","title":"Hard Drive Screwdriver Repair Kit — Torx \u0026 Phillips Bits for HDD Disassembly","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHard Drive Screwdriver Repair Kit — The Right Bits for Every HDD Screw\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who has tried to crack open a mechanical hard drive with a standard screwdriver knows the frustration: the wrong bit slips, the screw rounds out, and the drive is suddenly much harder to open than it needs to be. Whether you are a data recovery technician, a PC builder salvaging old drives, or a DIYer upgrading laptop storage, having the correct Torx, Phillips, and Pentagon bits on hand makes the difference between a clean teardown and a damaged drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis hard drive screwdriver repair kit pairs one ergonomic handle (approximately 105mm \/ ≈4.1\" grip length, 140mm \/ ≈5.5\" with bit installed) with a set of interchangeable S2 alloy steel bits. Depending on the variant you choose, the set includes 2, 4, 5, or 6 bits covering Torx sizes typically ranging from T5 to T9, Phillips (cross) drive, and the Seagate-style Pentagon (5-point) bit. The handle features a dual-material grip for comfort and a quick-release magnetic chuck for fast bit swaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include disassembling 3.5\" desktop hard drives for data recovery or secure erasure, opening 2.5\" laptop HDDs to replace platters or circuit boards, and servicing NAS drives where both case screws (typically T8\/T9) and platter screws (typically T5\/T6) must be accessed. This kit is also well-suited for electronics repair shops that service multiple HDD brands including Seagate, Western Digital, Hitachi, and Toshiba.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e Compatible with 2.5\" laptop HDDs and 3.5\" desktop HDDs — covers Torx T5, T6, T8, T9, Phillips cross drive, and Seagate Pentagon (5-point) screws across major brands.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Hard Drive Screwdriver Repair Bits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Drive Bit Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each set covers the specific Torx and specialty screw types found on both 2.5\" laptop and 3.5\" desktop mechanical hard drives, eliminating the need to hunt for individual bits mid-repair.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eS2 Alloy Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bits are machined from hardened S2 tool steel, a grade known for its toughness and resistance to cam-out on tight, small-diameter HDD screws where softer bits typically fail.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-Release Interchangeable Chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e — The magnetic quick-release chuck lets you swap between Torx, Phillips, and Pentagon bits in seconds without setting down the handle, keeping your workflow moving during teardowns.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e✋\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Material Ergonomic Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — The handle combines a rigid core with a soft-grip outer layer, providing the torque control needed for small HDD screws without hand fatigue during extended repair sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision-Ground Bit Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Bit tips are ground to close tolerances to seat fully in HDD screw recesses, reducing the lateral play that causes rounding — a common problem when using generic bits on Torx T5 and T6 platter screws.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🗂️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVariant Options for Every Repair Scope\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose from a focused 2-bit set for basic case disassembly, a 4-bit or 5-bit set for full HDD teardown, or the 6-bit set that adds the Seagate Pentagon bit for circuit board screw access — so you only pay for what your repair actually requires.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Hard Drive Repair Screwdriver Bit Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterchangeable Screwdriver Bit Set with Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS2 Alloy Steel (hardened tool steel)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-material (rigid core + soft-grip outer layer)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105mm (≈4.1\") grip; 140mm (≈5.5\") with bit installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Drive Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTorx (T5, T6, T8, T9), Phillips (cross), Pentagon \/ 5-point (Seagate-style) — availability varies by variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Bits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2, 4, 5, or 6 — see variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHDD Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5\" laptop HDDs and 3.5\" desktop HDDs; compatible with Seagate, WD, Hitachi, Toshiba, Samsung\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eChuck Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-release magnetic chuck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHDD disassembly, data recovery, electronics repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeal \/ Black handle; silver bits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 handle + bits as specified in selected variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBit size note:\u003c\/strong\u003e HDD screw sizes vary by manufacturer and drive generation. If you are unsure which Torx size your drive uses, we recommend selecting the 5-bit or 6-bit set for full coverage. Contact us if you need help identifying the correct bit for your specific drive model.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich bit size do I need for my hard drive?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 3.5\" desktop HDDs, the outer case and mainboard screws typically use \u003cstrong\u003eT8 or T9\u003c\/strong\u003e Torx bits, while the disk platter screws generally require \u003cstrong\u003eT5 or T6\u003c\/strong\u003e. For 2.5\" laptop HDDs, the case screws are typically T6 or T8, and the mainboard uses Phillips (cross) bits. When in doubt, select the 5-bit or 6-bit set for full coverage across both drive sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat material are the bits made from, and does it matter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bits are made from \u003cstrong\u003eS2 alloy steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — a hardened tool steel grade commonly used in professional screwdriver bits. S2 is generally harder than standard CR-V steel, which helps prevent cam-out and tip deformation on the small, tight screws found in HDDs. This matters especially for T5 and T6 platter screws, which are notoriously easy to strip with softer bits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit outdoors or in humid environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed for precision electronics repair in dry indoor environments. S2 alloy steel bits are not specifically treated for corrosion resistance. For occasional use in mildly humid conditions, wiping the bits dry after use will generally help maintain their condition. We do not recommend leaving the bits exposed to moisture for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this kit compatible with Seagate, Western Digital, and Hitachi drives?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bit set is designed to cover the screw types used across major HDD brands including \u003cstrong\u003eSeagate, Western Digital (WD), Hitachi, Toshiba, and Samsung\u003c\/strong\u003e. The 6-bit set specifically includes the Seagate Pentagon (5-point) bit alongside standard Torx and Phillips bits, making it the most comprehensive option for multi-brand repair environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I swap the bits on the handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handle features a \u003cstrong\u003equick-release magnetic chuck\u003c\/strong\u003e. Simply pull or twist the installed bit out and press the replacement bit in until it seats securely. No additional tools are required to change bits. The magnetic retention holds the bit firmly during use while still allowing fast swaps between tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich variant should I choose for a 2.5\" laptop hard drive?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor 2.5\" laptop HDDs, the \u003cstrong\u003e\"4 Bits Set for All Sizes Mechanical Hard Drive\"\u003c\/strong\u003e or the \u003cstrong\u003e\"Hardened Labor-saving 5 Bits Universal HDD Repair Kit\"\u003c\/strong\u003e are generally the best choices. These sets cover both the Torx case screws and the Phillips mainboard screws typical of 2.5\" drives. If you also work on Seagate drives, the 6-bit set adds the Pentagon bit for circuit board access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill the bits strip or damage my HDD screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS2 alloy steel bits are hardened to resist deformation under torque, which significantly reduces the risk of cam-out compared to softer bit materials. The most important factor in preventing stripped screws is \u003cstrong\u003eusing the correct bit size\u003c\/strong\u003e for your specific screw head. If you are unsure, refer to the bit size guide above or contact us with your drive model for a recommendation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your kit type above, then add to cart — get the right bits for your HDD repair the first time.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"2 Bits for 3.5\" HDD Case \u0026 Mainboard Disassembly","offer_id":52346040484114,"sku":"HKTBSMA0300001","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4 Bits Set for All Sizes Mechanical Hard Drive","offer_id":52346040516882,"sku":"HKTBSMA0300002","price":27.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6 Bits Set Fits Seagate Pentagon \u0026 Phillips Circuit Screws","offer_id":52346040549650,"sku":"HKTBSMA0300003","price":30.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hardened Labor-saving 5 Bits Universal HDD Repair Kit","offer_id":52346040582418,"sku":"HKTBSMA0300004","price":36.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01AJENCk1oPtk3655kh__2684645218.jpg?v=1780642576"},{"product_id":"2-5-inch-hdd-mounting-screw-kit-m3-hard-drive-screws","title":"2.5 Inch HDD Mounting Screw Kit – M3×5 Hard Drive Screws with Screwdriver","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e2.5 Inch HDD Mounting Screws — Secure Your SSD or Hard Drive the Right Way\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSwapping a drive in your laptop or building out a NAS only to realize you're missing the right mounting screws is a frustrating halt to any project. These M3×5 hard drive mounting screws are designed for PC builders, laptop repair technicians, and home lab enthusiasts who need a reliable, correctly-sized fastener on hand — without ordering a bag of mixed hardware and hoping for the best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit contains \u003cstrong\u003e50 × M3×5mm screws\u003c\/strong\u003e plus \u003cstrong\u003e1 free Phillips screwdriver\u003c\/strong\u003e. The screws are made from carbon steel with a choice of nickel-plated silver finish or black finish, following the GB (Chinese national) M3 metric thread standard. The M3×5 spec — 3mm (≈1\/8\") thread diameter, 5mm (≈13\/64\") length — is the industry-standard size for 2.5\" SATA drives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include mounting 2.5\" SATA SSDs into laptop drive bays, securing hard drives in desktop drive cages, installing drives in external USB enclosures, and fitting drives into NAS enclosures. The included screwdriver means you can complete the job without reaching for a separate tool kit — a practical touch for bench work and field repairs alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔵\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits standard M3-threaded mounting points on 2.5\" SATA SSDs, laptop HDDs, desktop drive cages, external enclosures, and most NAS units. Verify your device's thread spec if unsure — M3×5 is the most common 2.5\" drive standard.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These M3 Hard Drive Mounting Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndustry-Standard M3×5 Thread\u003c\/strong\u003e — Matches the thread spec used by the vast majority of 2.5\" SATA SSD and HDD mounting points in laptops, desktop cages, and NAS enclosures.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Provides reliable clamping strength for securing drives in fixed enclosures, resisting stripping under normal installation torque.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e✨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Finish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Nickel-plated silver for standard builds; matte black for windowed cases and open-frame NAS rigs where screw aesthetics are visible.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree Screwdriver Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each kit ships with a Phillips-head screwdriver sized for M3 fasteners, so you can mount your 2.5\" drive without hunting for a separate tool.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50-Piece Kit — Enough for Multiple Builds\u003c\/strong\u003e — Stock up for laptop repairs, NAS upgrades, or desktop builds; 50 screws cover multiple drives with spares left over for future projects.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhillips Drive Head\u003c\/strong\u003e — Compatible with standard #0 and #1 Phillips screwdrivers, making installation straightforward on any workbench or in the field.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — M3×5 HDD Mounting Screws\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM3 Metric (GB \/ Chinese National Standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM3 — 3mm (≈1\/8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrew Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5mm (≈13\/64\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips (cross-head)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish \/ Color\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel-plated Silver or Black (select above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 screws + 1 Phillips screwdriver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Drive Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5\" SATA SSD, 2.5\" SATA HDD, Laptop Hard Drives\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop drive bays, desktop drive cages, external enclosures, NAS units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorrosion Resistance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor use; nickel plating (silver) \/ blackening finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e M3×5 is the standard for most 2.5\" SATA drives, but some enclosures use M3×3 or M3×4. Check your device manual or measure the thread depth of your mounting hole before installing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are these HDD mounting screws and how do I choose the right length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese screws are \u003cstrong\u003eM3×5mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — approximately 3mm (1\/8\") in diameter and 5mm (13\/64\") in length. M3×5 is the most widely used size for mounting 2.5\" SATA SSDs and HDDs into laptop bays, desktop drive cages, and NAS enclosures. To confirm fit, check your device's manual or measure the thread depth of the mounting hole. If the hole is shallower than 5mm, a shorter M3×3 or M3×4 may be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow strong are these screws — will they hold a drive securely during normal use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCarbon steel M3 screws generally provide sufficient clamping force for securing 2.5\" drives in fixed enclosures used in laptops, desktop PCs, and NAS units. They are not rated for high-vibration industrial applications. For typical home or office environments, the clamping strength is well within the requirements for drive mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these screws corrosion-resistant? Can I use them in a humid environment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe silver variant features a nickel plating that provides moderate corrosion resistance suitable for indoor use. The black variant uses a blackening (oxidizing) finish. Neither finish is rated for outdoor or marine environments. For high-humidity server rooms or outdoor enclosures, stainless steel alternatives are generally recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat thread standard do these use — are they compatible with my laptop or NAS?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese screws follow the \u003cstrong\u003eM3 metric thread standard\u003c\/strong\u003e (GB\/Chinese national standard), which is compatible with the vast majority of 2.5\" SATA SSD and HDD mounting points across laptops, desktop drive cages, external USB enclosures, and NAS devices from brands like Synology, QNAP, Seagate, and Western Digital. Always verify your device's thread spec in its manual if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose between the silver and black finish?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003esilver (nickel-plated)\u003c\/strong\u003e for standard builds where the screws are not visible once the panel is closed. Choose \u003cstrong\u003eblack\u003c\/strong\u003e for windowed cases, open-frame NAS enclosures, or any build where the drive bay is visible and aesthetics matter. Both finishes use the same M3×5 thread spec and deliver the same clamping performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat screwdriver do I need, and is one included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 free Phillips-head screwdriver\u003c\/strong\u003e sized for M3 screws, so you can get started immediately. A standard #0 or #1 Phillips screwdriver also works. Avoid power drivers set to high torque — hand-tighten or use a low-torque setting to prevent stripping the small M3 head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow many screws come in one kit, and is this enough for my build?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit contains \u003cstrong\u003e50 M3×5mm screws\u003c\/strong\u003e plus 1 screwdriver. A typical 2.5\" drive uses 4 screws for a standard side-mount installation. 50 screws is enough to mount up to 12 drives with spares left over — suitable for NAS builds, laptop repair shops, or anyone who wants a reliable stock of drive fasteners on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your color above, then add to cart — get your drives mounted right the first time.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"50pcs Screws With 1 Free Screwdriver \/ Silver","offer_id":52346044776722,"sku":"HKTBSMA310001","price":17.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"50pcs Screws With 1 Free Screwdriver \/ Black","offer_id":52346044809490,"sku":"HKTBSMA310002","price":17.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN010qE2Mj1hfk1ZQH2vX__3326424305.jpg?v=1780644371"},{"product_id":"114-115-in-1-precision-screwdriver-set-98-bits-repair-kit","title":"114\/115-in-1 Precision Screwdriver Set with 98 Bits — Phone, Laptop \u0026 Electronics Repair Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e114\/115-in-1 Precision Screwdriver Set — One Kit for Every Repair Job\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a DIY enthusiast tackling your first phone screen swap or a seasoned technician maintaining a fleet of laptops, hunting down the right bit for a micro screw is a frustrating time-sink. This \u003cstrong\u003e114\/115-in-1 precision screwdriver set\u003c\/strong\u003e was built to eliminate that problem — giving hobbyists, repair shop techs, and electronics tinkerers a single organized kit that covers virtually every fastener they'll encounter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit ships in a dual-tray hard case. The front tray holds the anti-slip ergonomic screwdriver handle with a \u003cstrong\u003ebuilt-in telescoping extension rod\u003c\/strong\u003e (extends to approximately 2.7 cm \/ 1.1\", 4.7 cm \/ 1.9\", 6.7 cm \/ 2.6\", and fully extended to 11.7 cm \/ 4.6\"), plus a connecting rod, three plastic pry bars, a pair of tweezers, a suction cup screen lifter, and a SIM card ejector pin. The back tray organizes \u003cstrong\u003e98 CR-V chrome vanadium steel precision bits\u003c\/strong\u003e in a magnetic holder, alongside 6 opening picks and a magnetizer\/demagnetizer. The 115-in-1 variant adds an extended flexible shaft tube for angled access in tight chassis spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit handles the full spectrum of everyday electronics repair: \u003cem\u003eiPhone and Android screen replacements\u003c\/em\u003e, \u003cem\u003elaptop keyboard and motherboard servicing\u003c\/em\u003e, \u003cem\u003egame console teardowns\u003c\/em\u003e (Nintendo Switch, PlayStation, Xbox), camera lens maintenance, drone frame assembly, and small appliance repair — all from one compact, travel-ready case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWide Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with Apple (iPhone, MacBook, iPad), Samsung, Google Pixel, Nintendo Switch, PlayStation, Xbox, DJI drones, and most consumer electronics using Phillips, Torx, Pentalobe, Hex, Tri-wing, Spanner, or Flathead fasteners.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Precision Screwdriver Repair Bits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e98-Piece Bit Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e — Includes Phillips, Torx, Pentalobe, Hex, Tri-wing, Spanner, Flathead, and more specialty heads to handle virtually any \u003cem\u003eprecision electronics repair screwdriver\u003c\/em\u003e task without a second kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTelescoping Extension Rod\u003c\/strong\u003e — The built-in rod extends to four positions (2.7 \/ 4.7 \/ 6.7 \/ 11.7 cm) so you can reach recessed screws deep inside laptop chassis or device frames — no separate extension bar needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Shaft Tube (115-in-1)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The extended bendable shaft lets you drive screws at angles in confined spaces, making it ideal for \u003cem\u003elaptop motherboard repair tools\u003c\/em\u003e and tight-clearance work.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetizer \/ Demagnetizer Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Instantly magnetize any bit to hold micro screws in place during installation, or demagnetize when working near sensitive components like hard drives.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e✋\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Slip Ergonomic Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e — The dual-material grip reduces hand fatigue during extended repair sessions and provides the torque control needed for delicate \u003cem\u003ephone screen replacement tools\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🗂️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrganized Dual-Tray Hard Case\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every bit and accessory has a dedicated slot, so you spend less time searching and more time repairing. The latching case protects bits from dust and keeps the set travel-ready.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Precision Screwdriver Repair Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114-in-1 (without flexible shaft) \/ 115-in-1 (with flexible shaft tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Pieces\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 or 115 pieces per set\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 precision bits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCR-V Chrome Vanadium Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Drive Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4\" (6.35 mm) standard hex shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Types Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips, Flathead, Torx, Hex\/Allen, Pentalobe, Tri-wing, Spanner, and specialty heads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExtension Rod Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.7 cm (1.1\") \/ 4.7 cm (1.9\") \/ 6.7 cm (2.6\") \/ 11.7 cm (4.6\") fully extended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-material anti-slip grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessories Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3× pry bars, 1× tweezers, 1× suction cup, 1× SIM ejector pin, 1× magnetizer, 6× opening picks, connecting rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlexible Shaft\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded in 115-in-1 variant only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-tray hard plastic case with latching lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhone, tablet, laptop, game console, camera, drone, and small appliance repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHeads up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bit compatibility varies by device model and year. We recommend confirming the specific bit size required for your device before beginning any repair. If you're unsure which bits are included for your device, feel free to contact us.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose between the 114-in-1 and 115-in-1 kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 115-in-1 kit includes an extended flexible shaft tube that lets you drive screws at angles in tight or recessed spaces — ideal for laptop motherboard work or deep-chassis repairs. If you primarily work on flat surfaces or standard phone teardowns, the 114-in-1 covers all the essentials. When in doubt, the 115-in-1 gives you more reach and flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of screws can the 98 bits handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 98-piece bit set generally covers Phillips (PH0–PH3), flathead, Torx (T2–T40), Hex\/Allen, Pentalobe (for Apple devices), Tri-wing, Spanner, and various other specialty heads used in consumer electronics, laptops, game consoles, and small appliances. This makes it one of the more comprehensive \u003cem\u003eall-in-one electronics repair bit sets\u003c\/em\u003e available for home use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the telescoping extension rod and how does it work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe built-in telescoping extension rod slides out to three positions — approximately 2.7 cm (≈1.1\"), 4.7 cm (≈1.9\"), and 6.7 cm (≈2.6\") — with a fully extended reach of around 11.7 cm (≈4.6\"). Push the collar down to unlock and pull to extend. This lets you reach recessed screws inside device chassis without a separate extension bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre the bits strong enough for regular repair work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bits are made from CR-V (chrome vanadium) steel, which is generally recognized for its hardness and resistance to wear and stripping. For precision electronics repair — phones, tablets, laptops, cameras — CR-V bits are well-suited and typically hold their edge through repeated use. Avoid applying excessive torque on micro screws to extend bit life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit outdoors or in humid environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is designed primarily for indoor precision repair work. While CR-V steel has moderate corrosion resistance, prolonged exposure to moisture or outdoor conditions is not recommended. Store the kit in its included hard case when not in use to protect the bits from humidity and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the magnetizer included in the kit do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe magnetizer lets you quickly magnetize or demagnetize any bit by passing it through the device. A magnetized bit holds tiny screws in place during removal and installation — a significant time-saver when working with the micro screws found in phones and laptops. Demagnetize bits before working near hard drives or other magnetically sensitive components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this kit compatible with Apple, Samsung, and other brand devices?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The bit set generally includes Pentalobe bits for Apple iPhones and MacBooks, Torx bits for Samsung and other Android devices, and a wide range of specialty heads for game consoles (Nintendo Switch, PlayStation, Xbox), cameras, drones, and more. Always verify the specific bit size needed for your device before starting a repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your kit type above, then add to cart — everything you need for precision electronics repair, in one organized case.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"114 in 1","offer_id":52346320716050,"sku":"HKTBSMA360001","price":45.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"115 in 1","offer_id":52346320748818,"sku":"HKTBSMA360002","price":47.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01ZHF8lx1ydlvMGdOye__1720176602.jpg?v=1780646784"},{"product_id":"precision-screwdriver-set-electronics-repair-kit","title":"Precision Screwdriver Set – Electronics \u0026 Laptop Repair Kit (12 to 145-in-1 Options)","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePrecision Screwdriver Set for Electronics Repair — One Kit, Every Fastener Covered\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNothing slows down a repair job like reaching for a bit and coming up empty. Whether you're a home DIYer swapping a cracked phone screen, a tech enthusiast tearing down a game console, or a small shop technician servicing laptops day in and day out, this \u003cstrong\u003eprecision screwdriver set\u003c\/strong\u003e line gives you the right bit count and case style for your exact workflow — with options ranging from a pocket-ready 12-in-1 Starter all the way up to a comprehensive 145-in-1 Full Precision kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach kit is sold individually and includes a curated selection of precision bits made from \u003cstrong\u003eS2 alloy steel\u003c\/strong\u003e (hardened to approximately 60 HRC for cam-out resistance) or \u003cstrong\u003eCR-V chrome vanadium steel\u003c\/strong\u003e (depending on variant), covering Phillips, Torx, Pentalobe, Hex\/Allen, Flathead, Tri-wing, Spanner, and other specialty heads. Bit counts range from 12 to 145 pieces per kit, and case styles include compact wallet pouches, hard plastic cases, aluminum shell cases, square precision cases, cloth bags, and dedicated handle sets — so you can match the kit to how and where you work. Bit shank size is generally 4 mm hex, compatible with most precision handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese kits are built for the full range of \u003cem\u003eelectronics disassembly and repair\u003c\/em\u003e: \u003cem\u003eiPhone and Android screen replacements\u003c\/em\u003e, \u003cem\u003elaptop keyboard and motherboard servicing\u003c\/em\u003e, game console teardowns (Nintendo Switch, PlayStation, Xbox), camera lens maintenance, drone frame assembly, and household appliance repair. The dual-surface treatment on S2 bits provides both corrosion resistance and the tight tolerances needed to engage micro screws without stripping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWide Device Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bits generally cover Apple (iPhone Pentalobe, MacBook), Samsung, Google Pixel, Nintendo Switch, PlayStation, Xbox, DJI drones, and most consumer electronics using Phillips, Torx, Hex, Pentalobe, Tri-wing, Spanner, or Flathead fasteners. Confirm your device's specific bit size before starting.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Precision Screwdriver Repair Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 Kit Styles, One Product Page\u003c\/strong\u003e — From a 12-in-1 Starter to a 145-in-1 Full Precision set, every option is a \u003cem\u003eprecision electronics repair screwdriver kit\u003c\/em\u003e matched to a specific use case and budget. Select the variant that fits your workflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eS2 Steel at ~60 HRC\u003c\/strong\u003e — S2 alloy steel bits are hardened for cam-out resistance and tip durability, so they grip micro screws cleanly without deforming — critical for \u003cem\u003elaptop and phone disassembly tools\u003c\/em\u003e where stripped screws mean lost time.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCR-V Steel Options Available\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select variants (Star 117-in-1, CR-V Steel 138-in-1) use chrome vanadium steel bits, offering toughness and corrosion resistance for broader repair and light mechanical work beyond electronics.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🗂️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Case Formats\u003c\/strong\u003e — Wallet pouches, hard plastic cases, aluminum shell cases, square precision cases, and cloth bags let you choose the storage and portability setup that matches your bench or travel repair workflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎯\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Surface Bit Treatment\u003c\/strong\u003e — The anti-rust surface treatment on S2 bits maintains dimensional accuracy over repeated use, keeping the bit-to-screw fit tight and reducing the risk of damaging \u003cem\u003eprecision electronics fasteners\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScalable from Starter to Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e — Entry-level kits (12–25 pieces) cover everyday phone and laptop repairs; mid-range kits (32–60 pieces) add game console and camera coverage; pro kits (73–145 pieces) handle virtually any \u003cem\u003eelectronics disassembly and repair\u003c\/em\u003e scenario without a second kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Precision Screwdriver Repair Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Kit Styles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 variants — Starter 12-in-1 through Full Precision 145-in-1 (see variant selector above)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Count Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 to 145 precision bits depending on selected variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS2 Alloy Steel (~60 HRC) or CR-V Chrome Vanadium Steel (varies by variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Shank Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenerally 4 mm hex (confirm with variant details or contact us)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Types Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips, Flathead, Torx, Hex\/Allen, Pentalobe, Tri-wing, Spanner, and specialty heads (coverage varies by kit size)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Treatment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-surface anti-rust treatment (S2 variants)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase \/ Storage Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWallet pouch, hard plastic case, aluminum shell case, square precision case, cloth bag (varies by variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhone, tablet, laptop, game console, camera, drone, and small appliance repair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSale Unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold individually — one kit per order\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bit coverage and case style vary by variant. Review the variant name and product images carefully before adding to cart. If you need help choosing the right kit for your device or use case, contact us and we'll point you in the right direction.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right kit size for my needs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by thinking about the devices you repair most often. A 12–25 piece kit generally covers everyday phone and laptop work. A 32–54 piece kit adds coverage for game consoles, cameras, and drones. If you work across many device types or run a small repair shop, a 73–145 piece kit gives you the broadest bit selection without needing a second set. When in doubt, size up — having an extra bit costs less than a second trip to the store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between S2 steel and CR-V steel bits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eS2 alloy steel bits are typically hardened to around 60 HRC, making them well-suited for precision electronics work where torque is low but bit accuracy is critical. CR-V (chrome vanadium) steel bits offer good toughness and corrosion resistance, making them a solid choice for general-purpose repair and light mechanical work. Both materials are commonly used in professional-grade precision screwdriver sets — the right choice depends on your primary use case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these bits strong enough for regular repair use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. S2 steel bits at approximately 60 HRC hardness are generally resistant to cam-out and tip deformation under normal electronics repair torque. CR-V bits in the higher-piece kits are similarly durable for repeated use. Avoid applying excessive force on micro screws — let the bit do the work to extend tip life and protect delicate fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use these kits outdoors or in humid conditions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese kits are designed for indoor precision repair work. CR-V bits have moderate corrosion resistance, and S2 bits include a dual-surface anti-rust treatment, but prolonged exposure to moisture or outdoor environments is not recommended for either. Store bits in the included case when not in use to protect against humidity and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich devices are compatible with these screwdriver kits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese kits generally include bits for Apple devices (Pentalobe for iPhones and MacBooks), Samsung and Android phones (Torx), Nintendo Switch, PlayStation, Xbox (Torx and Tri-wing), DJI drones, laptops, tablets, cameras, and small appliances. Bit coverage increases with kit size — larger kits cover more specialty heads. Always confirm the specific bit size required for your device model before starting a repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat case styles are available and which should I choose?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKits are available in several case formats: compact wallet pouches for portability, hard plastic cases for bench use, aluminum shell cases for durability, square precision cases for organized storage, and cloth bags for lightweight carry. Choose a wallet or compact case if you travel with your tools; choose a hard or aluminum case if you work at a fixed workstation. Review the variant images to see the exact case included with each kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the bits fit standard precision driver handles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost precision bits in these kits use a 4 mm hex shank, which is compatible with most precision screwdriver handles and bit holders. Some kits include their own dedicated handle. If you plan to use the bits with a third-party handle, check the shank size listed in the variant details or contact us to confirm compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your kit style above, then add to cart — one kit, the right bits, every repair covered.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Economy 32 in 1","offer_id":52346354696466,"sku":"HKTBSMA140001","price":27.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wallet 25 in 1","offer_id":52346354729234,"sku":"HKTBSMA140002","price":21.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Xiaomi Style 24 in 1","offer_id":52346354762002,"sku":"HKTBSMA140003","price":35.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fashion 54 in 1","offer_id":52346354794770,"sku":"HKTBSMA140004","price":70.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Premium 86 in 1 Cloth Bag","offer_id":52346354827538,"sku":"HKTBSMA140005","price":135.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Star 117 in 1 CR-V","offer_id":52346354860306,"sku":"HKTBSMA140006","price":88.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Xiaomi Upgrade 24 in 1","offer_id":52346354893074,"sku":"HKTBSMA140007","price":95.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Xiaomi Upgrade 48 in 1","offer_id":52346354925842,"sku":"HKTBSMA140008","price":109.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Business 36 in 1","offer_id":52346354958610,"sku":"HKTBSMA140009","price":107.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Budget 45 in 1","offer_id":52346354991378,"sku":"HKTBSMA140010","price":53.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mini 21 in 1","offer_id":52346355024146,"sku":"HKTBSMA140011","price":28.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"S2 NIO 73 in 1","offer_id":52346355056914,"sku":"HKTBSMA140012","price":151.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Square Case Precision 30 in 1","offer_id":52346355089682,"sku":"HKTBSMA140013","price":133.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Square Case Precision 44 in 1","offer_id":52346355122450,"sku":"HKTBSMA140014","price":120.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Double Square Case Precision 40 in 1","offer_id":52346355155218,"sku":"HKTBSMA140015","price":145.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Starter 12 in 1","offer_id":52346355187986,"sku":"HKTBSMA140016","price":19.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Full Precision 145 in 1","offer_id":52346355220754,"sku":"HKTBSMA140017","price":211.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Aluminum Shell 60 in 1","offer_id":52346355253522,"sku":"HKTBSMA140018","price":67.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"CR-V Steel 138 in 1","offer_id":52346355286290,"sku":"HKTBSMA140019","price":116.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Xiaomi Luxury 24 in 1","offer_id":52346355319058,"sku":"HKTBSMA140020","price":69.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Xiaomi Luxury 48 in 1","offer_id":52346355351826,"sku":"HKTBSMA140021","price":81.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Tech 26 in 1","offer_id":52346355384594,"sku":"HKTBSMA140022","price":77.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smart Open 38 in 1","offer_id":52346355417362,"sku":"HKTBSMA140023","price":69.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"S2 High Hardness Xiaomi 24 in 1","offer_id":52346355450130,"sku":"HKTBSMA140024","price":41.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01fqlgPv2EE9Z0eMH6o__2216813678712.jpg?v=1780648424"},{"product_id":"laptop-screw-assortment-kit-m2-m25-m3-notebook-ssd","title":"Laptop Screw Assortment Kit – M2 M2.5 M3 Notebook \u0026 SSD Screws (Nickel \/ Black Zinc \/ Stainless)","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLaptop Screw Assortment Kit — M2, M2.5 \u0026amp; M3 Notebook Screws for Every Repair Scenario\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLosing a single screw during a laptop teardown — or discovering the replacement you ordered is 0.5mm too short — can turn a 20-minute repair into a multi-day wait. This \u003cstrong\u003elaptop screw assortment kit\u003c\/strong\u003e was designed for repair technicians, DIY enthusiasts, and IT asset managers who need the right metric fastener on hand the first time. Available in three screw types (PC Shell, SSD\/Motherboard HDD, and PC Case) and three finishes (Nickel Plated, Black Zinc Plated, and Stainless Steel), each kit is sold individually so you can stock exactly what your workflow demands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDepending on the variant selected, each kit contains between 150 and 200 pieces organized in a clear compartmentalized plastic case. \u003cstrong\u003ePC Screw kits\u003c\/strong\u003e include M2 and M2.5 Phillips pan-head screws across 10 size compartments (M2×3 through M2×10 and M2.5×4 through M2.5×8), 20 pieces per size — 200 pieces total. \u003cstrong\u003ePC Case Screw kits\u003c\/strong\u003e cover a wider length range across 15 compartments: M2×3 (3mm \/ 0.12”) through M2×12 (12mm \/ 0.47”), M2.5×4 through M2.5×12, and M3×4 and M3×5, with 10 pieces per size and a free magnetic screwdriver included. \u003cstrong\u003eHDD Screw kits\u003c\/strong\u003e combine M2 and M2.5 machine screws with brass copper standoff pillars (M2.5×5+6, M2.5×6+6, M3×5+6, M3×6+6) and three matching screwdrivers — everything needed for SSD and motherboard mounting in one box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese kits cover the full range of common laptop and PC repair tasks: \u003cem\u003elaptop bottom panel and shell reassembly\u003c\/em\u003e after screen or battery replacement, \u003cem\u003eM.2 SSD and NVMe drive installation\u003c\/em\u003e with the correct standoff height, \u003cem\u003edesktop PC case and motherboard mounting\u003c\/em\u003e using M3 fasteners, and general \u003cem\u003enotebook disassembly and reassembly\u003c\/em\u003e for cleaning, thermal paste replacement, or RAM upgrades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWide Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e M2 screws fit most ultrabooks and thin laptops (Lenovo ThinkPad, Dell XPS, HP Spectre, ASUS ZenBook). M2.5 screws fit mid-range laptops and older models. M3 screws fit desktop PC cases and larger notebook chassis. Copper standoffs (HDD kit) are compatible with standard M.2 SSD and ATX\/mATX motherboard mounting points.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Laptop Screw Assortment Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e200-Piece or 150-Piece Organized Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e — PC Screw kits pack 200 pieces across 10 compartments; PC Case kits pack 150 pieces across 15 compartments — so every \u003cem\u003elaptop shell screw size\u003c\/em\u003e from M2×3 to M3×5 is within reach without digging through a loose pile.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree Finish Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Nickel plated for a clean silver look, black zinc plated for dark chassis builds, and stainless steel for corrosion-resistant applications — match the finish to your device for a factory-clean reassembly result.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrass Copper Standoffs Included (HDD Kit)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The SSD\/Motherboard kit includes M2.5 and M3 brass standoff pillars at the correct heights for \u003cem\u003eM.2 SSD installation\u003c\/em\u003e and desktop motherboard mounting — no separate standoff order needed.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrewdriver(s) Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — The HDD kit includes 3 matching screwdrivers; the PC Case kit includes a free magnetic screwdriver — so you can start the repair immediately without hunting for the right tip size.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMetric Thread Standard (M2 \/ M2.5 \/ M3)\u003c\/strong\u003e — All screws use standard metric pitches (M2×0.4mm, M2.5×0.45mm, M3×0.5mm), matching OEM specifications for \u003cem\u003enotebook and ultrabook fasteners\u003c\/em\u003e used by major manufacturers worldwide.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔍\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePhillips Pan Head Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — The pan head profile sits flush against thin laptop panels without protruding, and the Phillips drive engages cleanly with standard #0 and #1 screwdrivers — reducing cam-out risk on \u003cem\u003eprecision laptop disassembly screws\u003c\/em\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Laptop Screw Assortment Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrew Types Available\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC Screw (laptop shell) \/ HDD Screw (SSD + motherboard) \/ PC Case Screw (notebook shell, wide length range)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel Plated \/ Black Zinc Plated \/ Stainless Steel (availability varies by screw type — see variant selector)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM2, M2.5, M3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThread Pitch\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM2: 0.4mm | M2.5: 0.45mm | M3: 0.5mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePC Screw Kit — Sizes Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM2×3 (3mm\/0.12”), M2×4, M2×5, M2×6, M2×8, M2×10 (10mm\/0.39”), M2.5×4, M2.5×5, M2.5×6, M2.5×8 — 20 pcs each, 200 pcs total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePC Case Screw Kit — Sizes Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM2×3 through M2×12, M2.5×4 through M2.5×12, M3×4, M3×5 — 10 pcs each, 150 pcs total, 15 compartments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHDD Screw Kit — Screws\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM2×3, M2×4, M2.5×4, M2.5×5 — 10 pcs each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHDD Screw Kit — Copper Standoffs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM2.5×5+6, M2.5×6+6, M3×5+6, M3×6+6 — 5 pcs each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHead Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhillips Pan Head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessories Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePC Case kit: 1× magnetic screwdriver | HDD kit: 3× matching screwdrivers | PC Screw kit: case only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear compartmentalized plastic case with latching lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSale Unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold individually — one kit per order\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBefore ordering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Verify the screw diameter and length required for your device using a caliper or by checking your laptop’s service manual. M2 and M2.5 are not interchangeable — using the wrong diameter will strip the threaded boss. If you’re unsure which kit fits your repair, contact us and we’ll help you identify the right variant.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right screw size for my laptop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost laptop shell and bottom panel screws are M2 or M2.5 in diameter. M2 screws are typically used on ultrabooks and thin-and-light laptops (e.g., Lenovo ThinkPad, Dell XPS). M2.5 screws are common on mid-range laptops and older models. M3 screws generally appear on desktop PC cases and some larger notebook hinges. Length selection depends on panel thickness — 3mm to 5mm (0.12” to 0.20”) covers most shell applications, while 8mm to 12mm (0.31” to 0.47”) is used for hinges or thicker chassis sections. When in doubt, measure the original screw with a caliper before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the PC Screw, HDD Screw, and PC Case Screw kits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePC Screw kit\u003c\/strong\u003e contains M2 and M2.5 Phillips pan-head screws for laptop shell and bottom panel reassembly — 200 pieces across 10 size compartments. The \u003cstrong\u003eHDD Screw kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for SSD and motherboard mounting and includes both small machine screws (M2, M2.5) and brass copper standoff pillars (M2.5 and M3) plus three matching screwdrivers. The \u003cstrong\u003ePC Case Screw kit\u003c\/strong\u003e covers a wider length range (M2×3 through M2×12, M2.5×4 through M2.5×12, M3×4 and M3×5) with 150 pieces across 15 compartments and includes a free magnetic screwdriver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these screws strong enough for laptop reassembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. These screws are designed for the same clamping loads as OEM laptop fasteners. Nickel-plated and black zinc-plated steel screws are generally sufficient for laptop shell, SSD, and motherboard mounting applications. Stainless steel variants offer additional corrosion resistance. Always torque to hand-tight plus a quarter turn — over-tightening micro screws can strip threads in plastic bosses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use these screws in outdoor or humid environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese kits are designed for indoor electronics assembly. Nickel-plated and black zinc-plated screws have moderate corrosion resistance suitable for controlled indoor environments. For applications exposed to moisture or outdoor conditions, the stainless steel variant (PC Screw — Stainless Steel) is the more appropriate choice, as stainless steel generally offers superior rust resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat thread standard do these screws use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll screws in these kits use the metric thread standard. M2 has a thread pitch of typically 0.4mm, M2.5 typically 0.45mm, and M3 typically 0.5mm. These are the standard thread sizes used in laptop and consumer electronics manufacturing worldwide. They are not compatible with imperial (UNC\/UNF) threaded holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo the copper standoffs in the HDD kit fit standard M.2 SSD slots?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HDD Screw kit includes M2.5 and M3 brass copper standoff pillars (M2.5×5+6, M2.5×6+6, M3×5+6, M3×6+6). M2.5 standoffs are commonly used for M.2 SSD mounting on many laptop motherboards. M3 standoffs are typically used for desktop motherboard mounting. Always verify your motherboard’s standoff specification before installation — using the wrong size can damage the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich finish should I choose — nickel, black zinc, or stainless steel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003enickel plated\u003c\/strong\u003e for a silver appearance that blends with most laptop interiors and offers good corrosion resistance for indoor use. Choose \u003cstrong\u003eblack zinc plated\u003c\/strong\u003e if your laptop has a dark chassis or you prefer a stealthy look — the finish also provides adequate corrosion protection for indoor electronics. Choose \u003cstrong\u003estainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e if you need maximum corrosion resistance or are working in a more demanding environment. All three finishes are functionally equivalent for standard laptop reassembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your screw type and finish above, then add to cart — the right metric fastener for every laptop repair, organized and ready to use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"PC Screw \/ Nickel Plated","offer_id":52346356269330,"sku":"HKTBSMA320001","price":23.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"PC Screw \/ Black Zinc Plated","offer_id":52346356302098,"sku":"HKTBSMA320002","price":23.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"HDD Screw \/ Black Zinc Plated","offer_id":52346356334866,"sku":"HKTBSMA320003","price":24.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"HDD Screw \/ Nickel Plated","offer_id":52346356367634,"sku":"HKTBSMA320004","price":24.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"PC Screw \/ Stainless Steel","offer_id":52346356400402,"sku":"HKTBSMA320005","price":32.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"PC Case Screw \/ Black Zinc Plated","offer_id":52346356433170,"sku":"HKTBSMA320006","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"PC Case Screw \/ Nickel Plated","offer_id":52346356465938,"sku":"HKTBSMA320007","price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN018fum5t1xfll3x87ZM__199956471.jpg?v=1780649435"},{"product_id":"dual-core-semiconductor-phone-cooler-gaming-live-streaming","title":"Dual-Core Semiconductor Phone Cooler for Gaming \u0026 Live Streaming","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Core Semiconductor Phone Cooler — Stop Throttling, Stream and Game Without Limits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your phone gets scorching hot during long gaming sessions or live streams, your device is already throttling performance — dropping frames, lagging, and draining battery faster than it should. Mobile gamers, live streamers, and content creators who push their phones hard need a cooling solution that actually keeps up. This dual-core semiconductor phone cooler is built for exactly that use case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit is a single cooler device featuring a dual-core semiconductor (TEC\/Peltier) cooling module with a larger surface area for faster heat dissipation, an AI temperature control chip for real-time monitoring, a real-time digital temperature display, and an adjustable spring clip that fits most smartphones — with or without a standard case — up to approximately 9.7 cm (≈3.8\") wide. Set options are available that bundle the cooler with a desktop stand, a floor stand, or a fully equipped premium floor stand for live streaming setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis phone cooler is ideal for mobile live streamers running hour-long broadcasts on TikTok, YouTube, or Taobao Live; competitive mobile gamers playing PUBG, Genshin Impact, or Call of Duty Mobile who need sustained peak performance; and content creators who use their phone as a camera and can't afford overheating shutdowns mid-shoot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e📱\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eWide Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits Apple iPhone, Huawei, Xiaomi, VIVO, Black Shark, and most Android smartphones. Adjustable spring clip works with standard protective cases. Clamp width: up to approx. 9.7 cm (≈3.8\").\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Dual-Core Semiconductor Phone Coolers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e❄️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Core Semiconductor Cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two TEC\/Peltier cooling chips work in tandem with a larger combined surface area, delivering faster and more sustained heat removal than single-core phone coolers for gaming and streaming.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🤖\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAI Temperature Control Chip\u003c\/strong\u003e — An onboard AI chip reads your phone's surface temperature in real time and automatically adjusts fan speed across 3 cooling levels, so you get the right amount of cooling without manual fiddling.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌡️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSustained Cooling Down to 0°C\u003c\/strong\u003e — Unlike standard single-setting coolers that plateau around 38°C reduction, this unit maintains active cooling across 3 speed settings and can sustain temperatures as low as 0°C for extended sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔇\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilent, Vibration-Free Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered for live streaming environments where microphone pickup is a concern. The dual-fan system runs quietly without the buzzing or rattling common in budget phone cooling fans.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📊\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReal-Time Digital Temperature Display\u003c\/strong\u003e — A built-in numeric display shows the current cooling status at a glance, so you always know your phone's thermal condition during a long gaming or broadcast session.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Adjustable Spring Clip\u003c\/strong\u003e — The telescoping spring clamp secures to most phone models and standard cases without tools. No adhesives, no permanent modifications — just clip on and start cooling.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eHeads up:\u003c\/strong\u003e Exact cooling performance may vary depending on ambient temperature, phone model, and usage intensity. If you have a very thick rugged case, please confirm the clamp width fits your setup before ordering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Dual-Core Phone Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-Core Semiconductor Smartphone Cooler (TEC\/Peltier)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling Technology\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-core semiconductor (Peltier\/TEC) + dual cooling fans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTemperature Control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAI chip with real-time monitoring, 3-speed auto adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling Performance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSustained to 0°C (3-speed); standard single-core typically ~38°C (1-speed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReal-time digital temperature readout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, up to approx. 9.7 cm (≈3.8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost smartphones; Apple, Huawei, Xiaomi, VIVO, Black Shark, and more\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCase Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorks with standard protective cases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilent \/ vibration-free design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Input\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSet Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options (cooler only \/ desktop stand \/ floor stand \/ premium floor stand)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile gaming, live streaming, long-duration video recording\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat phones is this cooler compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler features an adjustable spring clip that generally fits most smartphones on the market, including Apple iPhone, Huawei, Xiaomi, VIVO, and Black Shark models. The clamp expands to approximately 9.7 cm (≈3.8\"), so it typically works with phones in standard cases as well. If you use a very thick rugged case, we recommend measuring your phone-plus-case width before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow cold can this phone cooler actually get?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe new dual-core model is rated to sustain cooling down to 0°C across its 3 speed settings. For comparison, a standard single-core cooler typically only achieves around a 38°C surface reduction on its single setting. Actual results will vary based on ambient temperature, phone model, and how hard the device is being pushed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this cooler block my hands while I'm gaming or streaming?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler clips to the back of the phone, leaving the screen, buttons, and sides fully accessible. The back-clip mounting design generally allows a natural grip during gaming or live streaming without obstruction. The unit is specifically marketed as a \"no-block\" design for mobile gaming use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this cooler noisy during operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual-core fan system is engineered for silent, vibration-free operation. This makes it well-suited for live streaming environments where microphone sensitivity could pick up fan noise. In most cases, the cooler runs quietly enough not to interfere with audio recording.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat does the AI temperature control chip do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe onboard AI temperature control chip monitors your phone's surface heat in real time and automatically adjusts cooling intensity across 3 speed levels. This means the cooler ramps up when your phone is working hard and scales back when temperatures are under control — maintaining optimal thermal performance without you needing to manually switch settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this cooler with a phone case on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable spring clip is designed to accommodate phones with standard protective cases. Very thick or rugged cases may affect fit — if your case adds significant bulk, confirm your phone-plus-case width is within the 9.7 cm (≈3.8\") clamp range before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in each set option?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere are four set options available: \u003cstrong\u003eBasic Live Stream Cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e — the cooler unit only. \u003cstrong\u003eDesktop Set\u003c\/strong\u003e — cooler plus a desktop phone stand. \u003cstrong\u003eFloor Stand Set\u003c\/strong\u003e — cooler plus a full-height adjustable floor stand. \u003cstrong\u003ePremium Floor Stand Set\u003c\/strong\u003e — cooler, floor stand, and additional accessories for a complete live streaming workstation. Select the option that matches your setup above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your set type above, then add to cart — get your phone running cool and your streams running smooth.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Basic Live Stream Cooler","offer_id":52366119534866,"sku":"HKTBSMA0400001","price":82.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desktop Set","offer_id":52366119567634,"sku":"HKTBSMA0400002","price":102.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Floor Stand Set","offer_id":52366119600402,"sku":"HKTBSMA0400003","price":110.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Premium Floor Stand Set","offer_id":52366119633170,"sku":"HKTBSMA0400004","price":138.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01p9PNeQ1lJ51y1WTVp__2180204797.jpg?v=1781088426"},{"product_id":"gpu-backplate-cooler-dual-fan-rtx-3070-3080-3090","title":"GPU Backplate Cooler with Dual Ball-Bearing Fans for RTX 3070 3080 3090","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What graphics cards is this backplate cooler compatible with?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This GPU backplate cooler is designed primarily for high-end cards such as the RTX 3070, RTX 3080, and RTX 3090. The adjustable elastic mounting clips generally allow it to fit a range of dual- and triple-slot cards with similar backplate dimensions. Confirm your card's backplate length against the cooler's approximate 18 cm (≈7.1\\\") footprint before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I choose the right size GPU backplate cooler?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Measure your graphics card's backplate length and width. This cooler measures approximately 18 cm × 9 cm (≈7.1\\\" × 3.5\\\"). It is generally suited to full-size dual- and triple-slot GPUs. If your card is shorter (e.g., mini-ITX variants), contact us to confirm fit before purchasing.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this kit include thermal paste or a thermal pad?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This kit includes a silicone-free thermal pad (no traditional thermal paste\/grease). The silicone-free pad is designed for direct contact between the cooler base and the GPU backplate surface. Alcohol wipes and a cleaning brush are also included to prep the surface before installation.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why are dual ball-bearing fans better than hydraulic bearing fans for a GPU cooler?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Dual ball-bearing fans generally offer longer service life and more consistent performance under sustained high-temperature operation compared to hydraulic (sleeve) bearing fans. For a GPU that runs hot for hours during gaming or rendering, ball-bearing fans typically maintain stable RPM and airflow over time without the bearing degradation common in hydraulic designs.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this cooler void my GPU warranty?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Installing a third-party backplate cooler may affect your GPU manufacturer's warranty. In most cases, adding an external backplate cooler that does not require disassembling the GPU itself carries lower risk, but we recommend checking your GPU manufacturer's warranty terms before installation.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much does the 1.5mm aluminum heatsink actually help compared to thinner alternatives?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 1.5mm aluminum base is approximately 50% thicker than the 1mm base found on many competing backplate coolers. Greater material thickness generally means more thermal mass and faster heat spreading across the fin array, which can translate to lower sustained GPU backplate temperatures during extended gaming or GPU compute workloads.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is included in the kit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each kit includes: (1) GPU backplate heatsink with dual fans, (2) silicone-free thermal pad, (3) adjustable elastic mounting clips, (4) nylon gloves, (5) alcohol cleaning wipes, and (6) a cleaning brush.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eGPU Backplate Cooler — Stop VRAM Throttling and Keep Your RTX Running at Full Speed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eIf your RTX 3080 or 3090 is thermal throttling mid-render or your VRAM temperatures are spiking during long gaming sessions, the stock backplate is doing almost nothing to help. PC builders, overclockers, and content creators who push high-end GPUs hard need active backplate cooling that actually moves heat away from the card's rear. This GPU backplate cooler mounts directly to the back of your graphics card and adds dual active fans over a dense aluminum fin array to pull heat away from the backplate and VRAM modules.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach kit includes one GPU backplate heatsink unit (approximately 18 cm × 9 cm × 1.5 cm \/ ≈7.1\" × 3.5\" × 0.6\"), a silicone-free thermal pad for direct contact heat transfer, adjustable elastic mounting clips for tool-friendly installation, nylon gloves, alcohol cleaning wipes, and a cleaning brush. The heatsink base is machined from 1.5mm thick aluminum — roughly 50% thicker than the 1mm base common on competing backplate coolers — for greater thermal mass and faster heat spreading across the fin stack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis backplate cooler is a practical upgrade for gamers running RTX 3090 or 3080 cards in warm cases who are seeing VRAM temperatures above 90°C; for 3D artists and video editors doing sustained GPU rendering where backplate heat buildup causes clock speed drops; and for overclockers looking to extract more stable performance headroom by keeping the entire card cooler during extended workloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for RTX 3070, RTX 3080, and RTX 3090 full-size cards. Adjustable elastic clips fit most dual- and triple-slot GPU backplates approx. 18 cm (≈7.1\") in length. Confirm your card's backplate dimensions before ordering.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These GPU Backplate Coolers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1.5mm Thick Aluminum Heatsink Base\u003c\/strong\u003e — At 1.5mm, the base plate is approximately 50% thicker than the 1mm base found on most competing GPU backplate coolers, providing more thermal mass and faster heat distribution across the fin array during sustained GPU workloads.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual Ball-Bearing Fans with Blade Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two fans with dual ball-bearing axles and sharp-edged blade profiles deliver consistent, high-volume airflow over the heatsink fins. Ball-bearing construction generally outlasts hydraulic bearing fans under continuous high-temperature GPU operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Elastic Mounting Clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — No drilling, no adhesive. The elastic clip system secures the cooler to the GPU backplate with adjustable tension, making installation and removal straightforward without risking damage to the card's PCB or components.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧊\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-Free Thermal Pad Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — The kit ships with a silicone-free thermal pad sized for direct contact between the cooler base and the GPU backplate surface, ensuring efficient heat transfer without the mess of traditional thermal paste application.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRGB Dual-Fan Aesthetic\u003c\/strong\u003e — The fans feature an RGB lighting ring that adds visual flair inside open-frame or windowed cases, making this cooler a functional and visually complementary addition to a lit gaming PC build.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧰\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Installation Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every unit ships with nylon gloves, alcohol cleaning wipes, and a cleaning brush so you can properly prep the backplate surface and handle components safely without sourcing additional supplies.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eBefore you order:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure your GPU backplate length and confirm it falls within the cooler's approximately 18 cm (≈7.1\") footprint. Mini-ITX or compact GPU variants may not be compatible. Installing third-party cooling accessories may affect your GPU manufacturer's warranty — check your warranty terms first.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — GPU Backplate Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActive GPU Backplate Heatsink with Dual Fans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5mm (≈0.06\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnit Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 18 cm × 9 cm × 1.5 cm (≈7.1\" × 3.5\" × 0.6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual fans with blade (knife-edge) design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Bearing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual ball-bearing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRGB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable elastic clips (tool-free)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilicone-free thermal pad (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeatsink unit, silicone-free thermal pad, elastic mounting clips, nylon gloves, alcohol wipes, cleaning brush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRTX 3070, RTX 3080, RTX 3090 (full-size); other cards with similar backplate dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact us to confirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 20g heavier than standard 1mm base alternatives (exact weight: contact us to confirm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFROSTWIND\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat graphics cards is this backplate cooler compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis GPU backplate cooler is designed primarily for high-end cards such as the RTX 3070, RTX 3080, and RTX 3090. The adjustable elastic mounting clips generally allow it to fit a range of dual- and triple-slot cards with similar backplate dimensions. Confirm your card's backplate length against the cooler's approximate 18 cm (≈7.1\") footprint before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right size GPU backplate cooler?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eMeasure your graphics card's backplate length and width. This cooler measures approximately 18 cm × 9 cm (≈7.1\" × 3.5\"). It is generally suited to full-size dual- and triple-slot GPUs. If your card is shorter (e.g., mini-ITX variants), contact us to confirm fit before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this kit include thermal paste or a thermal pad?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis kit includes a silicone-free thermal pad — not traditional thermal paste or grease. The pad is sized for direct contact between the cooler base and the GPU backplate surface. Alcohol wipes and a cleaning brush are also included to prep the surface before installation for best thermal contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhy are dual ball-bearing fans better than hydraulic bearing fans for a GPU cooler?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eDual ball-bearing fans generally offer longer service life and more consistent performance under sustained high-temperature operation compared to hydraulic (sleeve) bearing fans. For a GPU running hot for hours during gaming or rendering, ball-bearing fans typically maintain stable RPM and airflow over time without the bearing degradation common in hydraulic designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill installing this cooler void my GPU warranty?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eInstalling a third-party backplate cooler may affect your GPU manufacturer's warranty. In most cases, adding an external backplate cooler that does not require disassembling the GPU itself carries lower risk than internal modifications, but we recommend checking your GPU manufacturer's warranty terms before installation to be sure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much does the 1.5mm aluminum base actually help compared to thinner alternatives?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 1.5mm aluminum base is approximately 50% thicker than the 1mm base found on many competing backplate coolers. Greater material thickness generally means more thermal mass and faster heat spreading across the fin array, which can translate to lower sustained GPU backplate temperatures during extended gaming or GPU compute workloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach kit includes: \u003cstrong\u003e(1)\u003c\/strong\u003e GPU backplate heatsink with dual RGB fans, \u003cstrong\u003e(2)\u003c\/strong\u003e silicone-free thermal pad, \u003cstrong\u003e(3)\u003c\/strong\u003e adjustable elastic mounting clips, \u003cstrong\u003e(4)\u003c\/strong\u003e nylon gloves, \u003cstrong\u003e(5)\u003c\/strong\u003e alcohol cleaning wipes, and \u003cstrong\u003e(6)\u003c\/strong\u003e a cleaning brush. Everything you need for a clean installation is in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Add to cart above and give your GPU the active backplate cooling it deserves.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52366137786642,"sku":"HKTBSMA420001","price":75.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01FQGwxy1YmIxOZUPni__75663101.jpg?v=1781094305"},{"product_id":"12cm-vented-pci-slot-cover-bracket-pc-case-black-silver","title":"12cm Vented PCI Slot Cover Bracket for PC Case — Black or Silver, 1 Pair with Screws","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What PC cases are these PCI slot covers compatible with?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These vented PCI slot cover brackets are designed to fit standard ATX and mATX PC cases that use full-height PCI expansion slot openings. In most cases, any tower or mid-tower case with a standard rear panel slot layout will accept these brackets. Confirm your case uses standard full-height PCI slot covers before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I know if these brackets are the right size for my case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These brackets measure approximately 12 cm (≈4.7\\\") in length, which corresponds to the standard full-height PCI slot cover dimension used in the vast majority of ATX and mATX desktop cases. If you have a mini-ITX or small form factor case, measure your existing slot covers first to confirm compatibility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do the slotted vents actually improve airflow inside the case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Replacing solid blank slot covers with vented brackets allows warm air from inside the case to exhaust through the rear panel, which generally improves overall case airflow. This is particularly useful in builds where GPU or CPU temperatures are high and additional passive exhaust paths are beneficial.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are screws included, and what type are they?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, screws are included with each pair. The screws are typically the standard #6-32 UNC thumbscrew or machine screw type used in most ATX PC cases for PCI slot covers. If your case uses a tool-free clip system instead of screws, these brackets may still fit the slot opening but the included screws may not be needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use these brackets outdoors or in humid environments?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These brackets are intended for indoor desktop PC use. The metal construction generally provides adequate durability for standard indoor environments. They are not rated for outdoor or high-humidity use, and prolonged exposure to moisture may cause surface oxidation over time.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should I choose black or silver?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Choose based on your case's interior color scheme. Black brackets blend into most mid-tower cases with dark interiors and are a common choice for gaming builds. Silver brackets suit cases with brushed aluminum panels or light-colored interiors. Both colors are the same design and dimensions — the choice is purely aesthetic.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many brackets come in one order?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each order includes one pair (2 brackets) plus the corresponding mounting screws. This is enough to cover two adjacent empty PCI slot openings on your case's rear panel.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eVented PCI Slot Cover Brackets — Improve Case Airflow While Filling Empty Expansion Slots\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEmpty PCI expansion slots on the rear of your PC case are more than an eyesore — they disrupt airflow, let dust in, and leave your build looking unfinished. PC builders, system integrators, and anyone upgrading or reconfiguring a desktop rig need a clean, functional way to cover unused slots without blocking the heat that needs to escape. These vented PCI slot cover brackets replace solid blank covers with a slotted design that lets warm air exhaust through the rear panel while keeping the interior tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach order includes one pair (2 brackets) plus mounting screws. The brackets measure approximately 12 cm × 1.8 cm (≈4.7\" × 0.7\") — the standard full-height PCI slot cover dimension used in the vast majority of ATX and mATX desktop cases. Available in Black or Silver to match your build's color scheme. The slotted vent pattern runs the full length of the bracket for maximum passive airflow through each covered slot opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThese vented slot covers are a practical addition when reconfiguring a gaming PC after removing a GPU or sound card and needing to cover the vacated slots; when building a new ATX mid-tower and wanting rear-panel exhaust through every unused slot rather than trapping heat with solid blanks; and when upgrading an existing workstation or home server where improved passive airflow helps keep component temperatures in check during sustained workloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits standard full-height PCI expansion slot openings in ATX and mATX desktop PC cases. Bracket length approx. 12 cm (≈4.7\"). Screws included. Confirm your case uses standard full-height slot covers before ordering.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Vented PCI Slot Cover Brackets\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌬️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-Length Slotted Vent Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — The slotted vent pattern spans the entire 12 cm (≈4.7\") length of each bracket, maximizing passive airflow through empty PCI slot openings and helping warm air exit the case rather than recirculating inside.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard Full-Height PCI Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e — At approximately 12 cm (≈4.7\") long, these brackets match the standard full-height PCI slot cover size used in the vast majority of ATX and mATX mid-tower and full-tower desktop cases, making them a straightforward drop-in replacement.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack and Silver Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose the finish that matches your build. Black suits dark-interior gaming cases; silver complements brushed aluminum panels or light-colored case interiors. Both options are identical in design and dimensions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Screws Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each pair ships with the corresponding mounting screws so you can install immediately without hunting for compatible hardware. Compatible with standard ATX case PCI slot screw holes.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧱\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRigid Metal Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — The brackets are formed from metal rather than plastic, providing a solid, rattle-free fit in the rear panel slot. Metal construction also conducts a small amount of heat away from the slot area compared to plastic alternatives.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1 Pair Per Order\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each purchase includes two brackets, enough to cover two adjacent empty PCI expansion slots simultaneously — useful when removing a dual-slot GPU or when filling multiple vacated slots after a system reconfiguration.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eBefore you order:\u003c\/strong\u003e These are standard full-height PCI slot covers. Mini-ITX and small form factor cases sometimes use low-profile or non-standard slot cover dimensions. Measure your existing slot covers (approx. 12 cm \/ 4.7\" for full-height) to confirm fit before purchasing.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Vented PCI Slot Cover Bracket\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVented PCI Expansion Slot Cover Bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 12 cm (≈4.7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSlot Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-height PCI \/ PCIe expansion slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVent Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlotted \/ louvered full-length vent pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal (steel or aluminum alloy)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ Silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair (2 brackets)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrews Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Cases\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard ATX \/ mATX full-height PCI slot cases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew-in (standard ATX rear panel screw hole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee variant options (Black or Silver)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor desktop PC builds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat PC cases are these PCI slot covers compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese vented PCI slot cover brackets are designed to fit standard ATX and mATX PC cases that use full-height PCI expansion slot openings. In most cases, any mid-tower or full-tower case with a standard rear panel slot layout will accept these brackets. Confirm your case uses standard full-height PCI slot covers (approx. 12 cm \/ 4.7\") before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I know if these brackets are the right size for my case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese brackets measure approximately 12 cm (≈4.7\") in length — the standard full-height PCI slot cover dimension used in the vast majority of ATX and mATX desktop cases. The easiest way to confirm is to remove one of your existing slot covers and measure it. If your case is a mini-ITX or small form factor build, measure first as those sometimes use non-standard dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDo the slotted vents actually improve airflow inside the case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. Replacing solid blank slot covers with vented brackets allows warm air from inside the case to exhaust through the rear panel passively. This generally improves overall case airflow, particularly in builds where GPU or CPU temperatures are elevated and additional exhaust paths are beneficial. The improvement will vary depending on your case's overall airflow design and fan configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eAre screws included, and what type are they?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes, mounting screws are included with each pair. The screws are typically the standard type used in ATX PC cases for PCI slot covers. If your case uses a tool-free clip retention system instead of screws, the brackets will generally still fit the slot opening — the included screws simply may not be needed in that scenario.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use these brackets in a humid or outdoor environment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese brackets are intended for standard indoor desktop PC use. The metal construction provides adequate durability for typical indoor environments. They are not rated for outdoor or high-humidity conditions, and prolonged exposure to moisture may cause surface oxidation over time. For indoor builds, they will generally hold up without issue under normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eShould I choose black or silver?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eChoose based on your case's interior color scheme. Black brackets blend into most mid-tower gaming cases with dark interiors. Silver brackets suit cases with brushed aluminum panels or lighter-colored interiors. Both colors are identical in design, dimensions, and vent pattern — the choice is purely aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow many brackets come in one order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach order includes one pair — that is 2 brackets — plus the corresponding mounting screws. This covers two adjacent empty PCI slot openings on your case's rear panel, which is useful when filling the space left by a removed dual-slot GPU or when covering multiple vacated expansion slots after a system reconfiguration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your color above, then add to cart — clean up your build and let your case breathe.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52366149222674,"sku":"HKTBSMA450001","price":14.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Silver","offer_id":52366149255442,"sku":"HKTBSMA450002","price":14.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN018tKLGz1lv5vapdgt1__2220770614880.jpg?v=1781095596"},{"product_id":"open-frame-pc-test-bench-mounting-kit-motherboard-psu-hdd-gpu-brackets","title":"Open Frame PC Test Bench Mounting Kit — Motherboard, PSU, HDD \u0026 GPU Brackets with Power Switch Cable","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between Kit A, Kit B, and Kit C?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Kit A (Without GPU Bracket) includes 6x 20mm motherboard standoffs, 3x PSU brackets, 2x HDD\/SSD brackets, and a 50cm power switch cable — suited for builds without a dedicated GPU. Kit B (With GPU Bracket) upgrades to 6x 26mm motherboard standoffs and adds 2x GPU support brackets, plus 3x PSU brackets and 2x HDD brackets. Kit C (Power Reinforced With GPU Bracket) is the most complete option, with 6x 26mm motherboard standoffs, 2x GPU brackets, 4x PSU brackets (reinforced), and 4x HDD\/SSD brackets, plus the power switch cable.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What size motherboard does this kit support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The standoff spacing and bracket layout are generally compatible with standard ATX and mATX motherboards. The 6-piece standoff set covers the typical mounting hole pattern for these form factors. Mini-ITX boards will also work but may use fewer standoff positions. Confirm your board's mounting hole layout against the standoff positions before drilling your base board.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What base board or surface do I need to mount this kit on?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This kit is designed to be mounted on a flat wooden board, acrylic sheet, or similar DIY base material that you supply separately. The brackets and standoffs use standard self-tapping or machine screws (included) to secure to the board. A typical base board is generally 15–20mm thick wood or MDF for adequate rigidity.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How long is the power switch cable, and what connector does it use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The included power switch cable is 50 cm (≈19.7\\\") long. It uses a standard 2-pin motherboard front panel power header connector on one end, which is compatible with virtually all ATX and mATX motherboards. The other end connects to an external power button or can be shorted to trigger a POST.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why are the standoffs 20mm in Kit A and 26mm in Kits B and C?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 26mm standoffs in Kits B and C provide additional clearance between the motherboard and the base board, which is generally needed when a GPU is installed to allow airflow and cable routing beneath the board. Kit A uses 20mm standoffs, which is typically sufficient for builds without a GPU where clearance requirements are lower.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this kit outdoors or in a humid workshop?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This kit is intended for indoor workshop and lab use. The metal brackets are suitable for standard indoor environments. Prolonged exposure to moisture or high humidity may cause surface oxidation on the metal components over time. For outdoor or high-humidity environments, additional protective measures would be needed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which kit should I choose if I'm building a test bench for GPU testing?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For GPU testing, Kit B or Kit C is recommended. Both include the 2x GPU support brackets and the taller 26mm motherboard standoffs needed to accommodate a graphics card. Kit C adds reinforced PSU mounting (4 brackets instead of 3) and more HDD\/SSD bracket positions, making it the better choice if you plan to run multiple storage drives or need a more rigid PSU mount during extended testing sessions.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eOpen Frame PC Test Bench Mounting Kit — Build a DIY Workshop Rig for Motherboard, GPU, PSU \u0026amp; Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eDiagnosing a PC build, stress-testing components, or assembling a workshop test bench without a proper open frame PC test bench mounting kit means balancing a motherboard on a cardboard box, zip-tying a power supply to whatever is nearby, and hoping nothing shorts out. PC technicians, hardware enthusiasts, and DIY builders who regularly work with bare components need a structured, reusable mounting solution that keeps everything organized and accessible. This open frame PC test bench mounting kit provides all the brackets, standoffs, and hardware needed to mount a motherboard, PSU, HDD\/SSD, and optionally a GPU onto a flat wooden or acrylic base board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThree kit configurations are available. \u003cstrong\u003eKit A (Without GPU Bracket)\u003c\/strong\u003e includes 6x 20mm motherboard standoffs with screws, 3x PSU mounting brackets with screws, 2x HDD\/SSD brackets with screws, and a 50 cm (≈19.7\") power switch cable with standard 2-pin front panel connector — suited for GPU-free builds. \u003cstrong\u003eKit B (With GPU Bracket)\u003c\/strong\u003e upgrades to 6x 26mm motherboard standoffs for extra clearance, adds 2x GPU support brackets, and retains 3x PSU and 2x HDD brackets plus the power cable. \u003cstrong\u003eKit C (Power Reinforced With GPU Bracket)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most complete configuration: 6x 26mm standoffs, 2x GPU brackets, 4x reinforced PSU brackets, 4x HDD\/SSD brackets, and the power switch cable. All kits include the corresponding mounting screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis kit is the practical foundation for a DIY open frame test bench used by PC repair technicians who need to POST and diagnose motherboards outside a case; by hardware reviewers and overclockers who want quick access to all components during extended testing sessions; and by home lab builders assembling a permanent open-air rig for running servers, mining rigs, or multi-GPU compute setups on a custom wooden board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for standard ATX and mATX motherboards. Standoff pattern generally covers standard ATX\/mATX mounting hole layouts. GPU brackets suit full-size dual-slot cards. Base board (wood\/acrylic) sold separately. All screws included.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Open Frame PC Test Bench Mounting Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧱\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree Kit Configurations to Match Your Build\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose Kit A for GPU-free motherboard and storage testing, Kit B when you need GPU support brackets and taller standoffs, or Kit C for the most complete open frame test bench setup with reinforced PSU mounting and expanded HDD\/SSD bracket count.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20mm and 26mm Motherboard Standoffs\u003c\/strong\u003e — Kit A uses 20mm standoffs for standard clearance; Kits B and C use 26mm standoffs to provide the extra board-to-base clearance needed when a GPU is installed, allowing proper airflow and cable routing beneath the motherboard in an open frame DIY test bench.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50cm Power Switch Cable Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 50 cm (≈19.7\") power switch cable with standard 2-pin front panel header lets you power on the board from a convenient distance without reaching across the open frame rig — essential for safe, repeated POST testing during PC diagnostics.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💿\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePSU, HDD\/SSD, and GPU Brackets Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each kit bundles all the mounting hardware needed to secure a power supply, one or more storage drives, and (in Kits B and C) a graphics card to your base board, eliminating the need to source individual brackets separately for your open frame workshop rig.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll Mounting Screws Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every bracket and standoff in the kit ships with its corresponding screws, so you can go from unboxing to a fully mounted open frame test bench without hunting for compatible hardware in your parts bin.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReusable and Reconfigurable\u003c\/strong\u003e — The bracket-and-standoff system mounts to any flat wooden or acrylic base board you supply, making it easy to disassemble, reposition components, or repurpose the hardware across multiple builds or testing sessions over time.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e The base board (wood, MDF, or acrylic panel) is \u003cstrong\u003enot included\u003c\/strong\u003e — you supply your own. A board approximately 15–20mm thick is generally recommended for adequate rigidity. Confirm your motherboard's mounting hole layout matches standard ATX\/mATX standoff positions before drilling.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Open Frame PC Test Bench Mounting Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDIY Open Frame PC Test Bench Mounting Bracket Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA (Without GPU Bracket) \/ B (With GPU Bracket) \/ C (Power Reinforced With GPU Bracket)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMotherboard Standoffs\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit A: 6x 20mm (≈0.79\") | Kits B \u0026amp; C: 6x 26mm (≈1.02\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePSU Brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit A \u0026amp; B: 3 per kit | Kit C: 4 per kit (reinforced)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHDD\/SSD Brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit A \u0026amp; B: 2 per kit | Kit C: 4 per kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGPU Support Brackets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit A: Not included | Kits B \u0026amp; C: 2 per kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Switch Cable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm (≈19.7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Cable Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 2-pin ATX front panel power header\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrews Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes (all corresponding screws included per kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Motherboard Form Factors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eATX, mATX (Mini-ITX compatible with fewer standoff positions)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Board\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — customer supplies own wooden\/acrylic board\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracket Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal (steel \/ zinc alloy) and nylon composite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor workshop, PC test bench, open frame rig, hardware diagnostics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between Kit A, Kit B, and Kit C?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKit A (Without GPU Bracket)\u003c\/strong\u003e includes 6x 20mm motherboard standoffs, 3x PSU brackets, 2x HDD\/SSD brackets, and a 50 cm power switch cable. Suited for GPU-free builds and basic motherboard testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKit B (With GPU Bracket)\u003c\/strong\u003e upgrades to 6x 26mm standoffs for extra clearance, adds 2x GPU support brackets, and retains 3x PSU and 2x HDD brackets plus the power cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKit C (Power Reinforced With GPU Bracket)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the most complete option: 6x 26mm standoffs, 2x GPU brackets, 4x reinforced PSU brackets, 4x HDD\/SSD brackets, and the power switch cable. Best for multi-drive or extended testing setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat size motherboard does this kit support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe standoff set is generally compatible with standard ATX and mATX motherboards, covering the typical 6-hole mounting pattern used by these form factors. Mini-ITX boards will also work but may use fewer standoff positions. Confirm your board's mounting hole layout against the standoff positions before drilling your base board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat base board or surface do I need to mount this kit on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis kit mounts onto a flat wooden board, MDF panel, or acrylic sheet that you supply separately. The brackets use the included screws to secure to the board surface. A board approximately 15–20mm (about 5\/8\"–3\/4\") thick is generally recommended for adequate rigidity when supporting a full ATX motherboard, PSU, and GPU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow long is the power switch cable, and what connector does it use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe included power switch cable is 50 cm (≈19.7\") long. It uses a standard 2-pin front panel power header connector compatible with virtually all ATX and mATX motherboards. The cable lets you power on the board from a safe distance without reaching across the open frame rig.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhy are the standoffs 20mm in Kit A and 26mm in Kits B and C?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 26mm standoffs in Kits B and C provide additional clearance between the motherboard and the base board. This extra height is generally needed when a GPU is installed to allow adequate airflow and cable routing beneath the board. Kit A uses 20mm standoffs, which is typically sufficient for GPU-free builds where lower clearance requirements apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit in a humid or outdoor workshop environment?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis kit is intended for standard indoor workshop and lab use. The metal brackets are suitable for typical indoor environments. Prolonged exposure to moisture or high humidity may cause surface oxidation on metal components over time. For damp or outdoor environments, additional protective measures would be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhich kit should I choose if I'm building a test bench for GPU testing?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eFor GPU testing, Kit B or Kit C is recommended. Both include the 2x GPU support brackets and the taller 26mm motherboard standoffs needed to accommodate a graphics card. Kit C is the better choice if you plan to run multiple storage drives or need a more rigid PSU mount during extended testing sessions, thanks to its reinforced 4-bracket PSU mounting and 4x HDD\/SSD bracket count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your kit configuration above, then add to cart — everything you need to build your open frame test bench, screws included.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"A-8 Sets Without GPU Bracket","offer_id":52366158037266,"sku":"HKTBSMA550001","price":44.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"B-8 Sets With GPU Bracket","offer_id":52366158070034,"sku":"HKTBSMA550002","price":58.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"C-8 Sets Power Reinforced With GPU Bracket","offer_id":52366158102802,"sku":"HKTBSMA550003","price":69.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01mey1Nr25kokx9hbT2__1074127565.jpg?v=1781096342"},{"product_id":"precision-electronics-repair-tool-kit-45-86-117-138-in-1","title":"Precision Electronics Repair Tool Kit — 45\/86\/117\/138-in-1 with Bits \u0026 Auxiliary Tools","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the four kit options?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 45-in-1 Upgraded Version is a compact kit with the most common bit types and basic auxiliary tools, suited for occasional home repair. The 86-in-1 Deluxe adds more bit sizes and includes a storage bag. The 117-in-1 Chrome Vanadium Professional uses CrV steel bits and includes the full 11-piece auxiliary tool set. The 138-in-1 Chrome Vanadium Premium is the most complete option, adding T6H, T8H, and T10H tamper-resistant Torx-with-hole bits to the 117-in-1 lineup.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What bit types are included across these kits?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"All kits cover 10 driver profiles: Torx Star, Hex Socket, Hex (Allen), Pentalobe (5-point), Slotted (flathead), Round, Phillips (cross), Triangle, U-type, and Y-type. Specific sizes per kit are shown in the bit chart images. The 138-in-1 kit includes 101 bits total; the 117-in-1 includes 98 bits.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What auxiliary tools come with the larger kits?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 117-in-1 and 138-in-1 kits include 11 auxiliary tools: screwdriver handle (140mm \/ ~5.5\\\"), flexible extension rod (130mm \/ ~5.1\\\"), three pry bars (83mm \/ ~3.3\\\" each), tweezers (105mm \/ ~4.1\\\"), hex adapter (45mm \/ ~1.8\\\"), suction cup (33mm \/ ~1.3\\\" diameter), magnetizer\/demagnetizer, SIM eject pin (33mm), triangle opening pick (31mm), mini wrench (33mm), and broken screw extractor (28mm).\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are the bits durable enough for regular repair work without stripping screws?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 117-in-1 and 138-in-1 kits use chrome vanadium (CrV) steel bits, which are generally harder and more wear-resistant than standard carbon steel. CrV bits typically maintain tip geometry longer under repeated torque, reducing cam-out and screw head stripping during precision electronics repair.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which kit should I choose for iPhone or Samsung phone repair?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For iPhone repair you need Pentalobe bits for exterior screws and Phillips for internals \\u2014 all kits include both. For Samsung and most Android phones, Phillips and Torx are the primary requirement. The 117-in-1 or 138-in-1 kits are recommended for professional use as they cover the full Torx-with-hole range needed for newer models and gaming accessories.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the 98-bit and 101-bit configurations?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 101-bit configuration (138-in-1 Premium) adds three tamper-resistant Torx-with-hole bits \\u2014 T6H, T8H, and T10H \\u2014 compared to the 98-bit version (117-in-1 Professional). These security Torx bits are needed for certain gaming consoles, power tools, and automotive electronics.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this kit for field or on-site repair work?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These kits are designed for precision electronics repair in indoor environments. The 86-in-1 Deluxe includes a storage bag for organized transport, making it a practical choice for on-site repair technicians. Chrome vanadium bits have reasonable corrosion resistance for general use but are not rated for outdoor or high-humidity conditions.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003ePrecision Electronics Repair Tool Kit — Every Bit Type and Auxiliary Tool You Need, in One Complete Set\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eStopping mid-repair to hunt for a Pentalobe bit, a Y-type driver, or a pry bar that isn’t in your current kit is a workflow killer. Phone technicians, laptop repair shops, IT support professionals, and electronics hobbyists who work across multiple device brands need a single precision electronics repair tool kit that covers every fastener type and every disassembly tool without compromise. This kit delivers exactly that — available in four configurations from a compact 45-in-1 up to a comprehensive 138-in-1 set, each combining a full bit selection with purpose-built auxiliary tools for complete device teardowns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach kit is a complete tool set, not just a bit collection. The \u003cstrong\u003e45-in-1 Upgraded Version\u003c\/strong\u003e covers the most common bit types with essential auxiliary tools for everyday home repair. The \u003cstrong\u003e86-in-1 Deluxe\u003c\/strong\u003e expands the bit range and adds a storage bag for organized on-site transport. The \u003cstrong\u003e117-in-1 Chrome Vanadium Professional\u003c\/strong\u003e steps up to chrome vanadium (CrV) steel bits for greater durability and includes the full 11-piece auxiliary tool set: screwdriver handle 140mm (≈5.5\"), flexible extension rod 130mm (≈5.1\"), three pry bars 83mm (≈3.3\") each, tweezers 105mm (≈4.1\"), hex adapter 45mm (≈1.8\"), suction cup 33mm (≈1.3\") diameter, magnetizer\/demagnetizer, SIM eject pin 33mm, triangle opening pick 31mm, mini wrench 33mm, and broken screw extractor 28mm. The \u003cstrong\u003e138-in-1 Chrome Vanadium Premium\u003c\/strong\u003e adds T6H, T8H, and T10H tamper-resistant Torx-with-hole bits to the full 117-in-1 lineup, bringing the total to 101 bits plus the complete auxiliary tool set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis precision repair tool kit is the daily driver for iPhone and Android phone technicians who need Pentalobe, Phillips, and Torx in one organized case; for laptop service shops working across Dell, HP, Lenovo, and MacBook models that mix Phillips, Torx, and Hex fasteners; and for electronics hobbyists tackling game consoles, drones, cameras, and smart home devices where specialty profiles like Y-type and Triangle are otherwise impossible to find in a single set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Covers fasteners on iPhone, Samsung, iPad, MacBook, Dell, HP, Lenovo, Nintendo Switch, PS4\/PS5, Xbox controllers, drones, cameras, and most consumer electronics. All bits use a standard 4mm hex shank compatible with the included handle and most third-party precision handles.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Precision Electronics Repair Tool Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧰\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour Complete Kit Configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose from 45-in-1, 86-in-1, 117-in-1, or 138-in-1 — each a self-contained repair tool kit with bits and auxiliary tools matched to the scope of work, from occasional home use to full-time professional electronics repair.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10 Bit Profiles in One Set\u003c\/strong\u003e — Torx Star, Hex Socket, Hex (Allen), Pentalobe (5-point for iPhone), Slotted, Round, Phillips, Triangle, U-type, and Y-type (for Nintendo Switch and game controllers) — covering every fastener type found across consumer electronics without needing separate specialty sets.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChrome Vanadium Steel Bits (117-in-1 \u0026amp; 138-in-1)\u003c\/strong\u003e — CrV steel bits are harder and more wear-resistant than standard carbon steel, maintaining tip geometry under repeated torque to reduce cam-out and screw head stripping during precision repair work on delicate electronics fasteners.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎯\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTamper-Resistant Torx-with-Hole Bits (138-in-1 Only)\u003c\/strong\u003e — T6H, T8H, and T10H security Torx bits — needed for gaming consoles, power tools, and automotive electronics — are included exclusively in the 138-in-1 Premium kit, making it the only option in this lineup that handles tamper-resistant fasteners.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💼\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e11-Piece Auxiliary Tool Set (117-in-1 \u0026amp; 138-in-1)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Flexible extension rod, three pry bars, tweezers, suction cup, hex adapter, magnetizer, SIM eject pin, triangle pick, mini wrench, and broken screw extractor give you every disassembly tool needed for a complete phone or laptop teardown without sourcing tools separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📱\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePentalobe and Y-Type Included in All Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pentalobe bits for iPhone exterior screws and Y-type bits for Nintendo Switch Joy-Con and game controller repairs are included across all four kit sizes — two of the most commonly missing profiles in generic screwdriver sets.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Specific bit sizes per kit are shown in the product images above. The 138-in-1 kit contains 101 bits; the 117-in-1 contains 98 bits. If you need T6H, T8H, or T10H tamper-resistant Torx bits, select the 138-in-1 Chrome Vanadium Premium kit.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Precision Electronics Repair Tool Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrecision Electronics Repair Tool Kit (Bits + Auxiliary Tools)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-in-1 Upgraded \/ 86-in-1 Deluxe \/ 117-in-1 CrV Professional \/ 138-in-1 CrV Premium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Bit Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 \/ 86 \/ 98 \/ 101 bits (varies by kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Profiles (10 types)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTorx Star, Hex Socket, Hex (Allen), Pentalobe, Slotted, Round, Phillips, Triangle, U-type, Y-type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117-in-1 \u0026amp; 138-in-1: Chrome Vanadium (CrV) steel | 45-in-1 \u0026amp; 86-in-1: Contact us to confirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Shank\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 4mm hex shank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTamper-Resistant Torx (T6H \/ T8H \/ T10H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e138-in-1 CrV Premium only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrewdriver Handle Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e140mm (≈5.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlexible Extension Rod Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130mm (≈5.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePry Bar Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83mm (≈3.3\") × 3 pieces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweezers Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105mm (≈4.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHex Adapter Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45mm (≈1.8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuction Cup Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33mm (≈1.3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSIM Eject Pin \/ Mini Wrench\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33mm (≈1.3\") each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTriangle Opening Pick\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31mm (≈1.2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBroken Screw Extractor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28mm (≈1.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Bag Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86-in-1 Deluxe only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAuxiliary Tools Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117-in-1 \u0026amp; 138-in-1: Full 11-piece set | 45-in-1 \u0026amp; 86-in-1: Subset (see images)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the four kit options?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e45-in-1 Upgraded Version\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact kit covering the most common bit types with basic auxiliary tools — suited for occasional home repair. The \u003cstrong\u003e86-in-1 Deluxe\u003c\/strong\u003e adds more bit sizes and includes a storage bag for organized transport. The \u003cstrong\u003e117-in-1 Chrome Vanadium Professional\u003c\/strong\u003e uses CrV steel bits for greater durability and includes the full 11-piece auxiliary tool set. The \u003cstrong\u003e138-in-1 Chrome Vanadium Premium\u003c\/strong\u003e adds T6H, T8H, and T10H tamper-resistant Torx-with-hole bits to the 117-in-1 lineup — the most complete option for professional repair technicians.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat bit types are included across these kits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eAll kits cover 10 driver profiles: \u003cstrong\u003eTorx Star\u003c\/strong\u003e (T1–T20, plus T6H–T25H with hole in larger kits), \u003cstrong\u003eHex Socket\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eHex \/ Allen\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ePentalobe\u003c\/strong\u003e (5-point, for iPhone), \u003cstrong\u003eSlotted\u003c\/strong\u003e (flathead), \u003cstrong\u003eRound\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003ePhillips\u003c\/strong\u003e (cross), \u003cstrong\u003eTriangle\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eU-type\u003c\/strong\u003e, and \u003cstrong\u003eY-type\u003c\/strong\u003e (for Nintendo Switch and game controllers). Specific bit sizes per kit are shown in the bit chart images above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat auxiliary tools come with the larger kits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 117-in-1 and 138-in-1 kits include 11 auxiliary tools: screwdriver handle 140mm (5.5\"), flexible extension rod 130mm (5.1\"), three pry bars 83mm (3.3\") each, tweezers 105mm (4.1\"), hex adapter 45mm (1.8\"), suction cup 33mm (1.3\") diameter, magnetizer\/demagnetizer, SIM card eject pin 33mm, triangle opening pick 31mm, mini wrench 33mm, and broken screw extractor 28mm. The 45-in-1 and 86-in-1 kits include a subset of these tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eAre the bits durable enough for regular repair work without stripping screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 117-in-1 and 138-in-1 kits use chrome vanadium (CrV) steel bits, which are generally harder and more wear-resistant than standard carbon steel. CrV bits typically maintain tip geometry longer under repeated torque, reducing cam-out and screw head stripping during precision electronics repair. The 45-in-1 and 86-in-1 kits are suited for lighter-duty or occasional use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhich kit should I choose for iPhone or Samsung phone repair?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eFor iPhone repair, you need Pentalobe bits for exterior screws and Phillips for internal components — all four kits include both. For Samsung and most Android phones, Phillips and Torx are the primary requirement. The 117-in-1 or 138-in-1 kits are recommended for professional use, as they cover the full Torx-with-hole range needed for newer models and gaming accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the 98-bit and 101-bit configurations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 101-bit configuration (138-in-1 Premium) adds three tamper-resistant Torx-with-hole bits — T6H, T8H, and T10H — compared to the 98-bit version (117-in-1 Professional). These security Torx bits are needed for certain gaming consoles, power tools, and automotive electronics that use tamper-resistant fasteners. If you work on those devices, the 138-in-1 kit is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit for field or on-site repair work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese kits are designed for precision electronics repair in indoor environments. The 86-in-1 Deluxe includes a storage bag for organized transport, making it a practical choice for on-site repair technicians. Chrome vanadium bits have reasonable corrosion resistance for general use but are not rated for outdoor or high-humidity conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your kit size above, then add to cart — one complete set for every repair job on your bench.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Chrome Vanadium Premium 138 In 1","offer_id":52366163411218,"sku":"HKTBSMA590001","price":74.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Chrome Vanadium Professional 117 In 1","offer_id":52366163443986,"sku":"HKTBSMA590002","price":58.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgraded Version 45 In 1","offer_id":52366163476754,"sku":"HKTBSMA590003","price":32.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Deluxe 86 In 1 With Storage Bag","offer_id":52366163509522,"sku":"HKTBSMA590004","price":39.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01MEX0fs1j8QWbU44sI__4221884503.jpg?v=1781097939"},{"product_id":"lenovo-laptop-disassembly-cleaning-tool-kit-25-in-1-screwdriver-10-in-1-cleaner","title":"Lenovo Laptop Disassembly \u0026 Cleaning Tool Kit — 25-in-1 Screwdriver + 10-in-1 Cleaner, All Models","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the Standard and Upgraded kits?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Both Standard and Upgraded kits include the 25-in-1 screwdriver set and the 10-in-1 cleaning kit. The Upgraded version adds additional tools and accessories beyond the Standard configuration — such as extra bits or supplementary disassembly tools — making it better suited for technicians who perform more complex Lenovo laptop repairs including motherboard removal and fan replacement.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What tools are included in the 25-in-1 screwdriver set?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 25-in-1 screwdriver set includes: 1x screwdriver handle, 17x precision bits (covering the Phillips, Torx, Hex, and specialty profiles used in Lenovo laptops), 1x extension rod, 1x pry bar, 4x opening picks\/spudgers, 1x tweezers, and 1x suction cup.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What tools are included in the 10-in-1 cleaning kit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 10-in-1 cleaning kit includes: 1x cleaning cloth, 1x air blower\/dust blower, 1x pry bar, 1x anti-static brush, 1x suction cup, 1x fan-shaped brush, 2x opening picks, 1x curved-tip tweezers, and 1x laptop-specific cleaning solution.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this kit compatible with all Lenovo laptop models?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. This kit is designed for all Lenovo laptop series, including ThinkPad, IdeaPad, Legion, Yoga, and Slim models. The 17-bit selection covers the Phillips and Torx fastener sizes used across Lenovo's full laptop lineup. If you are working on a specific model with unusual fasteners, contact us to confirm bit compatibility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why does the kit include an anti-static tweezers and anti-static brush?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Laptop motherboards and internal components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Anti-static tweezers and brushes are designed to dissipate static charge during handling, reducing the risk of ESD damage to the motherboard, RAM, and other sensitive components during disassembly or cleaning.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this kit on other laptop brands besides Lenovo?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"While this kit is optimized for Lenovo laptops, the included Phillips, Torx, and Hex bits are standard profiles used across most laptop brands including Dell, HP, and Asus. The cleaning tools are universally applicable. However, some MacBook models require Pentalobe bits which are not included in this kit.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Should I choose Dark Gray or Army Green?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Both color options are identical in tool content and quality. Dark Gray has a classic, understated look suited to professional workshop environments. Army Green gives the kit a distinctive appearance and is easy to spot in a busy tool bag. The choice is purely personal preference.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eLenovo Laptop Disassembly \u0026amp; Cleaning Tool Kit — Everything You Need to Open, Service, and Clean Any Lenovo Model\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eCracking open a Lenovo ThinkPad or Legion laptop with the wrong bits, a metal pry tool that scratches the chassis, or no way to safely clean the fan without damaging the motherboard is how repairs go wrong. Lenovo laptop owners, IT technicians, and DIY repair enthusiasts who want to service their own machines — whether for fan cleaning, thermal paste replacement, RAM upgrades, or full motherboard removal — need a purpose-built Lenovo laptop disassembly and cleaning tool kit that covers every step of the process without improvising. This kit combines a 25-in-1 precision screwdriver set with a 10-in-1 cleaning kit in one organized case, available in Standard and Upgraded configurations in Dark Gray or Army Green.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach kit is a complete two-part tool set. The \u003cstrong\u003e25-in-1 screwdriver set\u003c\/strong\u003e includes: screwdriver handle, 17 precision bits (Phillips, Torx, Hex, and specialty profiles matched to Lenovo fasteners), extension rod, pry bar, 4 opening picks\/spudgers, tweezers, and suction cup. The \u003cstrong\u003e10-in-1 cleaning kit\u003c\/strong\u003e includes: cleaning cloth, air blower, pry bar, anti-static brush, suction cup, fan-shaped brush, 2 opening picks, curved-tip anti-static tweezers, and laptop-specific cleaning solution. Bits are made from CrV (chrome vanadium) steel for durability; pry bars and opening picks are ABS plastic to protect chassis surfaces. The \u003cstrong\u003eUpgraded\u003c\/strong\u003e version adds supplementary tools beyond the Standard set for more complex repair work. Both color options — Dark Gray and Army Green — are identical in tool content.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis kit is the go-to solution for Lenovo ThinkPad and IdeaPad owners doing annual fan cleaning and dust removal to restore cooling performance; for Legion gaming laptop users replacing thermal paste and reseating the heatsink to fix thermal throttling; and for IT support technicians performing RAM, SSD, and battery replacements across a fleet of Lenovo business laptops where having the right bits and safe pry tools on hand saves time on every job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e💻\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for all Lenovo laptop series — ThinkPad, IdeaPad, Legion, Yoga, Slim, and more. The 17-bit selection covers Phillips and Torx fastener sizes used across Lenovo’s full laptop lineup. Also compatible with most Dell, HP, and Asus laptops.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Lenovo Laptop Disassembly \u0026amp; Cleaning Tool Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧰\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Complete Kits in One Case\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 25-in-1 screwdriver set handles disassembly; the 10-in-1 cleaning kit handles dust removal and surface cleaning. Together they cover the full Lenovo laptop service workflow from first screw to final wipe-down, without needing to source tools separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⭐\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCrV Chrome Vanadium Steel Bits\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 17 precision bits are made from chrome vanadium steel, which is harder and more wear-resistant than standard carbon steel, maintaining tip geometry under repeated torque to reduce cam-out on the small Phillips and Torx screws found inside Lenovo laptops.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eABS Plastic Pry Bars and Opening Picks\u003c\/strong\u003e — All pry tools and spudgers are made from ABS plastic rather than metal, so they flex without scratching the laptop chassis, display bezel, or internal cable connectors during Lenovo laptop disassembly — a critical detail that metal tools routinely get wrong.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Static Tweezers and Brush\u003c\/strong\u003e — The anti-static tweezers and fan-cleaning brush are designed to dissipate electrostatic charge during component handling, reducing ESD risk to the motherboard, RAM slots, and other sensitive electronics during Lenovo laptop cleaning and repair.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧪\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLaptop-Specific Cleaning Solution Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Unlike generic isopropyl alcohol, the included laptop cleaning solution is formulated for use on keyboard surfaces, display bezels, and chassis panels without damaging coatings — paired with the cleaning cloth for a complete exterior wipe-down after internal servicing.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDark Gray or Army Green — Your Choice\u003c\/strong\u003e — Both color options are identical in tool content and construction. Dark Gray suits a professional workshop aesthetic; Army Green stands out in a busy tool bag and is easy to locate at a glance. Select the color that fits your workspace.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit does not include Pentalobe bits and is not optimized for MacBook repair. For Lenovo laptops with unusual security fasteners, contact us to confirm bit compatibility before ordering.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Lenovo Laptop Disassembly \u0026amp; Cleaning Tool Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop Disassembly \u0026amp; Cleaning Tool Kit (2-part set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eKit Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Dark Gray \/ Standard Army Green \/ Upgraded Dark Gray \/ Upgraded Army Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrewdriver Set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25-in-1 (handle + 17 bits + extension rod + pry bar + 4 picks + tweezers + suction cup)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCleaning Kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-in-1 (cloth + air blower + pry bar + anti-static brush + suction cup + fan brush + 2 picks + curved tweezers + cleaning solution)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChrome Vanadium (CrV) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBit Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 bits (Phillips, Torx, Hex, and specialty profiles for Lenovo laptops)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePry Bar \/ Pick Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS plastic (non-scratch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTweezers Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnti-static\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCleaning Solution\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop-specific formula (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark Gray \/ Army Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Laptop Brands\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll Lenovo series (ThinkPad, IdeaPad, Legion, Yoga, Slim); also fits most Dell, HP, Asus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNot Compatible With\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMacBook (Pentalobe bits not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpgraded vs Standard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgraded adds supplementary tools beyond the Standard set — see variant options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Standard and Upgraded kits?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eBoth Standard and Upgraded kits include the full 25-in-1 screwdriver set and the 10-in-1 cleaning kit. The Upgraded version adds supplementary tools and accessories beyond the Standard configuration, making it better suited for technicians performing more complex Lenovo laptop repairs such as motherboard removal, fan replacement, or full chassis disassembly. If you only need to clean the fan or swap RAM and SSD, the Standard kit is generally sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat tools are included in the 25-in-1 screwdriver set?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 25-in-1 set includes: \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e screwdriver handle, \u003cstrong\u003e17x\u003c\/strong\u003e precision bits (Phillips, Torx, Hex, and specialty profiles matched to Lenovo laptop fasteners), \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e extension rod, \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e pry bar, \u003cstrong\u003e4x\u003c\/strong\u003e opening picks\/spudgers, \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e tweezers, and \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e suction cup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat tools are included in the 10-in-1 cleaning kit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 10-in-1 cleaning kit includes: \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e cleaning cloth, \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e air blower, \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e pry bar, \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e anti-static brush, \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e suction cup, \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e fan-shaped brush, \u003cstrong\u003e2x\u003c\/strong\u003e opening picks, \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e curved-tip anti-static tweezers, and \u003cstrong\u003e1x\u003c\/strong\u003e laptop-specific cleaning solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this kit compatible with all Lenovo laptop models?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. This kit is designed for all Lenovo laptop series including ThinkPad, IdeaPad, Legion, Yoga, and Slim models. The 17-bit selection covers the Phillips and Torx fastener sizes used across Lenovo’s full laptop lineup. If you are working on a specific model with unusual security fasteners, contact us to confirm bit compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhy does the kit include anti-static tweezers and an anti-static brush?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eLaptop motherboards and internal components are sensitive to electrostatic discharge (ESD). Anti-static tweezers and brushes are designed to dissipate static charge during handling, reducing the risk of ESD damage to the motherboard, RAM, and other sensitive components during disassembly or fan cleaning. This is particularly important when working inside a laptop without a grounded workstation mat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this kit on other laptop brands besides Lenovo?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes, in most cases. The included Phillips, Torx, and Hex bits are standard profiles used across most laptop brands including Dell, HP, and Asus. The cleaning tools are universally applicable. However, MacBook models require Pentalobe bits which are not included in this kit — it is not recommended for Apple laptop repair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eShould I choose Dark Gray or Army Green?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eBoth color options are identical in tool content, bit selection, and construction quality. Dark Gray has a classic, understated look suited to professional workshop environments. Army Green gives the kit a distinctive appearance that is easy to spot in a busy tool bag or on a crowded workbench. The choice is entirely personal preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your kit version and color above, then add to cart — open, service, and clean your Lenovo laptop the right way.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Standard Dark Gray For All Lenovo Models","offer_id":52366223671570,"sku":"HKTBSMA0600001","price":130.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Standard Army Green For All Lenovo Models","offer_id":52366223704338,"sku":"HKTBSMA0600002","price":130.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgraded Dark Gray For All Lenovo Models","offer_id":52366223737106,"sku":"HKTBSMA0600003","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upgraded Army Green For All Lenovo Models","offer_id":52366223769874,"sku":"HKTBSMA0600004","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01uNvwdE2Ifryod3aj5__2970349314.jpg?v=1781099436"},{"product_id":"laptop-cooling-pad-adjustable-fan-speed-stand","title":"Laptop Cooling Pad with Fan Speed Control \u0026 Adjustable Stand – Quiet Cooler for 14–15.6\" Gaming Laptops, Compatible with MacBook, Dell, ASUS, Lenovo, HP","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which laptop sizes does this cooling pad fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This cooling pad is designed for laptops with screen sizes from 14 to 15.6 inches. It is generally compatible with most mainstream laptops including MacBook, Dell, ASUS, Lenovo, and HP models in that size range.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the Basic, Deluxe, and Premium versions?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The Basic version has a fixed fan speed and no stand adjustment. The Deluxe version adds adjustable fan speed and a foldable stand. The Premium versions feature higher-core-count fans, higher RPM, and optional RGB lighting with an LCD screen.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How loud is the fan during operation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Standard Deluxe versions typically run at 2000–2400 RPM. Premium versions reach up to 3500–5500 RPM. Higher-RPM models may produce more airflow noise, but the motor design prioritizes low-noise output.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this cooling pad require external power or batteries?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No batteries are required. The cooling pad is powered via USB and draws power directly from your laptop or a USB charger. It includes dual USB ports so you do not lose a port when connecting it.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this cooling pad on a bed or couch?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The rigid base and elevated stand design make it suitable for use on soft surfaces like beds or couches, as the airflow vents remain unobstructed. The adjustable stand also helps maintain a comfortable typing angle.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What does the LCD screen display on the Flagship and Gaming versions?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"On versions equipped with an LCD screen, the display typically shows real-time fan speed (RPM). The Flagship Upgrade Version also supports switchable airflow modes.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the RGB lighting adjustable or always on?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"On RGB-equipped versions, the lighting is generally controllable. The 12-Core RGB versions support up to 16 million color effects. Contact us to confirm lighting control options for a specific variant.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eLaptop Cooling Pad with Adjustable Fan Speed — Keep Your Gaming Laptop Running Cool and Quiet\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eIf your laptop fan is screaming during a gaming session or your palm rest feels uncomfortably warm after an hour of work, your machine is thermal-throttling — and your performance is suffering for it. This laptop cooling pad is built for students, remote workers, and gamers who need reliable, active cooling without the noise or bulk of a desktop setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach unit is a single cooling pad stand with a mesh or solid top surface, dual USB-A pass-through ports, and a built-in fan array ranging from 1 large dual-blade fan up to 12 independent cooling cores depending on the version selected. The pad measures approximately 360×255×27mm (≈14.2\"×10\"×1.1\") for standard versions and 377×282×31mm (≈14.8\"×11.1\"×1.2\") for Flagship models. The foldable stand offers up to 5 height adjustment levels on Deluxe and above versions. Fan speed ranges from a fixed 1600–1800 RPM on the Basic version up to 5500 RPM on the 12-Core Enhanced model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis cooling pad works well as a \u003cstrong\u003elaptop stand for bed use\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003egaming laptop cooler for 15.6-inch notebooks\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a \u003cstrong\u003equiet USB cooling pad for MacBook and Windows laptops\u003c\/strong\u003e used in home offices or dorm rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e💻\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits most 14–15.6\" laptops — including MacBook Pro\/Air, Dell XPS\/Inspiron, ASUS ROG\/VivoBook, Lenovo ThinkPad\/IdeaPad, and HP Pavilion\/Envy. Confirm your laptop's base dimensions before ordering if your model is non-standard.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Laptop Cooling Pads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Core Fan Array\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in single large-fan, 6-core, 8-core, 9-core, 10-core, and 12-core configurations to match your cooling needs and budget.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎚️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Fan Speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — Deluxe and Premium versions include button or scroll-wheel speed control, letting you balance airflow and noise for gaming, video calls, or quiet study sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5-Level Adjustable Stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — The foldable ergonomic stand raises your screen to a comfortable viewing angle and improves under-laptop airflow, reducing heat buildup during extended use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHD LCD Speed Display\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select Flagship and Gaming versions include a real-time RPM readout so you always know your fan is working, with no guesswork about cooling status.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual USB Pass-Through Ports\u003c\/strong\u003e — All versions include two USB-A ports so you can connect a mouse, keyboard, or other peripheral without sacrificing your laptop's own USB slots.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌈\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional RGB Lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — Gaming and 12-Core RGB versions feature customizable lighting effects with up to 16 million colors, adding a visual edge to your desk or gaming setup without affecting cooling performance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Laptop Cooling Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Laptop Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14–15.6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard Version Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360×255×27mm (≈14.2\"×10\"×1.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFlagship Version Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e377×282×31mm (≈14.8\"×11.1\"×1.2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Core Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (Dual Large Fan) \/ 6 \/ 8 \/ 9 \/ 10 \/ 12 cores (see variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1600–1800 RPM (Basic) up to 5500 RPM (12-Core Enhanced)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpeed Control\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eButton (Flagship) \/ Scroll wheel (Deluxe) \/ Fixed (Basic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStand Height Levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 5 levels (Deluxe and above); fixed on Basic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUSB Ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2× USB-A pass-through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Source\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-powered (no external adapter required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHD LCD screen (Flagship \u0026amp; Gaming versions only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRGB Lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable on Gaming and 12-Core RGB versions (up to 16M colors)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow Mode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwitchable (Flagship Upgrade Version only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, White, Blue, Pink, Red (see variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhich laptop sizes does this cooling pad fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis cooling pad is designed for laptops with screen sizes from 14 to 15.6 inches. It is generally compatible with most mainstream laptops including MacBook, Dell, ASUS, Lenovo, and HP models in that size range. If your laptop has an unusually wide or narrow base, check the pad dimensions (360×255mm for standard versions) against your laptop's footprint before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the Basic, Deluxe, and Premium versions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBasic version\u003c\/strong\u003e runs at a fixed fan speed (1600–1800 RPM) with no stand adjustment — a straightforward, no-frills cooler. The \u003cstrong\u003eDeluxe version\u003c\/strong\u003e adds adjustable fan speed via button or scroll wheel and a 5-level foldable stand, available in multiple colors. \u003cstrong\u003ePremium versions\u003c\/strong\u003e (9-Core, 10-Core) push higher RPM with silent motors. \u003cstrong\u003eGaming and 12-Core RGB versions\u003c\/strong\u003e add RGB lighting and an LCD screen. The \u003cstrong\u003eFlagship Upgrade Version\u003c\/strong\u003e includes an HD LCD display and a switchable airflow mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow loud is the fan during operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eFan noise depends on the version and speed setting. Standard Deluxe versions typically run at 2000–2400 RPM and are generally quiet enough for office or study use. Premium 9-Core and 10-Core versions reach 3500–4000 RPM and are designed with silent motor technology. The 12-Core Enhanced version runs up to 5500 RPM and may produce more airflow noise at maximum speed. In most cases, mid-range speed settings offer a good balance of cooling and quiet operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this cooling pad require external power or batteries?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eNo batteries or external power adapter are needed. The cooling pad is powered entirely via USB — simply plug it into one of your laptop's USB ports or a USB charger. The dual USB pass-through ports ensure you do not lose connectivity when the pad is in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this cooling pad on a bed or couch?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. The rigid base and elevated stand keep the airflow vents clear even on soft surfaces like beds or couches, making it a practical choice as a \u003cstrong\u003elaptop stand for bed use\u003c\/strong\u003e. The adjustable stand also helps maintain a comfortable typing and viewing angle during long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat does the LCD screen display on the Flagship and Gaming versions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eOn versions equipped with an LCD screen, the display shows real-time fan speed in RPM so you can monitor cooling performance at a glance. The Flagship Upgrade Version additionally supports a switchable airflow mode, letting you redirect cooling toward the front or rear of your laptop depending on where heat builds up most.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs the RGB lighting adjustable or always on?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eOn RGB-equipped versions — including the 8-Core Gaming versions and 12-Core RGB variants — the lighting is generally controllable. The 12-Core RGB versions support up to 16 million color effects. If you need specific details about lighting modes or on\/off control for a particular variant, please contact us to confirm before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your version above, then add to cart — each listing is for one individual cooling pad.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"White Deluxe Version (Speed Adjustable With Stand)","offer_id":52370681757970,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300001","price":96.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Deluxe Version (Speed Adjustable With Stand)","offer_id":52370681790738,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300002","price":91.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Deluxe Version (Speed Adjustable With Stand)","offer_id":52370681823506,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300003","price":96.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink Deluxe Version (Speed Adjustable With Stand)","offer_id":52370681856274,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300004","price":96.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Premium Non-RGB Version (Speed Adjustable With Stand)","offer_id":52370681889042,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300005","price":91.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9-Core Premium Version, 3500RPM Silent Cooling","offer_id":52370681921810,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300006","price":102.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10-Core Premium Version, 4000RPM Silent Cooling","offer_id":52370681954578,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300007","price":111.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Limited Edition (Speed Adjustable With Stand)","offer_id":52370681987346,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300008","price":96.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8-Core Gaming Upgrade Version With RGB Light \u0026 LCD Screen","offer_id":52370682020114,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300009","price":159.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8-Core Gaming Enhanced Upgrade Version With RGB Light \u0026 LCD Screen","offer_id":52370682052882,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300010","price":184.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Flagship Upgrade Version With HD LCD \u0026 Adjustable Air Mode","offer_id":52370682085650,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300011","price":119.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Basic Version (No Speed Control)","offer_id":52370682118418,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300012","price":82.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual Large Fan Version (No Speed Control)","offer_id":52370682151186,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300013","price":81.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12-Core RGB Color Version","offer_id":52370682183954,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300014","price":159.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12-Core RGB Enhanced Color Version","offer_id":52370682216722,"sku":"HKTBSMA4300015","price":184.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01ictOkh1w3TI9guQAT__2375636252.jpg?v=1781187445"},{"product_id":"pci-slot-cover-blanking-plate-10-pack","title":"PCI Slot Cover Blanking Plate with Screws – Slotted, Solid \u0026 Perforated, 10-Pack for ATX\/Micro-ATX PC Cases","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the standard and short versions?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The standard version measures 120×18mm (≈4.7\\\"×0.7\\\") and fits full-size ATX and Micro-ATX cases. The short version measures 80×18mm (≈3.1\\\"×0.7\\\") and is designed for compact or Mini-ITX cases where the standard length would not fit.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between slotted, solid, and perforated styles?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Slotted covers have elongated ventilation slots for improved airflow. Solid covers block the opening completely for dust control and positive air pressure. Perforated covers offer a middle ground with small punched holes.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will these covers fit my PC case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These blanking plates fit standard PCI expansion slot openings in ATX, Micro-ATX, and most mid-tower PC cases. The standard 120mm length fits full-size cases; the short 80mm version suits compact builds. Not compatible with tool-less clip-in bracket systems.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are the mounting screws included?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Each set of 10 blanking plates comes with the corresponding mounting screws. No additional hardware is required for standard screw-mount PC cases.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How durable are these blanking plates for long-term use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The plates are made from steel with a black zinc or nickel-plated surface finish. Both finishes provide corrosion resistance for indoor use and are generally durable enough for permanent installation inside a desktop PC case.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use these in humid environments or outdoors?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These blanking plates are intended for indoor use inside desktop PC cases. While the zinc and nickel surface treatments offer basic corrosion resistance, they are not rated for outdoor or high-humidity environments.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which style should I choose for better airflow vs. dust control?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"If your case runs hot, choose the slotted or perforated style for better airflow. If dust control is your priority, the solid style seals the opening completely and helps maintain positive air pressure inside the case.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003ePCI Slot Cover Blanking Plates — Seal Unused Expansion Bays and Improve Airflow in Your PC Case\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eAn open PCI slot on the back of your PC case is more than an eyesore — it disrupts airflow, lets dust in, and can affect system temperatures over time. These PCI slot cover blanking plates are designed for PC builders, system integrators, and anyone upgrading or reconfiguring a desktop who needs a clean, secure way to fill unused expansion bay openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach set contains 10 blanking plates plus the mounting screws needed for installation. The plates are made from steel with a black zinc or nickel-plated finish depending on the color selected. Standard versions measure 120×18mm (≈4.7\"×0.7\") and short versions measure 80×18mm (≈3.1\"×0.7\"). Three panel styles are available: slotted (elongated vents), solid (fully closed), and perforated (small punched holes) — each sold as a 10-piece set in your chosen color and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThese covers work well as \u003cstrong\u003ePCI slot filler plates for ATX mid-tower builds\u003c\/strong\u003e, as \u003cstrong\u003eexpansion slot blanks for Micro-ATX cases\u003c\/strong\u003e during GPU or sound card swaps, and as \u003cstrong\u003ereplacement blanking plates for compact PC cases\u003c\/strong\u003e where the original covers have been lost or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits standard screw-mount PCI expansion slots in ATX, Micro-ATX, and most mid-tower desktop PC cases. Standard length (120mm) suits full-size cases; short length (80mm) suits compact builds. Not compatible with tool-less clip-in bracket systems — confirm your case type before ordering.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each listing is for one set of 10 blanking plates in the selected style and color. Select your preferred style (Slotted \/ Solid \/ Perforated) and color (Black \/ Silver) from the variant options above.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These PCI Slot Cover Blanking Plates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrews Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Every 10-piece set comes with the matching mounting screws, so you can install your PCI slot filler plates immediately without hunting for hardware.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree Panel Styles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose slotted for ventilation, solid for dust-sealed builds, or perforated for a balance of airflow and coverage — all available in black or silver to match your case interior.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard \u0026amp; Short Lengths\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 120mm standard length fits full-size ATX cases; the 80mm short version is sized for compact and Micro-ATX builds where a full-length plate would not seat correctly.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel with Protective Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Black variants use a black zinc coating; silver variants use a nickel-plated finish. Both provide corrosion resistance and a consistent appearance inside your PC case.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow \u0026amp; Dust Management\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sealing open expansion slots with these \u003cstrong\u003ePC case slot covers\u003c\/strong\u003e helps maintain positive air pressure, reduces dust ingress, and keeps your cooling system working as intended.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Assisted Screw Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — The standard screw-mount design ensures a secure, rattle-free fit. Insert the tab into the case groove, align the screw hole, and tighten — no special tools required beyond a basic screwdriver.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — PCI Slot Blanking Plates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Set\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 pieces + mounting screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm (≈4.7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShort Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm (≈3.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18mm (≈0.7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish — Black\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack zinc coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish — Silver\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel-plated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel Styles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlotted \/ Solid \/ Perforated (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ Silver (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew-mount (screws included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Case Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eATX, Micro-ATX, most standard mid-tower PC cases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIndoor \/ Outdoor Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor use only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the standard and short versions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe standard version measures 120×18mm (≈4.7\"×0.7\") and fits full-size ATX and Micro-ATX cases. The short version measures 80×18mm (≈3.1\"×0.7\") and is designed for compact builds where the standard length would not seat correctly. Check your case's PCI slot opening depth before ordering if you are unsure which length to choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between slotted, solid, and perforated styles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlotted\u003c\/strong\u003e covers have elongated ventilation slots for improved airflow through unused expansion bays — a good choice for cases that run warm. \u003cstrong\u003eSolid\u003c\/strong\u003e covers block the opening completely, helping with dust control and maintaining positive air pressure. \u003cstrong\u003ePerforated\u003c\/strong\u003e covers offer a middle ground with small punched holes that allow some airflow while still providing a degree of dust filtering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill these covers fit my PC case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese blanking plates are designed to fit standard PCI expansion slot openings in ATX, Micro-ATX, and most mid-tower desktop PC cases. The standard 120mm length fits the vast majority of full-size cases. The short 80mm version suits compact builds. If your case uses a tool-less or clip-in bracket system rather than screws, contact us to confirm compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eAre the mounting screws included?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. Each set of 10 blanking plates comes with the corresponding mounting screws. No additional hardware is required for standard screw-mount PC cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow durable are these blanking plates for long-term use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe plates are made from steel with a black zinc or nickel-plated surface finish depending on the color variant. Both finishes provide corrosion resistance for indoor use and are generally durable enough for permanent installation inside a desktop PC case. The screw-mount design also prevents loosening over time compared to clip-in alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use these in humid environments or outdoors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese blanking plates are intended for indoor use inside desktop PC cases. While the zinc and nickel surface treatments offer basic corrosion resistance, they are not rated for outdoor or high-humidity environments. For such conditions, stainless steel alternatives would generally be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhich style should I choose for better airflow vs. dust control?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIf your case runs hot and you want to maximize airflow through unused slots, choose the slotted or perforated style. If dust buildup is your main concern or your case already has good airflow management, the solid style is the better choice — it seals the opening completely and helps maintain positive air pressure inside the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your style and color above, then add to cart — each set includes 10 blanking plates with mounting screws.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Slotted Black 10pcs With Screws","offer_id":52370682249490,"sku":"HKTBSMA460001","price":19.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Slotted Silver 10pcs With Screws","offer_id":52370682282258,"sku":"HKTBSMA460002","price":19.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solid Black 10pcs With Screws","offer_id":52370682315026,"sku":"HKTBSMA460003","price":19.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solid Silver 10pcs With Screws","offer_id":52370682347794,"sku":"HKTBSMA460004","price":19.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Perforated Black 10pcs With Screws","offer_id":52370682380562,"sku":"HKTBSMA460005","price":19.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Short Solid Silver 10pcs With Screws","offer_id":52370682413330,"sku":"HKTBSMA460006","price":19.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01eEuYh61dLLtkjDQMy__2208654333719.jpg?v=1781187948"},{"product_id":"flat-copper-heat-pipe-sintered-laptop-cpu-gpu","title":"DIY Copper Heat Pipe – Flat Sintered Liquid-Filled Thermal Tube for Laptop CPU GPU Heatsink Repair","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFlat Copper Heat Pipe for Laptop CPU \u0026amp; GPU Heatsink Repair — Sintered Wick, Liquid-Filled\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen your laptop starts throttling under load or shutting down from heat, a damaged or degraded heat pipe is often the culprit. DIY repair technicians, electronics hobbyists, and professional refurbishers who need a reliable replacement flat copper heat pipe will find this sintered-wick tube a direct-fit solution for restoring full thermal performance to laptops, mini-PCs, and compact electronics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach listing is for one (1) individual flat copper heat pipe. The pipe features a sintered copper wick structure with a sealed liquid working fluid, a flat profile 8.0mm (≈5\/16\") wide, available in 2.5mm or 3.0mm thickness depending on the selected variant, and lengths ranging from 50mm (≈2.0\") to 450mm (≈17.7\"). The outer surface has a polished copper finish as shown in the product image.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include laptop CPU and GPU heatsink repair, custom DIY cooling solutions for embedded systems and SBCs, and thermal management upgrades in compact desktop builds where a flat copper heat pipe for CPU cooling is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔵\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e These flat heat pipes are designed to match standard OEM laptop heatsink dimensions. Always measure your original pipe (width, thickness, and length) before selecting a variant. Most slim ultrabooks use 2.5mm thickness; standard laptops and desktop coolers typically use 3.0mm.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Flat Copper Heat Pipes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔥\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSintered Copper Wick Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — The sintered powder wick provides strong capillary action for reliable passive heat transfer, making this flat copper heat pipe for laptop CPU repair more effective than grooved-wick alternatives at low temperature differentials.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise Flat Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — At 8.0mm wide with 2.5mm or 3.0mm thickness options, these pipes match the most common OEM flat heat pipe dimensions found in consumer laptops and compact electronics.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWide Length Selection\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available from 50mm (≈2.0\") to 450mm (≈17.7\") across 23 variants, covering the full range of laptop and mini-PC heatsink configurations without the need for custom cutting in most cases.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSealed Liquid-Filled Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each pipe is factory-sealed with a working fluid and tested for leak integrity, enabling efficient two-phase heat transport for CPU and GPU thermal management without any maintenance.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDIY Repair Ready\u003c\/strong\u003e — Designed for technicians replacing degraded or physically damaged heat pipes in laptop heatsink assemblies; the polished copper surface bonds well with thermal paste and solder for heatsink fin attachment.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e♻️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtends Device Lifespan\u003c\/strong\u003e — Replacing a failed heat pipe restores the original thermal design intent of the device, reducing thermal throttling and extending the usable life of laptops and compact electronics rather than replacing the entire unit.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Flat Copper Heat Pipe\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat Sintered Copper Heat Pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper (tube body \u0026amp; sintered wick)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking Fluid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed liquid (deionized water or equivalent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWick Structure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSintered powder copper wick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.0mm (≈5\/16\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5mm or 3.0mm (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm–450mm \/ ≈2.0\"–17.7\" (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished copper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop CPU \/ GPU heatsink repair, DIY cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Capacity (typical)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenerally 15–40W depending on length and orientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Devices\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact us to confirm for your specific model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBefore You Order:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measure your original heat pipe's width, thickness, and length carefully. The pipe tip\/nozzle end (visible in the product image) is the fill\/seal point and is a normal feature of the manufacturing process — it does not affect thermal performance.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right length for my heat pipe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure the distance between the heat source (CPU\/GPU die) and the heatsink fin stack on your specific laptop or device. Choose a length that spans that distance with minimal bending. Available lengths range from 50mm (≈2.0\") to 450mm (≈17.7\"). When in doubt, size up slightly — heat pipes can be trimmed and re-sealed by experienced technicians, but generally it is easier to work with a pipe that is slightly longer than needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat thickness should I choose — 2.5mm or 3.0mm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the thickness of the original heat pipe in your device before ordering. Most slim ultrabooks and thin-and-light laptops typically use 2.5mm flat heat pipes, while standard-thickness laptops and desktop CPU coolers generally use 3.0mm pipes. The 5cm, 25cm, 35cm, 40cm, and 45cm variants are available in 3.0mm only; all other lengths offer both 2.5mm and 3.0mm options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the thermal transfer capacity of these heat pipes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSintered copper heat pipes of this flat profile (8mm wide) typically handle 15–40W of continuous heat flux depending on length, orientation, and working fluid fill. They are generally sufficient for laptop CPU and GPU thermal management in the 15–65W TDP range. For higher TDP applications, consider using multiple pipes in parallel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan these heat pipes be used in outdoor or high-humidity environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopper heat pipes are naturally resistant to corrosion in typical indoor electronics environments. However, they are not designed for prolonged exposure to moisture, salt spray, or outdoor conditions. For outdoor or industrial applications, additional protective coatings or enclosures are recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eAre these heat pipes compatible with standard laptop heatsink assemblies?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese flat copper heat pipes are designed to be compatible with the standard flat-pipe heatsink assemblies found in most laptops and compact electronics. The 8mm width and 2.5\/3.0mm thickness match the most common OEM specifications. Always verify your device's original pipe dimensions before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDo I need special tools to install a replacement heat pipe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstalling a replacement heat pipe typically requires disassembling the laptop or device, removing the old heatsink assembly, and soldering or pressing the new pipe into place. You will generally need thermal paste, precision screwdrivers, and soldering equipment if the pipe is soldered to the heatsink fins. This is an intermediate-to-advanced DIY repair task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat working fluid is inside the heat pipe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese heat pipes use a sealed liquid working fluid (typically deionized water or a similar low-boiling-point fluid) combined with a sintered copper wick structure. The sintered wick provides capillary action to return condensed fluid to the evaporator end, enabling passive, pump-free thermal transfer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your length and thickness above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"5cm, 3.0mm thickness","offer_id":52370682478866,"sku":"HKTBSMA470001","price":17.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682511634,"sku":"HKTBSMA470002","price":18.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682544402,"sku":"HKTBSMA470003","price":19.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"8cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682577170,"sku":"HKTBSMA470004","price":19.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682609938,"sku":"HKTBSMA470005","price":20.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682642706,"sku":"HKTBSMA470006","price":20.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"11cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682675474,"sku":"HKTBSMA470007","price":20.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682708242,"sku":"HKTBSMA470008","price":21.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"13cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682741010,"sku":"HKTBSMA470009","price":21.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"14cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682773778,"sku":"HKTBSMA470010","price":22.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682806546,"sku":"HKTBSMA470011","price":22.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"16cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682839314,"sku":"HKTBSMA470012","price":24.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682872082,"sku":"HKTBSMA470013","price":24.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"20cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682904850,"sku":"HKTBSMA470014","price":24.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"22cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682937618,"sku":"HKTBSMA470015","price":25.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370682970386,"sku":"HKTBSMA470016","price":26.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"25cm, 3.0mm thickness","offer_id":52370683003154,"sku":"HKTBSMA470017","price":28.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"26cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370683035922,"sku":"HKTBSMA470018","price":28.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"28cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370683068690,"sku":"HKTBSMA470019","price":29.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30cm, 2.5\/3.0mm optional thickness","offer_id":52370683101458,"sku":"HKTBSMA470020","price":29.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"35cm, 3.0mm thickness","offer_id":52370683134226,"sku":"HKTBSMA470021","price":35.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40cm, 3.0mm thickness","offer_id":52370683166994,"sku":"HKTBSMA470022","price":44.41,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"45cm, 3.0mm thickness","offer_id":52370683199762,"sku":"HKTBSMA470023","price":53.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01E2KgHc1KWp9xEoDeM__0-item_pic.jpg?v=1781188083"},{"product_id":"6mm-round-copper-heat-pipe-sintered-cpu-gpu","title":"6mm Round Copper Heat Pipe – Sintered Wick Straight Tube for CPU GPU Heatsink DIY Cooling","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I choose the right length for my heat pipe?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Measure the straight-line distance the pipe needs to travel from the heat source (CPU, GPU, or chipset) to the heatsink fin array. Available lengths run from 60mm (≈2.4\\\") to 460mm (≈18.1\\\") in 10mm increments. When routing around components, account for any bends — a bent section is effectively shorter than its straight length. If in doubt, choose the next size up.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can this heat pipe be bent to fit my build?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. To bend the pipe without kinking, heat the bend area to approximately 60\\u00b0C or above — for example by submerging it briefly in hot water or using a heat gun — then bend slowly and carefully. Always take appropriate burn-prevention precautions when handling heated metal. Overbending or sharp-angle bends may crack the tube wall and compromise thermal performance.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the thermal transfer capacity of a 6mm copper heat pipe?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A 6mm diameter sintered copper heat pipe typically handles 20–50W of continuous heat flux depending on length, orientation, and operating temperature. The working fluid activates at approximately 38\\u00b0C, so the pipe begins transferring heat passively once the heat source reaches that threshold. For higher TDP applications, multiple pipes in parallel are generally recommended.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this heat pipe suitable for outdoor or high-humidity use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Copper is naturally resistant to corrosion in typical indoor electronics environments. These pipes are not designed for prolonged outdoor exposure, salt spray, or high-humidity industrial conditions. For such environments, additional protective coatings or sealed enclosures are generally recommended.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What devices and components are these heat pipes compatible with?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These 6mm round copper heat pipes are commonly used in CPU tower heatsinks, GPU cooling mods, power supply thermal upgrades, northbridge and southbridge chipset coolers, MOS transistor heatsink assemblies, and custom DIY cooling builds for compact electronics. They are compatible with any heatsink design that accepts a 6mm round heat pipe.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I attach the heat pipe to a heatsink or cold plate?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The most common attachment methods are soldering the pipe into a machined groove on the heatsink base, or press-fitting it into a tight-tolerance channel and securing with thermal epoxy or solder. Apply thermal paste between the pipe and any contact surface to minimize interface resistance. This is generally an intermediate-to-advanced DIY task requiring soldering skills or access to a press-fit jig.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What working fluid is inside, and does it require maintenance?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each pipe is factory-sealed with a liquid working fluid (typically deionized water or a similar low-boiling-point fluid) and requires no maintenance. The sintered copper wick returns condensed fluid to the evaporator end via capillary action, enabling continuous passive heat transport without any pump or external power.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e6mm Round Copper Heat Pipe for CPU \u0026amp; GPU DIY Cooling — Sintered Wick, Straight Tube\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eWhen a CPU tower cooler runs hotter than it should, or a custom GPU cooling mod needs a reliable thermal link, the heat pipe is the critical component that makes or breaks the build. DIY PC builders, electronics repair technicians, and hardware modders who need a straight 6mm round copper heat pipe will find this sintered-wick, liquid-filled tube a direct-fit solution for restoring or upgrading thermal performance across a wide range of heatsink designs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach order is for one (1) individual straight round copper heat pipe, 6mm (approximately 1\/4\") in outer diameter. The tube is constructed from pure copper with a sintered copper powder wick and a factory-sealed liquid working fluid. Lengths are available from 60mm (≈2.4\") to 460mm (≈18.1\") in 10mm increments — 41 options in total — allowing precise matching to your specific heatsink or cooling layout. The working fluid activates at approximately 38°C, initiating passive two-phase heat transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eTypical applications include CPU tower heatsink repair and custom builds where a 6mm heat pipe for CPU cooling is required, GPU heatsink modification and thermal upgrade projects, and DIY cooling solutions for power supply units, MOS transistor arrays, northbridge and southbridge chipsets, and other compact electronics that generate localized heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔵\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility Note:\u003c\/strong\u003e These pipes fit any heatsink or cold plate designed for a standard 6mm round heat pipe. Verify the pipe channel diameter and required length in your specific heatsink before selecting a variant. The pipe can be carefully bent after heating to approximately 60°C — see FAQ for bending guidance.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These 6mm Round Copper Heat Pipes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔥\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSintered Copper Wick for Reliable Capillary Flow\u003c\/strong\u003e — The sintered powder wick structure provides strong, consistent capillary action that returns working fluid to the evaporator end, making this 6mm heat pipe for CPU cooling effective across a wide range of orientations including horizontal and slight anti-gravity configurations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 6mm Round Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — At exactly 6mm outer diameter, these pipes are a drop-in fit for the most widely used heat pipe channel size in consumer CPU tower heatsinks, GPU coolers, and aftermarket cooling accessories.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e41 Length Options from 60mm to 460mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — With variants available in 10mm increments from 60mm (≈2.4\") to 460mm (≈18.1\"), you can select the exact length needed for your heatsink repair or custom DIY cooling build without cutting or splicing.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiquid-Filled \u0026amp; Factory-Sealed\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each pipe arrives pre-filled with working fluid and hermetically sealed, ready for installation. The two-phase heat transport system activates at approximately 38°C and requires no maintenance or refilling over its service life.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBendable for Custom Routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — The straight tube can be carefully shaped to fit non-linear heatsink layouts by heating the bend area to 60°C or above before forming, making it suitable for custom GPU cooling mods and compact chassis builds where straight routing is not possible.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛠️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Application Range\u003c\/strong\u003e — Compatible with CPU tower coolers, GPU heatsink mods, power supply thermal upgrades, MOS transistor coolers, northbridge and southbridge chipset heatsinks, and any DIY electronics cooling project that requires a standard 6mm round heat pipe.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — 6mm Round Copper Heat Pipe\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight Round Sintered Copper Heat Pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePure copper (tube body \u0026amp; sintered wick)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking Fluid\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealed liquid (deionized water or equivalent)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWick Structure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSintered powder copper wick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOuter Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6mm (≈1\/4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTube Shape\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStraight round (can be bent after heating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60mm–460mm \/ ≈2.4\"–18.1\" in 10mm steps (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWorking Fluid Activation Temp.\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 38°C (100°F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Capacity (typical)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGenerally 20–50W depending on length and orientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural copper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Applications\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPU heatsink, GPU cooling mod, MOS\/chipset cooler, PSU thermal upgrade, DIY cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWall Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact us to confirm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eImportant Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e The working fluid activates at approximately 38°C — the pipe will feel warm to the touch at the condenser end once the heat source reaches this temperature, confirming it is functioning correctly. When bending, always heat the pipe to 60°C or above first and take appropriate burn-prevention precautions. Overbending or sharp kinks may crack the tube and reduce thermal performance.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose the right length for my heat pipe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eMeasure the straight-line distance the pipe needs to travel from the heat source (CPU, GPU, or chipset) to the heatsink fin array. Available lengths run from 60mm (≈2.4\") to 460mm (≈18.1\") in 10mm increments. When routing around components, account for any bends — a bent section is effectively shorter than its straight length. If in doubt, choose the next size up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan this heat pipe be bent to fit my build?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. To bend the pipe without kinking, heat the bend area to approximately 60°C or above — for example by submerging it briefly in hot water or using a heat gun — then bend slowly and carefully. Always take appropriate burn-prevention precautions when handling heated metal. Overbending or sharp-angle bends may crack the tube wall and compromise thermal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the thermal transfer capacity of a 6mm copper heat pipe?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eA 6mm diameter sintered copper heat pipe typically handles 20–50W of continuous heat flux depending on length, orientation, and operating temperature. The working fluid activates at approximately 38°C, so the pipe begins transferring heat passively once the heat source reaches that threshold. For higher TDP applications, multiple pipes in parallel are generally recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this heat pipe suitable for outdoor or high-humidity use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eCopper is naturally resistant to corrosion in typical indoor electronics environments. These pipes are not designed for prolonged outdoor exposure, salt spray, or high-humidity industrial conditions. For such environments, additional protective coatings or sealed enclosures are generally recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat devices and components are these heat pipes compatible with?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese 6mm round copper heat pipes are commonly used in CPU tower heatsinks, GPU cooling mods, power supply thermal upgrades, northbridge and southbridge chipset coolers, MOS transistor heatsink assemblies, and custom DIY cooling builds for compact electronics. They are compatible with any heatsink design that accepts a 6mm round heat pipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I attach the heat pipe to a heatsink or cold plate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe most common attachment methods are soldering the pipe into a machined groove on the heatsink base, or press-fitting it into a tight-tolerance channel and securing with thermal epoxy or solder. Apply thermal paste between the pipe and any contact surface to minimize interface resistance. This is generally an intermediate-to-advanced DIY task requiring soldering skills or access to a press-fit jig.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat working fluid is inside, and does it require maintenance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach pipe is factory-sealed with a liquid working fluid (typically deionized water or a similar low-boiling-point fluid) and requires no maintenance. The sintered copper wick returns condensed fluid to the evaporator end via capillary action, enabling continuous passive heat transport without any pump or external power.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your length above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"60mm","offer_id":52370683265298,"sku":"HKTBSMA480001","price":21.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"70mm","offer_id":52370683298066,"sku":"HKTBSMA480002","price":22.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"80mm","offer_id":52370683330834,"sku":"HKTBSMA480003","price":22.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"90mm","offer_id":52370683363602,"sku":"HKTBSMA480004","price":23.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"100mm","offer_id":52370683396370,"sku":"HKTBSMA480005","price":24.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"110mm","offer_id":52370683429138,"sku":"HKTBSMA480006","price":24.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"120mm","offer_id":52370683461906,"sku":"HKTBSMA480007","price":25.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"130mm","offer_id":52370683494674,"sku":"HKTBSMA480008","price":26.31,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"140mm","offer_id":52370683527442,"sku":"HKTBSMA480009","price":27.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"150mm","offer_id":52370683560210,"sku":"HKTBSMA480010","price":27.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"160mm","offer_id":52370683592978,"sku":"HKTBSMA480011","price":28.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"170mm","offer_id":52370683625746,"sku":"HKTBSMA480012","price":29.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"180mm","offer_id":52370683658514,"sku":"HKTBSMA480013","price":29.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"190mm","offer_id":52370683691282,"sku":"HKTBSMA480014","price":30.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"200mm","offer_id":52370683724050,"sku":"HKTBSMA480015","price":30.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"210mm","offer_id":52370683756818,"sku":"HKTBSMA480016","price":31.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"220mm","offer_id":52370683789586,"sku":"HKTBSMA480017","price":32.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"230mm","offer_id":52370683822354,"sku":"HKTBSMA480018","price":32.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"240mm","offer_id":52370683855122,"sku":"HKTBSMA480019","price":33.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"250mm","offer_id":52370683887890,"sku":"HKTBSMA480020","price":34.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"260mm","offer_id":52370683920658,"sku":"HKTBSMA480021","price":35.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"270mm","offer_id":52370683953426,"sku":"HKTBSMA480022","price":35.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"280mm","offer_id":52370683986194,"sku":"HKTBSMA480023","price":36.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"290mm","offer_id":52370684018962,"sku":"HKTBSMA480024","price":37.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"300mm","offer_id":52370684051730,"sku":"HKTBSMA480025","price":37.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"310mm","offer_id":52370684084498,"sku":"HKTBSMA480026","price":38.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"320mm","offer_id":52370684117266,"sku":"HKTBSMA480027","price":39.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"330mm","offer_id":52370684150034,"sku":"HKTBSMA480028","price":39.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"340mm","offer_id":52370684182802,"sku":"HKTBSMA480029","price":40.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"350mm","offer_id":52370684215570,"sku":"HKTBSMA480030","price":41.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"360mm","offer_id":52370684248338,"sku":"HKTBSMA480031","price":42.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"370mm","offer_id":52370684281106,"sku":"HKTBSMA480032","price":42.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"380mm","offer_id":52370684313874,"sku":"HKTBSMA480033","price":43.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"390mm","offer_id":52370684346642,"sku":"HKTBSMA480034","price":44.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"400mm","offer_id":52370684379410,"sku":"HKTBSMA480035","price":44.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"410mm","offer_id":52370684412178,"sku":"HKTBSMA480036","price":45.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"420mm","offer_id":52370684444946,"sku":"HKTBSMA480037","price":46.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"430mm","offer_id":52370684477714,"sku":"HKTBSMA480038","price":46.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"440mm","offer_id":52370684510482,"sku":"HKTBSMA480039","price":47.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"450mm","offer_id":52370684543250,"sku":"HKTBSMA480040","price":48.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"460mm","offer_id":52370684576018,"sku":"HKTBSMA480041","price":49.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01GKvmWy1TlKItfnntB_crop_230_0_1233_1644___2207885672422.jpg?v=1781188364"},{"product_id":"aluminum-foldable-laptop-stand-adjustable-height","title":"Aluminum Laptop Stand Foldable – 6-Level Height Adjustable Riser with Anti-Slip Silicone, Fits 10–17\" Laptops, Compatible with MacBook, Dell, ASUS, HP","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What laptop sizes does this stand support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This aluminum laptop stand is generally compatible with laptops from 10 to 17 inches, including MacBook Air, MacBook Pro, Dell XPS, ASUS ZenBook, HP Spectre, and Lenovo ThinkPad. For unusually wide or heavy laptops, check the variant's platform width before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many height positions does the stand offer?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The stand offers 6 adjustable height levels, ranging from approximately 45mm (≈1.8\\\") at the lowest setting to approximately 165mm (≈6.5\\\") at the highest.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the N1, N3, N5, N8, and Top Pick versions?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The N1 is a compact single-layer stand for everyday use. The N3 adds silicone padding. The N5 features a wider enlarged platform for extra stability. The N8 uses a double-layer scissor structure with longer (≈230mm) and wider (≈55mm) arms. The Top Pick combines full aluminum with silicone pads. Some N1 variants include a phone holder.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will the stand wobble or slide during use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The N8 and N5 variants use a reinforced scissor structure that is longer and wider than standard designs, significantly reducing wobble. Variants with silicone pads on the feet and laptop contact points provide additional grip on smooth desk surfaces.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this stand suitable for outdoor or travel use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The stand folds flat for easy transport and is lightweight enough to carry in a laptop bag. It is intended for indoor use but can generally be used in any dry environment. The aluminum construction is not rated for outdoor exposure to rain or high humidity.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much weight can this stand hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The aluminum alloy construction is rigid and does not deform under normal laptop loads. The stand is generally suitable for laptops up to approximately 5–8 kg (11–17 lbs) depending on the variant. The N8 double-layer and N5 wide-base versions are designed for heavier or larger machines.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which version should I choose for a MacBook or thin-and-light laptop?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"For MacBook Air or thin-and-light laptops, the N3 Upgraded or Top Pick Full Aluminum with Silicone versions are a good fit — the silicone contact pads protect the laptop's finish. If you also want to prop up your phone, choose the N1 variant with the phone holder.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eAluminum Laptop Stand — Foldable, 6-Level Height Adjustable Riser for Ergonomic Desk and Travel Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eHunching over a flat laptop for hours leads to neck strain, poor posture, and reduced airflow under your machine. This aluminum laptop stand is built for remote workers, students, and home office users who want a stable, adjustable riser that actually holds its position — without the wobble or flex of cheaper alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach unit is a single foldable laptop stand made from aluminum alloy with a scissor-style pull-bar structure. The stand offers 6 height adjustment levels, ranging from approximately 45mm (≈1.8\") at the lowest to approximately 165mm (≈6.5\") at the highest. N8 series arms measure approximately 230mm (≈9.1\") long and 55mm (≈2.2\") wide — longer and wider than standard designs for improved rigidity. Silicone contact pads are included on select variants to protect laptop surfaces and prevent desk sliding. Some N1 variants include an integrated phone holder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis stand works well as a \u003cstrong\u003efoldable aluminum laptop riser for home office desks\u003c\/strong\u003e, as a \u003cstrong\u003eportable laptop stand for travel and remote work\u003c\/strong\u003e, and as an \u003cstrong\u003eergonomic laptop stand for MacBook and Windows ultrabooks\u003c\/strong\u003e where screen height and airflow both matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e💻\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits most laptops from 10 to 17 inches — including MacBook Air\/Pro, Dell XPS\/Inspiron, ASUS ZenBook\/VivoBook, HP Spectre\/Pavilion, and Lenovo ThinkPad\/IdeaPad. Check the platform width of your chosen variant if your laptop is 16\" or larger.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Aluminum Laptop Stands\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-Level Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e — Raises your screen from 45mm (≈1.8\") to 165mm (≈6.5\") to match seated, standing, or eye-level ergonomic positions — no tools required to switch levels.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReinforced Scissor Structure\u003c\/strong\u003e — The N8 series uses a double-layer pull-bar design with arms approximately 230mm long and 55mm wide, delivering noticeably more rigidity than standard single-layer stands during typing.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🛡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum Alloy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — The rigid aluminum frame does not flex or deform under normal laptop loads, maintaining a stable platform across all 6 height positions without creaking.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🤝\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-Slip Silicone Pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select variants include silicone pads on both the laptop contact points and the desk feet, protecting your laptop's finish and keeping the \u003cstrong\u003eportable laptop stand\u003c\/strong\u003e from shifting on smooth surfaces.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📱\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptional Phone Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e — N1 variants with phone holder let you prop your smartphone alongside your laptop, keeping your screen and notifications at eye level without a separate phone stand.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎒\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFolds Flat for Travel\u003c\/strong\u003e — The scissor structure collapses to a slim profile that fits easily in a laptop bag or backpack, making this a practical \u003cstrong\u003efoldable laptop stand for travel\u003c\/strong\u003e and hot-desking environments.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Aluminum Laptop Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStructure Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScissor \/ pull-bar foldable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustment Levels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMin. Support Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈45mm (≈1.8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax. Support Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈165mm (≈6.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eN8 Arm Length (Upgraded)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈230mm (≈9.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eN8 Arm Width (Upgraded)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈55mm (≈2.2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard Arm Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈200mm (≈7.9\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard Arm Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈45mm (≈1.8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Laptop Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–17 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-Slip Silicone Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded on select variants (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePhone Holder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded on N1 Phone Holder variants only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver \/ Black \/ Gray (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard \/ Oxidation anodized (see variant options)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoldable \/ Portable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — folds flat for transport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat laptop sizes does this stand support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis aluminum laptop stand is generally compatible with laptops from 10 to 17 inches, including MacBook Air, MacBook Pro, Dell XPS, ASUS ZenBook, HP Spectre, and Lenovo ThinkPad. For unusually wide or heavy laptops (16\"+ models), check the variant's platform width before ordering to ensure a secure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow many height positions does the stand offer?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe stand offers 6 adjustable height levels, ranging from approximately 45mm (≈1.8\") at the lowest setting to approximately 165mm (≈6.5\") at the highest. This range accommodates seated desk use, standing desk setups, and ergonomic eye-level screen positioning for most users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the N1, N3, N5, N8, and Top Pick versions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eN1\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact single-layer stand suited for everyday use, with an optional phone holder variant. The \u003cstrong\u003eN3\u003c\/strong\u003e adds silicone padding and is available in multiple colors. The \u003cstrong\u003eN5\u003c\/strong\u003e features a wider, enlarged platform for extra stability with larger laptops. The \u003cstrong\u003eN8\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a double-layer upgraded scissor structure with longer (≈230mm) and wider (≈55mm) arms for improved rigidity and reduced wobble. The \u003cstrong\u003eTop Pick\u003c\/strong\u003e version combines full aluminum construction with silicone pads for a balanced everyday option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill the stand wobble or slide during use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe N8 and N5 variants use a reinforced scissor structure that is longer and wider than standard designs, which significantly reduces wobble during typing. Variants with silicone pads on the feet and laptop contact points provide additional grip on smooth desk surfaces. In most cases, the stand remains stable during normal typing and touch use across all height settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this stand suitable for travel or outdoor use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes — the stand folds flat and is lightweight enough to carry in a laptop bag or backpack, making it a practical choice for travel, co-working spaces, and hot-desking. It is intended for indoor use in dry environments. The aluminum construction is not rated for outdoor exposure to rain or sustained high humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much weight can this stand hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe aluminum alloy frame is rigid and does not deform under normal laptop loads. While a specific rated weight capacity is not published, the stand is generally suitable for laptops up to approximately 5–8 kg (11–17 lbs) depending on the variant. The N8 double-layer and N5 wide-base versions are designed for heavier or larger machines and offer greater load stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhich version should I choose for a MacBook or thin-and-light laptop?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eFor MacBook Air or thin-and-light laptops, the \u003cstrong\u003eN3 Upgraded\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eTop Pick Full Aluminum with Silicone\u003c\/strong\u003e versions are a good fit — the silicone contact pads protect the laptop's finish and provide a secure grip without scratching. If you also want to prop up your phone alongside your laptop, choose the \u003cstrong\u003eN1 variant with the phone holder\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your version above, then add to cart — each listing is for one individual laptop stand.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"N8 Silver Upgraded Double Layer","offer_id":52370684608786,"sku":"HKTBSMA490001","price":52.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N8 Gray Upgraded Double Layer","offer_id":52370684641554,"sku":"HKTBSMA490002","price":52.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N8 Silver Oxidation Double Layer, Extra Stable","offer_id":52370684674322,"sku":"HKTBSMA490003","price":61.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N8 Black Oxidation Double Layer, Extra Stable","offer_id":52370684707090,"sku":"HKTBSMA490004","price":61.3,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Top Pick Full Aluminum With Silicone, Space Silver","offer_id":52370684739858,"sku":"HKTBSMA490005","price":38.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Top Pick Full Aluminum With Silicone, Star Black","offer_id":52370684772626,"sku":"HKTBSMA490006","price":38.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N1 Upgraded Full Aluminum, Space Silver","offer_id":52370684805394,"sku":"HKTBSMA490007","price":30.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N1 Upgraded Full Aluminum, Star Black","offer_id":52370684838162,"sku":"HKTBSMA490008","price":30.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N3 Upgraded Full Aluminum With Silicone, Apple Silver","offer_id":52370684870930,"sku":"HKTBSMA490009","price":29.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N3 Upgraded Full Aluminum With Silicone, Classic Black","offer_id":52370684903698,"sku":"HKTBSMA490010","price":29.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N3 Upgraded Full Aluminum With Silicone, Space Gray","offer_id":52370684936466,"sku":"HKTBSMA490011","price":29.63,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N1 Silver Full Aluminum Silicone With Phone Holder","offer_id":52370684969234,"sku":"HKTBSMA490012","price":39.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N1 Black Full Aluminum Silicone With Phone Holder","offer_id":52370685002002,"sku":"HKTBSMA490013","price":39.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N8 Black Upgraded Double Layer","offer_id":52370685034770,"sku":"HKTBSMA490014","price":52.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N3 Standard Full Aluminum Silver","offer_id":52370685067538,"sku":"HKTBSMA490015","price":28.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N5 Upgraded Silver Full Aluminum Anti-Slip Silicone Wide Enlarged","offer_id":52370685100306,"sku":"HKTBSMA490016","price":40.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N5 Upgraded Black Full Aluminum Anti-Slip Silicone Wide Enlarged","offer_id":52370685133074,"sku":"HKTBSMA490017","price":40.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N5 Standard Silver Extra Stable Wide Enlarged","offer_id":52370685165842,"sku":"HKTBSMA490018","price":36.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N5 Standard Black Extra Stable Wide Enlarged","offer_id":52370685198610,"sku":"HKTBSMA490019","price":36.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Top Pick Full Aluminum With Silicone, Space Gray","offer_id":52370685231378,"sku":"HKTBSMA490020","price":38.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"N1 Upgraded Full Aluminum, Space Gray","offer_id":52370685264146,"sku":"HKTBSMA490021","price":30.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01cjVkQK2LZrWi5W4xb__668769707.jpg?v=1781188503"},{"product_id":"laptop-desk-mount-arm-with-tray-gas-spring-10-18-inch","title":"Laptop Desk Mount Arm with Tray – Gas Spring, 10–18 Inch, 3-Axis Adjustable, Clamp \u0026 Grommet Base","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What laptop sizes does this desk mount arm support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Depending on the variant selected, this arm supports laptops from 10 to 18 inches (standard tray) or 12 to 18 inches (dual-clamp upgraded tray). Check the Fit Size option before adding to cart.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much weight can this laptop arm hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The gas spring mechanism is generally rated to support laptops in the typical consumer weight range. The pneumatic spring has been tested through 20,000 fatigue cycles and maintains consistent holding force throughout its lifespan. For very heavy gaming laptops (typically over 5 kg \/ 11 lbs), contact us to confirm compatibility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the clamp mount and the grommet mount?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The clamp mount attaches to the edge of your desk without drilling — suitable for desktops up to 80mm (≈3.1\\\") thick. The grommet mount passes through an existing hole in your desk for a cleaner, more permanent installation, also rated for up to 80mm (≈3.1\\\") desk thickness. Both are included or selectable depending on the variant.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I mount the laptop upside down or in a vertical orientation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — select variants labeled 'column arm, support normal \u0026 upside-down mount' are specifically designed to allow inverted or vertical laptop positioning, which is useful for clamshell-mode setups or space-saving configurations.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What range of motion does the arm provide?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The arm features a 3-axis linkage system: ±180° horizontal pan at the arm joint, ±90° tilt at the tray head, and 180°\/360° rotation at the base. This allows you to position your laptop at virtually any angle for ergonomic viewing.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this arm suitable for use with a monitor and a laptop at the same time?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — select 'Dual screen stand for monitor + laptop' variants, which include a secondary arm or mount point to hold both a monitor and a laptop simultaneously on one base. These are ideal for dual-display home office or creative workstation setups.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the standard tray and the dual-clamp upgraded tray?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The standard laptop tray uses a single retention bar to hold the laptop in place. The dual-clamp upgraded tray uses two independent clamps for a more secure grip, and its platform dimensions are approximately 295mm × 265mm (≈11.6\\\" × 10.4\\\") with a 60mm (≈2.4\\\") depth — better suited for larger or heavier laptops.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this arm compatible with MacBooks and other thin laptops?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Generally yes. The tray is designed to accommodate a wide range of laptop form factors, including thin-and-light models like MacBooks. The adjustable clamp or retention bar adapts to different chassis thicknesses. For ultra-thin models under 10mm, contact us to confirm fit.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003eLaptop Desk Mount Arm with Tray — Free Your Desk, Elevate Your Posture\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eIf you're tired of hunching over a flat desk, constantly shifting your laptop to make room, or dealing with a hot, poorly ventilated machine sitting directly on your work surface, this \u003cstrong\u003elaptop desk mount arm with tray\u003c\/strong\u003e was built for you. Whether you're a remote worker, a student, a content creator, or a dual-display power user, this arm transforms any desk into an ergonomic, clutter-free workstation — without permanent modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach unit is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ePPC cold-rolled steel and reinforced plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e, combining structural rigidity with a weight-conscious build. The arm spans \u003cstrong\u003e250mm (≈9.8\") + 330mm (≈13.0\")\u003c\/strong\u003e across its two segments, with a base column clearance of \u003cstrong\u003e80mm (≈3.1\")\u003c\/strong\u003e for both clamp and grommet installation. The laptop tray platform measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e295mm × 265mm (≈11.6\" × 10.4\")\u003c\/strong\u003e on upgraded dual-clamp variants. Fit size options cover \u003cstrong\u003e10–18 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e laptops (standard tray) or \u003cstrong\u003e12–18 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e laptops (dual-clamp upgraded tray), accommodating everything from compact ultrabooks to large-screen workhorses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis arm is equally at home in a \u003cstrong\u003ehome office dual-monitor setup\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003estanding desk ergonomic workstation\u003c\/strong\u003e, or a \u003cstrong\u003eclamshell-mode MacBook docking station\u003c\/strong\u003e. The integrated cable management clips keep your workspace tidy, and the switchable clamp\/grommet base means it works on virtually any desk without drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e💻\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits laptops from 10\" to 18\" (varies by variant). Desk thickness up to 80mm (≈3.1\") for both clamp and grommet mount. Select your Fit Size and Type above before purchasing.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Laptop Desk Mount Arms with Tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgraded Gas Spring Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — The pneumatic spring has been fatigue-tested through \u003cstrong\u003e20,000 cycles\u003c\/strong\u003e and maintains consistent holding force without sagging or drift, keeping your laptop exactly where you position it.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Axis Full-Range Articulation\u003c\/strong\u003e — ±180° horizontal pan, ±90° tilt at the tray head, and 180°\/360° base rotation give you a \u003cstrong\u003emulti-angle ergonomic laptop arm\u003c\/strong\u003e that adapts to seated, standing, or side-by-side viewing in seconds.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClamp \u0026amp; Grommet 2-in-1 Base\u003c\/strong\u003e — Switch between edge-clamp and grommet mounting without tools. Both methods support desks up to 80mm (≈3.1\") thick, making this a \u003cstrong\u003eno-drill laptop arm for home office desks\u003c\/strong\u003e and standing desks alike.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWide Laptop Size Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — Supports 10–18 inch laptops on standard tray variants and 12–18 inch on dual-clamp upgraded tray variants, covering MacBooks, Dell XPS, HP Spectre, Lenovo ThinkPad, ASUS ROG, and most other mainstream models.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🗂️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Cable Management Clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — Oversized cable routing clips are integrated along the arm channel, keeping power cables and peripherals organized and out of sight for a clean, professional desk aesthetic.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Screen Variants Available\u003c\/strong\u003e — Select dual-screen stand variants to mount both a monitor and a laptop on a single base — ideal for \u003cstrong\u003edual-display home office setups\u003c\/strong\u003e where desk space is at a premium.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Laptop Desk Mount Arm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePPC Cold-Rolled Steel + Reinforced Plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eObsidian Black \/ Stream White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpring Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgraded Pneumatic Gas Spring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFatigue Test Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20,000 cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Laptop Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–18 inch (standard tray) \/ 12–18 inch (dual-clamp tray)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Segment Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250mm (≈9.8\") + 330mm (≈13.0\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTray Platform Size (Upgraded)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e295mm × 265mm (≈11.6\" × 10.4\"), depth 60mm (≈2.4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Column Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm (≈3.1\") — clamp and grommet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Desk Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm (≈3.1\") for both clamp and grommet mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHorizontal Pan (Arm Joint)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilt (Tray Head)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° \/ 360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMount Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamp \u0026amp; Grommet (switchable, 2-in-1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpside-Down Mount Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable on column arm variants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDual-Screen Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable on dual screen stand variants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCable Management\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated oversized routing clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee Color, Type, and Fit Size selectors above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat laptop sizes does this desk mount arm support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eDepending on the variant selected, this arm supports laptops from \u003cstrong\u003e10 to 18 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e (standard tray) or \u003cstrong\u003e12 to 18 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e (dual-clamp upgraded tray). To find your laptop's screen size, check the manufacturer's spec sheet or measure diagonally across the screen. Select the correct \u003cstrong\u003eFit Size\u003c\/strong\u003e option before adding to cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much weight can this laptop arm hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe gas spring mechanism is designed to support laptops in the typical consumer weight range. The pneumatic spring has been tested through \u003cstrong\u003e20,000 fatigue cycles\u003c\/strong\u003e and maintains consistent holding force throughout its lifespan. For very heavy gaming laptops (typically over 5 kg \/ 11 lbs), we recommend contacting us to confirm compatibility before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the clamp mount and the grommet mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eclamp mount\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to the edge of your desk without any drilling — suitable for desktops up to \u003cstrong\u003e80mm (≈3.1\")\u003c\/strong\u003e thick. The \u003cstrong\u003egrommet mount\u003c\/strong\u003e passes through an existing hole in your desk for a cleaner, more permanent installation, also rated for up to 80mm thick surfaces. This arm ships with both mounting options so you can switch freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I mount the laptop upside down or in a vertical orientation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes — variants labeled \u003cem\u003e\"column arm, support normal \u0026amp; upside-down mount\"\u003c\/em\u003e are specifically engineered to allow inverted or vertical laptop positioning. This is particularly useful for \u003cstrong\u003eclamshell-mode MacBook docking setups\u003c\/strong\u003e or space-saving configurations where you want the laptop screen closed while using an external monitor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat range of motion does the arm provide?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis arm features a \u003cstrong\u003e3-axis linkage system\u003c\/strong\u003e: \u003cstrong\u003e±180° horizontal pan\u003c\/strong\u003e at the arm joint, \u003cstrong\u003e±90° tilt\u003c\/strong\u003e at the tray head, and \u003cstrong\u003e180°\/360° rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e at the base. Together, these allow you to position your laptop at virtually any angle — forward, sideways, tilted, or rotated — for ergonomic viewing whether you're seated or standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this arm suitable for a dual monitor and laptop setup?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes — select the \u003cem\u003e\"Dual screen stand for monitor + laptop\"\u003c\/em\u003e variants, which include a secondary arm or mount point to hold both a monitor and a laptop simultaneously on one base. These are ideal for \u003cstrong\u003edual-display home office workstations\u003c\/strong\u003e or creative setups where desk real estate is limited. Edge-clamp versions are also available for desks without a flat back edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the standard tray and the dual-clamp upgraded tray?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003estandard laptop tray\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a single retention bar to secure the laptop. The \u003cstrong\u003edual-clamp upgraded tray\u003c\/strong\u003e uses two independent clamps for a more secure grip and features a larger platform — approximately \u003cstrong\u003e295mm × 265mm (≈11.6\" × 10.4\")\u003c\/strong\u003e with a 60mm (≈2.4\") depth — making it better suited for larger or heavier laptops in the 12–18 inch range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this arm compatible with MacBooks and other thin laptops?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eGenerally yes. The tray is designed to accommodate a wide range of laptop form factors, including thin-and-light models like MacBook Air and MacBook Pro. The adjustable clamp or retention bar adapts to different chassis thicknesses. For ultra-thin models under 10mm in body depth, contact us to confirm fit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your color, type, and fit size above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Cost-effective arm with laptop tray \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441123602,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500001","price":193.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stream White \/ Cost-effective arm with laptop tray \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441156370,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500002","price":204.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Pneumatic arm with laptop tray \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441189138,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500003","price":209.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Cost-effective arm with dual-clamp upgraded tray \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441221906,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500004","price":223.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Pneumatic arm with dual-clamp upgraded tray \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441254674,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500005","price":240.23,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Upgraded pneumatic column arm, support normal \u0026 upside-down mount \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441287442,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500006","price":260.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stream White \/ Cost-effective arm with dual-clamp upgraded tray \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441320210,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500007","price":234.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Upgraded pneumatic column arm with dual-clamp tray, support normal \u0026 upside-down mount \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441352978,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500008","price":285.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Dual screen stand for monitor + laptop \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441385746,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500009","price":275.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Edge clamp dual screen stand for monitor + laptop \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441418514,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500010","price":306.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stream White \/ Dual screen stand for monitor + laptop \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441451282,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500011","price":285.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stream White \/ Edge clamp dual screen stand for monitor + laptop \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441484050,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500012","price":315.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Upgraded pneumatic dual screen stand \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441516818,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500013","price":312.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Upgraded pneumatic edge clamp dual screen stand \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441549586,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500014","price":343.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Upgraded pneumatic column dual screen stand \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441582354,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500015","price":347.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Upgraded pneumatic column edge clamp dual screen stand \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441615122,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500016","price":378.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Basic arm with laptop tray \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441647890,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500017","price":178.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Basic arm with dual-clamp upgraded tray \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441680658,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500018","price":204.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Basic column arm, support normal \u0026 upside-down mount \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441713426,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500019","price":223.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Basic column arm with dual-clamp tray, support normal \u0026 upside-down mount \/ 12-18 inch","offer_id":52371441746194,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500020","price":250.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Basic dual screen stand for monitor + laptop \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441778962,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500021","price":260.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ Basic edge clamp dual screen stand for monitor + laptop \/ 10-18 inch","offer_id":52371441811730,"sku":"HKTBSMA0500022","price":285.71,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01aESogE2N6fjmcLkz9__2208277849914.jpg?v=1781231743"},{"product_id":"gas-spring-monitor-arm-17-35-inch-desk-mount","title":"Gas Spring Monitor Arm – 17–35 Inch, 2–9 kg, 360° Swivel, Clamp \u0026 Grommet Mount","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What monitor sizes does this gas spring arm support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Depending on the variant selected, this arm supports monitors from 17 to 32 inches, 17 to 34 inches, or 17 to 35 inches. Select the correct Fit Size option before adding to cart. The arm is compatible with most flat and slightly curved panels within the supported size range.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much weight can this monitor arm hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This arm is rated for monitors weighing between 2 kg (4.4 lbs) and 9 kg (19.8 lbs). Check your monitor's weight in its spec sheet before purchasing. Monitors outside this range may cause the arm to drift or fail to hold position.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What VESA patterns does this arm support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This arm supports VESA 75\\u00d775mm and 100\\u00d7100mm mounting patterns, which cover the vast majority of monitors on the market. To check your monitor's VESA pattern, look at the four screw holes on the back of the panel and measure the distance between them.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the clamp mount and the grommet mount?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The clamp mount attaches to the edge of your desk without drilling and fits desks 10\\u201360mm (0.4\\u20132.4\\\") thick. The grommet mount passes through an existing hole in your desk for a cleaner, more permanent installation, also rated for 10\\u201360mm desk thickness. Note: the clamp mount is not compatible with desks that have a raised frame edge, a beveled edge, or a protruding lip.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I adjust the spring tension on this arm?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The spring tension is adjustable via a magnetic plastic cover on the arm joint. Open the cover to access the tension adjustment screw and turn it to increase or decrease the holding force to match your monitor's weight. This allows the arm to hold position without drifting up or down.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What range of motion does this monitor arm provide?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The arm provides 360\\u00b0 rotation at the base, 180\\u00b0 swivel at the arm joint, +90\\u00b0 to \\u221240\\u00b0 tilt at the monitor head, and a height adjustment range of 178\\u2013438mm (7.0\\u201317.2\\\"). The telescoping reach extends 0\\u2013403mm (0\\u201315.9\\\") front-to-back.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this arm suitable for ultrawide or curved monitors?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Generally yes, provided the monitor falls within the supported size range (up to 35 inches on select variants) and weight range (2\\u20139 kg). The arm is designed for standard flat and mildly curved panels. For heavily curved ultrawide monitors, confirm the VESA mount compatibility and weight before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this arm outdoors or in humid environments?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This arm is designed for indoor desktop use. It is not rated for outdoor or high-humidity environments. For long-term reliability, keep it in a dry, temperature-controlled space.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003eGas Spring Monitor Arm — Reclaim Your Desk, Dial In Your Ideal Viewing Angle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eNeck strain from a fixed monitor position, a cluttered desk buried under a static stand, and zero flexibility when you need to share your screen or switch between sitting and standing — these are the daily frustrations this \u003cstrong\u003egas spring monitor arm\u003c\/strong\u003e is built to eliminate. Whether you’re a remote professional, a content creator, a gamer, or a student building a focused workstation, this arm gives you effortless, tool-free repositioning every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach unit ships as a single arm assembly constructed from \u003cstrong\u003esteel and reinforced plastic\u003c\/strong\u003e (Upgraded Aluminum Alloy variants use an aluminum alloy arm segment for added rigidity). The arm’s telescoping reach spans \u003cstrong\u003e0–403mm (0–15.9\")\u003c\/strong\u003e front-to-back, with a height adjustment range of \u003cstrong\u003e178–438mm (7.0–17.2\")\u003c\/strong\u003e. The VESA head accepts both \u003cstrong\u003e75×75mm and 100×100mm\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting patterns. Fit size options cover monitors from \u003cstrong\u003e17 to 32, 34, or 35 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the variant selected, with a weight capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e2–9 kg (4.4–19.8 lbs)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The base fits desks \u003cstrong\u003e10–60mm (0.4–2.4\")\u003c\/strong\u003e thick via clamp or grommet mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis arm excels in a \u003cstrong\u003ehome office ergonomic monitor setup\u003c\/strong\u003e where eye-level positioning reduces neck and shoulder fatigue, a \u003cstrong\u003edual-purpose sit-stand desk workstation\u003c\/strong\u003e where height needs to change throughout the day, and a \u003cstrong\u003econtent creation or streaming station\u003c\/strong\u003e where quick camera-angle adjustments and cable-managed aesthetics matter. The integrated cable channel keeps HDMI, DisplayPort, and power cables routed cleanly along the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits monitors 17–35 inches (varies by variant), 2–9 kg, VESA 75×75mm or 100×100mm. Desk thickness 10–60mm (0.4–2.4\") for both clamp and grommet mount. Select your Color, Fit Size, and Arm Type above before purchasing.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eClamp Mount Limitation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The clamp base is \u003cstrong\u003enot compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e with desks that have a raised frame edge, a beveled\/angled edge, or a protruding lip along the underside. If your desk has any of these profiles, use the grommet mount option instead.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Gas Spring Monitor Arms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Gas Spring Float\u003c\/strong\u003e — The pneumatic spring mechanism holds your monitor in place at any height within the \u003cstrong\u003e178–438mm (7.0–17.2\") adjustment range\u003c\/strong\u003e without drifting, sagging, or requiring a locking knob — just push and release.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull 360° Articulation System\u003c\/strong\u003e — 360° base rotation, 180° arm joint swivel, and \u003cstrong\u003e+90° to −40° tilt\u003c\/strong\u003e at the VESA head give you a \u003cstrong\u003efully articulating monitor arm for desk\u003c\/strong\u003e that adapts to portrait mode, landscape, or any angle in between.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic Tension Adjustment Cover\u003c\/strong\u003e — A snap-open magnetic plastic cover on the arm joint provides quick access to the tension adjustment screw, letting you fine-tune the spring force to match your monitor’s exact weight without tools.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong-Reach Telescoping Extension\u003c\/strong\u003e — The arm extends \u003cstrong\u003e0–403mm (0–15.9\")\u003c\/strong\u003e front-to-back, giving you the flexibility to push the monitor back when not in use or pull it close for focused work — ideal for \u003cstrong\u003edeep desk monitor arm setups\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🗂️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Cable Management Channel\u003c\/strong\u003e — A dedicated cable routing channel runs the full length of the arm, keeping HDMI, DisplayPort, USB-C, and power cables hidden and organized for a clean, cable-free desk aesthetic.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClamp \u0026amp; Grommet 2-in-1 Base\u003c\/strong\u003e — Installs on desks \u003cstrong\u003e10–60mm (0.4–2.4\")\u003c\/strong\u003e thick via edge clamp (no drilling) or grommet mount (through-hole). Both methods are included, making this a \u003cstrong\u003eno-drill monitor arm for standing desks\u003c\/strong\u003e and traditional desks alike.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Gas Spring Monitor Arm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Monitor Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17–32 inch \/ 17–34 inch \/ 17–35 inch (see Fit Size variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2–9 kg (4.4–19.8 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVESA Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75×75mm and 100×100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpring Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGas Spring (Pneumatic) \/ Mechanical Spring (see Arm Type variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel + Reinforced Plastic \/ Aluminum Alloy (Upgraded variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eObsidian Black \/ Moonlight White \/ Golden Yellow \/ Vibrant Orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Adjustment Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e178–438mm (7.0–17.2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront-to-Back Reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–403mm (0–15.9\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Segment Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120mm (4.7\") + 222–283mm (8.7–11.1\") telescoping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Joint Swivel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilt Range (Monitor Head)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e+90° to −40°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMount Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClamp \u0026amp; Grommet (2-in-1, switchable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Desk Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–60mm (0.4–2.4\") — clamp and grommet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTension Adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVia magnetic cover access screw\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCable Management\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated dedicated cable channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Type Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSee Arm Type variant selector above\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat monitor sizes does this gas spring arm support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eDepending on the variant selected, this arm supports monitors from \u003cstrong\u003e17 to 32 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e17 to 34 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003e17 to 35 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e. To confirm your monitor’s screen size, check the manufacturer’s spec sheet or measure diagonally across the panel (not including the bezel). Select the correct \u003cstrong\u003eFit Size\u003c\/strong\u003e option before adding to cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much weight can this monitor arm hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis arm is rated for monitors weighing between \u003cstrong\u003e2 kg (4.4 lbs) and 9 kg (19.8 lbs)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Check your monitor’s weight in its spec sheet before purchasing — it is typically listed as “weight without stand.” Monitors outside this range may cause the arm to drift upward (too light) or sag downward (too heavy) even after tension adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat VESA patterns does this arm support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis arm supports \u003cstrong\u003eVESA 75×75mm and 100×100mm\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting patterns, which cover the vast majority of monitors on the market. To check your monitor’s VESA pattern, look at the four screw holes on the back of the panel and measure the horizontal and vertical distance between them in millimeters. If your monitor uses a non-standard VESA pattern, contact us to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the clamp mount and the grommet mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eclamp mount\u003c\/strong\u003e grips the edge of your desk without drilling and fits desks \u003cstrong\u003e10–60mm (0.4–2.4\")\u003c\/strong\u003e thick. The \u003cstrong\u003egrommet mount\u003c\/strong\u003e passes through an existing hole in your desk for a cleaner, more permanent installation, also rated for 10–60mm desk thickness. Important: the clamp mount is \u003cstrong\u003enot compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e with desks that have a raised frame edge, a beveled\/angled edge, or a protruding lip along the underside — use the grommet mount in those cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I adjust the spring tension on this arm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe spring tension is adjustable via a \u003cstrong\u003emagnetic plastic cover\u003c\/strong\u003e on the arm joint. Simply snap the cover open to access the tension adjustment screw, then turn it clockwise to increase holding force (for heavier monitors) or counterclockwise to decrease it (for lighter monitors). This allows the arm to hold position without drifting up or down after you release it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat range of motion does this monitor arm provide?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis arm provides a comprehensive range of motion: \u003cstrong\u003e360° rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e at the base, \u003cstrong\u003e180° swivel\u003c\/strong\u003e at the arm joint, \u003cstrong\u003e+90° to −40° tilt\u003c\/strong\u003e at the monitor head, and a \u003cstrong\u003eheight range of 178–438mm (7.0–17.2\")\u003c\/strong\u003e. The telescoping reach extends \u003cstrong\u003e0–403mm (0–15.9\")\u003c\/strong\u003e front-to-back, giving you full control over viewing distance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this arm suitable for ultrawide or curved monitors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eGenerally yes, provided the monitor falls within the supported size range (up to 35 inches on select variants) and weight range (2–9 kg). The arm is designed for standard flat and mildly curved panels. For heavily curved ultrawide monitors, confirm the VESA mount compatibility and weight before ordering. If unsure, contact us with your monitor’s model number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this arm outdoors or in humid environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis arm is designed for \u003cstrong\u003eindoor desktop use only\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not rated for outdoor, high-humidity, or corrosive environments. For long-term reliability, keep it in a dry, temperature-controlled space. Exposure to moisture may affect the spring mechanism and finish over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your color, fit size, and arm type above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Golden Yellow \/ 17-32 inch \/ Mechanical Spring Arm","offer_id":52371441844498,"sku":"HKTBSMA510001","price":202.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ 17-32 inch \/ Mechanical Spring Arm","offer_id":52371441877266,"sku":"HKTBSMA510002","price":185.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Vibrant Orange \/ 17-34 inch \/ Upgraded Aluminum Alloy Arm","offer_id":52371441910034,"sku":"HKTBSMA510003","price":212.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ 17-34 inch \/ Upgraded Aluminum Alloy Arm","offer_id":52371441942802,"sku":"HKTBSMA510004","price":212.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Moonlight White \/ 17-34 inch \/ Smooth Telescoping Pneumatic Arm","offer_id":52371441975570,"sku":"HKTBSMA510005","price":223.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ 17-34 inch \/ Smooth Telescoping Pneumatic Arm","offer_id":52371442008338,"sku":"HKTBSMA510006","price":223.02,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Moonlight White \/ 17-35 inch \/ Pneumatic Mechanical Arm","offer_id":52371442041106,"sku":"HKTBSMA510007","price":209.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Obsidian Black \/ 17-35 inch \/ Pneumatic Mechanical Arm","offer_id":52371442073874,"sku":"HKTBSMA510008","price":202.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Moonlight White \/ 17-32 inch \/ Mechanical Spring Arm","offer_id":52371442106642,"sku":"HKTBSMA510009","price":191.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN01YQqmAc230uQew2IDe__1611247194.jpg?v=1781232423"},{"product_id":"ds110-monitor-arm-gas-spring-desk-mount","title":"DS110 Monitor Arm – Gas Spring Desk Mount, 17–40 Inch, 3–15 kg, VESA 75×75 \u0026 100×100, Clamp \u0026 Grommet","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What monitor sizes does the DS110 arm support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Depending on the variant selected, the DS110 supports monitors from 17 to 32 inches, 17 to 35 inches, or 22 to 40 inches. Laptop variants support 10 to 18 inch screens. Select the correct Size \u0026 Load Capacity option before adding to cart.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much weight can the DS110 monitor arm hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Weight capacity varies by variant: 3\\u201310 kg (6.6\\u201322 lbs) for the Luxury Full Aluminum Model, 9 kg (19.8 lbs) for Classic and Dual Screen models, 10 kg (22 lbs) for Flagship models, and up to 15 kg (33 lbs) for the Heavy Load Full Spec Model. Always check your monitor\\u2019s weight without stand before selecting a variant.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What VESA patterns does the DS110 support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The DS110 supports VESA 75\\u00d775mm and 100\\u00d7100mm mounting patterns. If your monitor\\u2019s VESA holes are recessed more than 10mm deep, use the included black spacer pads and longer screws (included in the package) to bridge the gap. If the recess exceeds approximately 25mm, contact us before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"My monitor has no VESA holes on the back. Can I still use this arm?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes, with an optional accessory. For monitors without VESA holes, you can use the H1 bracket accessory (a U-shaped cradle that grips the monitor frame) or adhesive VESA adapter pads. Contact us to confirm which accessory is compatible with your specific monitor model.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the clamp mount and the grommet mount?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The clamp mount attaches to the edge of your desk without drilling and fits desks 15\\u201395mm (0.6\\u20133.7\\\") thick, with a minimum underside clearance of 57mm (2.2\\\"). The grommet mount passes through an existing hole (minimum 10mm diameter) in your desk for a cleaner installation, rated for desks 15\\u201392mm (0.6\\u20133.6\\\") thick. Note: the clamp mount is not compatible with glass, stone, or soft wood desks, desks with a cross-beam underneath, or desks with a beveled or angled edge.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why does my monitor keep sliding down after installation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The arm ships with the spring tension set to a mid-range default. If your monitor is heavier and slides down, raise the arm to horizontal, then turn the tension adjustment screw in the \\u2018+\\u2019 direction to increase holding force. If the monitor is too light and the arm springs upward, turn the screw in the \\u2018\\u2212\\u2019 direction. Always support the monitor with your hand while adjusting.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the DS110 suitable for ultrawide or curved monitors?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The DS110 is explicitly rated for flat screens, curved screens, and ultrawide (superwide) panels, provided the monitor falls within the supported size and weight range for the selected variant. For monitors 22\\u201340 inches or up to 15 kg, select the Heavy Load Full Spec Model.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I mount the arm upside down from a shelf or overhead rail?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes \\u2014 select the Upside-Down Classic Model or Upside-Down Flagship Model variants, which are specifically engineered for inverted ceiling or shelf mounting. These are ideal for space-saving setups, overhead monitor mounts, or under-cabinet display installations.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003eDS110 Monitor Arm — Gas Spring Precision, Every Screen Size, Every Desk Type\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eA monitor that can’t move is a monitor that’s working against you. Whether you’re hunching toward a screen set too low, fighting glare from a fixed angle, or losing desk space to a bulky static stand, the \u003cstrong\u003eDS110 monitor arm\u003c\/strong\u003e is engineered to solve all three at once. Designed for remote professionals, creative workstation builders, gamers, and anyone running a multi-display setup, the DS110 delivers smooth, one-hand repositioning across a full range of heights, angles, and orientations — including inverted ceiling and shelf mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach DS110 ships as a single arm assembly. The base and lower arm segment are cast from \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum alloy\u003c\/strong\u003e (full aluminum on the Luxury variant); upper arm and head components use reinforced engineering plastic on standard models. The arm’s panel center height adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e155mm to 470mm (6.1–18.5\")\u003c\/strong\u003e above the desk surface, with a maximum horizontal reach of \u003cstrong\u003e515–587mm (20.3–23.1\")\u003c\/strong\u003e. VESA compatibility covers both \u003cstrong\u003e75×75mm and 100×100mm\u003c\/strong\u003e patterns. Variants span monitor sizes from \u003cstrong\u003e10–18 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e (laptop models) up to \u003cstrong\u003e22–40 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e (Heavy Load Full Spec), with weight capacities from \u003cstrong\u003e3 kg up to 15 kg (6.6–33 lbs)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The base installs via clamp (desks \u003cstrong\u003e15–95mm \/ 0.6–3.7\"\u003c\/strong\u003e thick) or grommet (desks \u003cstrong\u003e15–92mm \/ 0.6–3.6\"\u003c\/strong\u003e thick, hole ≥10mm). Two USB pass-through ports are built into the base column on select variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThe DS110 is equally at home as a \u003cstrong\u003esingle-monitor ergonomic desk arm for home office setups\u003c\/strong\u003e, a \u003cstrong\u003edual-screen gas spring monitor mount for content creators\u003c\/strong\u003e running a monitor-plus-laptop configuration, or an \u003cstrong\u003einverted overhead monitor arm for space-saving gaming stations\u003c\/strong\u003e where the arm mounts from a shelf or overhead rail rather than the desk surface. The integrated cable management channel keeps HDMI, DisplayPort, and USB cables routed cleanly along the arm at all times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits monitors 10–40 inches and 3–15 kg (varies by variant). VESA 75×75mm and 100×100mm. Desk thickness 15–95mm clamp \/ 15–92mm grommet. Supports flat, curved, and ultrawide panels. Select your Type, Size \u0026amp; Load Capacity, and Structure Type above before purchasing.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eClamp Mount Restrictions:\u003c\/strong\u003e Do \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e use the clamp mount on glass, stone, or soft wood desktops; desks with a cross-beam or horizontal brace underneath that reduces clamping clearance; or desks with a beveled, angled, or raised-lip edge profile. Use the grommet mount in these cases, or contact us for guidance.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These DS110 Gas Spring Monitor Arms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Gas Spring Float Mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — The pneumatic spring holds your monitor at any height between \u003cstrong\u003e155mm and 470mm (6.1–18.5\")\u003c\/strong\u003e without drifting, sagging, or requiring a locking knob. Push up or pull down and release — the arm stays exactly where you leave it.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e360° Swivel + ±50° Tilt + 180° Arm Rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Full articulation at every joint gives you a \u003cstrong\u003efully adjustable gas spring monitor arm\u003c\/strong\u003e that handles portrait mode, landscape, side-by-side dual-screen, and inverted overhead configurations without adapters.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUser-Adjustable Spring Tension\u003c\/strong\u003e — A clearly marked ‘+’\/‘−’ tension adjustment screw lets you dial in the holding force to match your monitor’s exact weight. Raise the arm to horizontal, turn the screw, and the arm holds position — no tools required beyond the included hex key.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong Horizontal Reach: 515–587mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — The arm extends \u003cstrong\u003e515–587mm (20.3–23.1\")\u003c\/strong\u003e from the base, giving you the reach to position a monitor well away from the desk edge — ideal for \u003cstrong\u003edeep-desk monitor arm setups\u003c\/strong\u003e or multi-monitor configurations where screens need to be offset.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🖥️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat, Curved \u0026amp; Ultrawide Panel Support\u003c\/strong\u003e — The DS110 is rated for flat screens, curved monitors, and ultrawide (superwide) panels up to 40 inches and 15 kg on the Heavy Load variant — one of the few \u003cstrong\u003eheavy-duty monitor arms for large ultrawide screens\u003c\/strong\u003e in this price range.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Built-In USB Pass-Through Ports\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two USB ports integrated into the base column (on select variants) let you connect peripherals directly at the arm base, reducing cable clutter on your desk and keeping your workstation tidy without a separate USB hub.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — DS110 Gas Spring Monitor Arm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS110\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Monitor Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17–32\" \/ 17–35\" \/ 22–40\" (monitor variants) | 10–18\" (laptop variants) — see Size \u0026amp; Load Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–10 kg (6.6–22 lbs) \/ 9 kg (19.8 lbs) \/ 10 kg (22 lbs) \/ 15 kg (33 lbs) — see variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVESA Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75×75mm and 100×100mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupported Panel Types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat screen, curved screen, ultrawide (superwide)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpring Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGas Spring (Pneumatic Drive) \/ Mechanical Spring — see Structure Type variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase \u0026amp; Lower Arm Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCast Aluminum Alloy (base\/lower arm); full aluminum on Luxury variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePanel Center Height Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–470mm (6.1–18.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum Horizontal Reach\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e515–587mm (20.3–23.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Joint Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilt Range (Monitor Head)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e±50°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp Mount Desk Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–95mm (0.6–3.7\"); underside clearance ≥57mm (2.2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGrommet Mount Desk Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15–92mm (0.6–3.6\"); hole diameter ≥10mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUSB Pass-Through Ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (on select variants)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInverted \/ Upside-Down Mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable on Upside-Down Classic, Upside-Down Flagship, and Upside-Down Laptop variants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDual-Screen Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable on Dual Screen Laptop \u0026amp; Monitor and Dual Screen Flagship variants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCable Management\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable routing channel along arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMystery Black \/ Moonlight White \/ Dark Night Black \/ Glacier Silver — see Type variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat monitor sizes does the DS110 arm support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eDepending on the variant selected, the DS110 supports monitors from \u003cstrong\u003e17 to 32 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003e17 to 35 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003e22 to 40 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e. Laptop variants support \u003cstrong\u003e10 to 18 inch\u003c\/strong\u003e screens. To confirm your screen size, measure diagonally across the panel (not including the bezel) or check the manufacturer’s spec sheet. Select the correct \u003cstrong\u003eSize \u0026amp; Load Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e option before adding to cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much weight can the DS110 monitor arm hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eWeight capacity varies by variant: \u003cstrong\u003e3–10 kg (6.6–22 lbs)\u003c\/strong\u003e for the Luxury Full Aluminum Model, \u003cstrong\u003e9 kg (19.8 lbs)\u003c\/strong\u003e for Classic and Dual Screen Laptop \u0026amp; Monitor models, \u003cstrong\u003e10 kg (22 lbs)\u003c\/strong\u003e for Flagship models, and up to \u003cstrong\u003e15 kg (33 lbs)\u003c\/strong\u003e for the Heavy Load Full Spec Model. Always check your monitor’s weight \u003cem\u003ewithout stand\u003c\/em\u003e in its spec sheet before selecting a variant. Exceeding the rated capacity may cause the arm to sag or fail to hold position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat VESA patterns does the DS110 support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe DS110 supports \u003cstrong\u003eVESA 75×75mm and 100×100mm\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting patterns. To check your monitor’s VESA pattern, look at the four screw holes on the back of the panel and measure the horizontal and vertical distance between them. If the holes are recessed in a cavity, use the included \u003cstrong\u003eblack spacer pads and longer screws\u003c\/strong\u003e to bridge the gap — this works for recesses up to approximately 10mm deep. For deeper recesses, contact us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eMy monitor has no VESA holes on the back. Can I still use this arm?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes, with an optional accessory. For monitors without VESA holes, you can use the \u003cstrong\u003eH1 bracket accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e — a U-shaped cradle that grips the monitor frame from behind — or \u003cstrong\u003eadhesive VESA adapter pads\u003c\/strong\u003e that attach to the back of the panel. Contact us with your monitor’s model number to confirm which accessory is compatible before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the clamp mount and the grommet mount?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eclamp mount\u003c\/strong\u003e grips the edge of your desk without drilling. It fits desks \u003cstrong\u003e15–95mm (0.6–3.7\")\u003c\/strong\u003e thick with a minimum underside clearance of \u003cstrong\u003e57mm (2.2\")\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003cstrong\u003egrommet mount\u003c\/strong\u003e passes through an existing hole (minimum \u003cstrong\u003e10mm diameter\u003c\/strong\u003e) in your desk for a cleaner, more permanent installation, rated for desks \u003cstrong\u003e15–92mm (0.6–3.6\")\u003c\/strong\u003e thick. The clamp mount is \u003cstrong\u003enot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e for glass, stone, or soft wood desktops; desks with a cross-beam underneath; or desks with a beveled or angled edge profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhy does my monitor keep sliding down after installation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe arm ships with spring tension set to a mid-range default. If your monitor is heavier and slides down after release, raise the arm to a horizontal position, then turn the tension adjustment screw in the \u003cstrong\u003e‘+’ direction\u003c\/strong\u003e to increase holding force. If the monitor is lighter and the arm springs upward, turn the screw in the \u003cstrong\u003e‘−’ direction\u003c\/strong\u003e. Always support the monitor with your hand while adjusting, and do not force the screw beyond the maximum or minimum stop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs the DS110 suitable for ultrawide or curved monitors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. The DS110 is explicitly rated for \u003cstrong\u003eflat screens, curved monitors, and ultrawide (superwide) panels\u003c\/strong\u003e, provided the monitor falls within the supported size and weight range for the selected variant. For monitors between \u003cstrong\u003e22 and 40 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e or up to \u003cstrong\u003e15 kg (33 lbs)\u003c\/strong\u003e, select the \u003cstrong\u003eHeavy Load Full Spec Model\u003c\/strong\u003e. For standard curved ultrawides up to 35 inches and 10 kg, the Flagship models are appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I mount the arm upside down from a shelf or overhead rail?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes — select the \u003cstrong\u003eUpside-Down Classic Model\u003c\/strong\u003e, \u003cstrong\u003eUpside-Down Flagship Model\u003c\/strong\u003e, or \u003cstrong\u003eUpside-Down Laptop Model\u003c\/strong\u003e variants, which are specifically engineered for inverted ceiling, shelf, or overhead rail mounting. These are ideal for \u003cstrong\u003espace-saving overhead monitor arm setups\u003c\/strong\u003e, under-cabinet display installations, or gaming stations where the monitor needs to hang from above rather than rise from the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your Type, Size \u0026amp; Load Capacity, and Structure Type above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Luxury Full Aluminum Model \/ 17-35 inch, load 3-10KG \/ Mechanical Structure","offer_id":52371443122450,"sku":"HKTBSMA530001","price":550.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual Screen Laptop \u0026 Monitor Model \/ 17-32 inch, load 9KG \/ Mechanical Structure","offer_id":52371443155218,"sku":"HKTBSMA530002","price":358.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Mystery Black Classic Model \/ 17-32 inch, load 9KG \/ Mechanical Structure","offer_id":52371443187986,"sku":"HKTBSMA530003","price":188.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Moonlight White Classic Model \/ 17-32 inch, load 9KG \/ Mechanical Structure","offer_id":52371443220754,"sku":"HKTBSMA530004","price":205.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Night Black Flagship Model \/ 17-35 inch, load 10KG \/ Pneumatic Drive","offer_id":52371443253522,"sku":"HKTBSMA530005","price":240.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Glacier Silver Flagship Model \/ 17-35 inch, load 10KG \/ Pneumatic Drive","offer_id":52371443286290,"sku":"HKTBSMA530006","price":270.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upside-Down Classic Model \/ 17-32 inch, load 9KG \/ Compatible Size","offer_id":52371443319058,"sku":"HKTBSMA530007","price":210.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upside-Down Flagship Model \/ 17-35 inch, load 9KG \/ Compatible Size","offer_id":52371443351826,"sku":"HKTBSMA530008","price":285.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Laptop Classic Model \/ 10-18 inch applicable \/ Mechanical Structure","offer_id":52371443384594,"sku":"HKTBSMA530009","price":247.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Upside-Down Laptop Model \/ 10-18 inch applicable \/ Mechanical Structure","offer_id":52371443417362,"sku":"HKTBSMA530010","price":300.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Heavy Load Full Spec Model \/ 22-40 inch, max load 15KG \/ Pneumatic Drive","offer_id":52371443450130,"sku":"HKTBSMA530011","price":500.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Promotion New Model \/ 17-32 inch, load 9KG \/ Mechanical Structure","offer_id":52371443482898,"sku":"HKTBSMA530012","price":158.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dual Screen Flagship Model \/ 17-35 inch, load 10KG \/ Pneumatic Drive","offer_id":52371443515666,"sku":"HKTBSMA530013","price":388.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Promotion Moonlight White Model \/ 17-32 inch, load 9KG \/ Mechanical Structure","offer_id":52371443548434,"sku":"HKTBSMA530014","price":170.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN012yVM6k2ByvG12Xa4V__4611686018427382872-0-item_pic.jpg?v=1781232996"},{"product_id":"reusable-velcro-cable-ties-nylon-hook-loop-50-pack","title":"Reusable Velcro Cable Ties S2 – Nylon Hook \u0026 Loop Straps, 50-Pack, Small 150mm \u0026 Large 200mm","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which size should I choose — Small (150mm) or Large (200mm)?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The Small size (150 × 12mm \/ 5.9\\\" × 0.47\\\") is ideal for thin cables like USB, charging cables, earphone cords, and single data lines. The Large size (200 × 15mm \/ 7.9\\\" × 0.59\\\") handles thicker or bundled cables such as power cords, HDMI cables, extension leads, and multi-cable bundles. If you\\u2019re unsure, the Large size is generally more versatile.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many times can these cable ties be reused?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These nylon hook-and-loop ties are designed for repeated use. The dense nylon pile maintains grip strength through hundreds of open-and-close cycles under normal use conditions. Avoid exposing them to excessive heat, oil, or abrasive surfaces, which can reduce the hook pile\\u2019s effectiveness over time.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I cut these straps to a shorter length?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These straps are designed as no-cut, ready-to-use ties with a pre-formed loop slot at one end. They do not require cutting. If you need a shorter length, the Small 150mm size is the better choice. Cutting the strap is not recommended as it may fray the nylon edge.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I link multiple straps together to wrap a larger bundle?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Each strap has a loop slot at one end that allows you to thread the tail of another strap through it, linking them end-to-end to extend the total length. This is useful for bundling larger cable runs, securing items to a rack, or wrapping thicker bundles that a single strap cannot encircle.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Are these cable ties suitable for outdoor or high-temperature use?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"These ties are made from nylon, which is generally resistant to moisture and mild weather exposure. However, they are primarily designed for indoor cable management use. Prolonged exposure to direct sunlight (UV), extreme heat above approximately 80\\u00b0C (176\\u00b0F), or harsh outdoor environments may degrade the hook-and-loop pile over time. For outdoor or high-temperature applications, contact us to confirm suitability.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the anti-loss feature and how does it work?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"When the strap is not in use, you can thread the cable itself through the loop slot at the end of the strap, keeping the tie attached to the cable at all times. This prevents the strap from being misplaced when you unplug or store the cable.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Do these straps leave adhesive residue on cables?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. These are hook-and-loop fabric ties — they fasten by the mechanical interlocking of the hook and loop surfaces, not by adhesive. They leave no residue on cables, wires, or surfaces when removed.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many straps come in each pack?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each pack contains 50 straps of the selected size. Both the Small (150 × 12mm) and Large (200 × 15mm) variants are sold in 50-piece packs. Select your preferred size from the Type option above.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003eReusable Velcro Cable Ties — No-Cut Nylon Straps That Stay on Your Cables\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eTangled charging cables behind your desk, a bag full of knotted cords, power leads that take five minutes to unravel every time you need them — these are the everyday frustrations that a pack of purpose-built \u003cstrong\u003ereusable velcro cable ties\u003c\/strong\u003e eliminates in seconds. Whether you’re a home office worker, an AV technician, a traveler, or anyone who manages more than three cables at once, the ZBS S2 hook-and-loop strap gives you a fast, clean, residue-free way to bundle and release cables on demand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach pack contains \u003cstrong\u003e50 nylon hook-and-loop straps\u003c\/strong\u003e of the selected size. The \u003cstrong\u003eSmall variant\u003c\/strong\u003e measures \u003cstrong\u003e150 × 12mm (5.9\" × 0.47\")\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003cstrong\u003eLarge variant\u003c\/strong\u003e measures \u003cstrong\u003e200 × 15mm (7.9\" × 0.59\")\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both sizes feature a pre-formed loop slot at one end for the anti-loss attachment function. Material is \u003cstrong\u003e100% nylon\u003c\/strong\u003e with a dense hook-and-loop pile surface — no adhesive, no scissors required. Straps can also be linked end-to-end through the loop slot to extend total length for larger bundles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThese ties are a natural fit for a \u003cstrong\u003edesk cable management setup\u003c\/strong\u003e where USB, HDMI, and power cables need to be bundled neatly under or behind a monitor arm; a \u003cstrong\u003etravel tech organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e where charging cables, earphones, and adapters need to stay separated in a bag without tangling; and a \u003cstrong\u003ehome theater or AV rack cable organization\u003c\/strong\u003e where multiple runs of speaker wire, HDMI, and power cables need to be routed cleanly along a wall or rack rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e📶\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e USB cables, charging cables, HDMI \/ DisplayPort leads, power cords, extension cables, earphone cords, ethernet cables, speaker wire, and any flexible cable or wire bundle up to the strap’s circumference. Select your size above before adding to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Reusable Velcro Cable Ties\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧵\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100% Nylon Hook-and-Loop Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — The dense nylon pile provides a firm, secure grip that holds cable bundles in place without slipping, while releasing cleanly with a single pull — no scissors, no adhesive, no residue left on your \u003cstrong\u003edesk cable management\u003c\/strong\u003e setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e♻️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReusable Through Hundreds of Cycles\u003c\/strong\u003e — Unlike single-use zip ties, these \u003cstrong\u003ereusable hook and loop cable straps\u003c\/strong\u003e open and re-fasten repeatedly without losing grip strength under normal use, making them a long-term solution rather than a consumable.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔗\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEnd-to-End Linkable Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — The loop slot at the tip of each strap allows you to thread another strap through it, linking them together to wrap larger bundles or longer cable runs — a feature that makes these \u003cstrong\u003ehook and loop cable ties for AV racks\u003c\/strong\u003e far more flexible than fixed-length alternatives.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔒\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-In Anti-Loss Attachment\u003c\/strong\u003e — Thread the cable itself through the loop slot when the strap is not in use, keeping the tie permanently attached to the cable. This prevents straps from being misplaced when you unplug or pack away your \u003cstrong\u003etravel cable organizer\u003c\/strong\u003e kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e✂️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo-Cut, Ready-to-Use Format\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each strap ships at its finished size with clean, finished edges — no trimming or preparation needed. Just wrap, thread through the slot, and press to fasten. Ideal for \u003cstrong\u003equick cable bundling for home office desks\u003c\/strong\u003e where setup time matters.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50-Piece Pack for Whole-Desk Coverage\u003c\/strong\u003e — With 50 straps per pack, you have enough to organize every cable at your workstation, in your bag, and behind your entertainment center in a single order — available in Small \u003cstrong\u003e150 × 12mm\u003c\/strong\u003e or Large \u003cstrong\u003e200 × 15mm\u003c\/strong\u003e to match your cable thickness.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Reusable Hook and Loop Cable Ties\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZBS S2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% Nylon (hook-and-loop pile)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall Size Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 12mm (5.9\" × 0.47\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLarge Size Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 × 15mm (7.9\" × 0.59\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack Quantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 straps per pack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFastening Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook-and-loop (no adhesive, no tools required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNo-Cut Design\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — finished edges, ready to use out of the bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnd-to-End Linkable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — loop slot allows straps to be chained together\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-Loss Function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — loop slot threads onto cable when not in use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReusability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — designed for repeated open-and-close cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackaging\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolybag (bag pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLogo\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo logo (plain)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor cable management; not rated for prolonged outdoor or high-UV exposure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhich size should I choose — Small (150mm) or Large (200mm)?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSmall size (150 × 12mm \/ 5.9\" × 0.47\")\u003c\/strong\u003e is ideal for thin cables like USB charging cables, earphone cords, and single data lines. The \u003cstrong\u003eLarge size (200 × 15mm \/ 7.9\" × 0.59\")\u003c\/strong\u003e handles thicker or bundled cables such as power cords, HDMI cables, extension leads, and multi-cable bundles. If you’re unsure, the Large size is generally more versatile for mixed cable types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow many times can these cable ties be reused?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese nylon hook-and-loop ties are designed for repeated use. The dense nylon pile maintains grip strength through \u003cstrong\u003ehundreds of open-and-close cycles\u003c\/strong\u003e under normal use conditions. Avoid exposing them to excessive heat, oil, or abrasive surfaces, which can reduce the hook pile’s effectiveness over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I cut these straps to a shorter length?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese straps are designed as \u003cstrong\u003eno-cut, ready-to-use ties\u003c\/strong\u003e with a pre-formed loop slot at one end. They do not require cutting. If you need a shorter length, the Small 150mm size is the better choice. Cutting the strap is not recommended as it may fray the nylon edge and reduce the finished appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I link multiple straps together to wrap a larger bundle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. Each strap has a \u003cstrong\u003eloop slot at one end\u003c\/strong\u003e that allows you to thread the tail of another strap through it, linking them end-to-end to extend the total length. This is useful for bundling larger cable runs, securing items to a rack rail, or wrapping thicker bundles that a single strap cannot encircle on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eAre these cable ties suitable for outdoor or high-temperature use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThese ties are made from nylon, which is generally resistant to moisture and mild weather exposure. However, they are primarily designed for \u003cstrong\u003eindoor cable management\u003c\/strong\u003e. Prolonged exposure to direct sunlight (UV), extreme heat above approximately \u003cstrong\u003e80°C (176°F)\u003c\/strong\u003e, or harsh outdoor environments may degrade the hook-and-loop pile over time. For outdoor or high-temperature applications, contact us to confirm suitability before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the anti-loss feature and how does it work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eWhen the strap is not in use, you can \u003cstrong\u003ethread the cable itself through the loop slot\u003c\/strong\u003e at the end of the strap, keeping the tie permanently attached to the cable. This prevents the strap from being misplaced when you unplug or store the cable — particularly useful for travel kits and frequently moved cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDo these straps leave adhesive residue on cables?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eNo. These are \u003cstrong\u003ehook-and-loop fabric ties\u003c\/strong\u003e — they fasten by the mechanical interlocking of the hook and loop surfaces, not by adhesive. They leave \u003cstrong\u003eno residue\u003c\/strong\u003e on cables, wires, or surfaces when removed, making them safe for use on rubber-jacketed cables, braided sleeves, and finished surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow many straps come in each pack?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach pack contains \u003cstrong\u003e50 straps\u003c\/strong\u003e of the selected size. Both the Small (150 × 12mm) and Large (200 × 15mm) variants are sold in 50-piece packs. Select your preferred size from the \u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e option above before adding to cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your size above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Small Size (15cm*1.2cm) Black 50pcs no Logo","offer_id":52371529629970,"sku":null,"price":21.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large Size (20cm*1.5cm) Black 50pcs no logo","offer_id":52371529662738,"sku":null,"price":25.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/O1CN012g9BeQ2DOOspzFvcC__2214694808599.jpg?v=1781234483"},{"product_id":"sktc-kt19-low-profile-cpu-cooler-full-copper-pwm-mini-itx-htpc","title":"SKTC KT-19 Low-Profile CPU Cooler – Full Copper, PWM Fan, Ultra-Slim 19mm for Mini-ITX \u0026 HTPC","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003c!-- ① OVERVIEW --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSKTC KT-19 Low-Profile CPU Cooler — Full Copper Cooling for Space-Constrained Builds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilding a compact Mini-ITX workstation, HTPC media center, or 1U rack server means every millimeter counts — and most standard tower coolers won't fit. The \u003cstrong\u003eSKTC KT-19 low-profile CPU cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e solves that problem with an ultra-slim 19 mm body that slides into the tightest enclosures without sacrificing real thermal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit ships as a complete cooler assembly: a 90×90×19 mm (≈3.5″×3.5″×0.75″) full-copper fin stack, a copper base plate, dual copper heat pipes, and an 80 mm 4-pin PWM fan — all constructed from copper for maximum heat conductivity. A matching backplate bracket is included based on your selected socket variant (LGA 115X\/1200 or LGA 1700). The cooler weighs approximately 160 g (0.35 lb), keeping chassis weight low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include silent home-theater PCs where fan noise must stay below 30 dB, compact NAS or edge-compute nodes running Intel 12th\/13th Gen processors on LGA 1700 boards, and industrial 1U appliances where a \u003cstrong\u003eslim CPU cooler for 1U chassis\u003c\/strong\u003e is a hard requirement. The PWM speed control also makes it a strong choice for a \u003cstrong\u003equiet Mini-ITX CPU cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e build, where the motherboard manages thermal management automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ② COMPATIBILITY BAR --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intel LGA \u003cstrong\u003e115X \/ 1200\u003c\/strong\u003e (75×75 mm hole pattern) \u0026amp; Intel LGA \u003cstrong\u003e1700\u003c\/strong\u003e (78×78 mm hole pattern). Select your socket variant above before adding to cart. \u003cem\u003eNot compatible with AMD sockets or Intel LGA 2011\/2066.\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ③ KEY FEATURES --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This Low-Profile CPU Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🟤\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Copper Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fin stack, base plate, and dual heat pipes are all copper, delivering thermal conductivity that aluminum coolers in this size class typically cannot match.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltra-Slim 19 mm Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — At just 19 mm tall (body only, excluding backplate), this \u003cstrong\u003eflat CPU cooler for HTPC and 1U cases\u003c\/strong\u003e fits enclosures where standard coolers are physically impossible to install.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePWM Smart Fan Control\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 80 mm 4-pin PWM fan scales from 1000 to 3200 RPM based on CPU temperature, keeping noise as low as 11 dB(A) at idle and airflow up to 42 CFM at peak load.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔇\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e11–28 dB(A) Noise Range\u003c\/strong\u003e — Single ball-bearing fan design is tuned for quiet operation, making this a practical, \u003cstrong\u003esilent CPU cooler for home theater PC\u003c\/strong\u003e builds where acoustic comfort matters.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Friendly Backplate Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — Backplate bracket supports Intel LGA 115X\/1200 (75×75 mm) and LGA 1700 (78×78 mm) platforms, with straightforward installation that doesn't require removing the motherboard in most cases.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 V \/ 0.3 A Rated Fan\u003c\/strong\u003e — Low power draw (3.6 W max) means minimal load on the motherboard fan header, compatible with virtually any modern Intel board's CPU_FAN connector.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c!-- ④ TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Low-Profile CPU Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKTC KT-19\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooler Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 mm × 90 mm × 19 mm (L×W×H) \/ ≈3.54″ × 3.54″ × 0.75″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈160 g (0.35 lb)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull copper (fins, base plate, heat pipes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeat Pipes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × copper heat pipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm (8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-pin PWM (small 4-pin CPU_FAN header)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,000 – 3,200 RPM ± 10%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 CFM (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 – 28 dB(A)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 V DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.3 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle ball bearing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Sockets\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntel LGA 115X \/ LGA 1200 (75×75 mm) · Intel LGA 1700 (78×78 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Hole Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75×75 mm (115X\/1200 variant) · 78×78 mm (1700 variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuitable Chassis\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini-ITX, HTPC, 1U server enclosures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × CPU cooler assembly (fan pre-installed), 1 × backplate bracket (socket-matched)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ⑤ FAQ --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhich Intel sockets does the SKTC KT-19 support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe KT-19 supports \u003cstrong\u003eIntel LGA 115X\u003c\/strong\u003e (1151\/1150\/1155\/1156) and \u003cstrong\u003eLGA 1200\u003c\/strong\u003e via the 75×75 mm backplate variant, and \u003cstrong\u003eIntel LGA 1700\u003c\/strong\u003e (12th\/13th\/14th Gen Core) via the 78×78 mm backplate variant. Select the correct option above before adding to cart. It is not compatible with AMD AM4\/AM5 or Intel LGA 2011\/2066 platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow do I choose between the 115X\/1200 and 1700 variants?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your motherboard's socket specification. If it lists \u003cstrong\u003eLGA 1151, 1150, 1155, 1156, or LGA 1200\u003c\/strong\u003e, select the \u003cem\u003e115X\/1200 (75×75)\u003c\/em\u003e variant. If it lists \u003cstrong\u003eLGA 1700\u003c\/strong\u003e (used by Intel 12th, 13th, and 14th Gen Core processors), select the \u003cem\u003e1700 (78×78)\u003c\/em\u003e variant. When in doubt, check your motherboard manual or the manufacturer's product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this cooler fit inside my case? What is the actual installed height?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooler body is \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm tall\u003c\/strong\u003e (≈0.75 inches), measured from the base plate to the top of the fan — backplate thickness is not included in this figure. This profile is specifically engineered for HTPC enclosures and 1U server chassis. Always verify your case's maximum CPU cooler height clearance before purchasing; some ultra-compact cases may have tolerances tighter than 19 mm above the socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow loud is the fan, and can the motherboard control its speed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4-pin PWM fan runs between \u003cstrong\u003e1,000 and 3,200 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e, with noise ranging from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e11 dB(A) at low speed to 28 dB(A) at full speed\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because it uses a standard PWM signal, your motherboard's BIOS fan curve will automatically adjust speed based on CPU temperature — so in typical desktop workloads the fan generally stays in the quieter lower range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum TDP this cooler can handle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full-copper construction (fins + base + dual heat pipes) gives the KT-19 strong thermal transfer for its size class. It is generally suitable for Intel CPUs with a \u003cstrong\u003eTDP up to approximately 65 W\u003c\/strong\u003e in a case with reasonable airflow. For processors with higher TDP ratings or in sealed enclosures with limited ventilation, additional case fans or a different cooler solution may be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the package include thermal paste?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease refer to the product images for the full package contents. If thermal compound is not pre-applied or included, any standard CPU thermal paste (such as MX-4, NT-H1, or equivalent) is compatible with the copper base plate. A thin, even application across the CPU heat spreader is recommended for best results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy choose a full-copper cooler over an aluminum one at this size?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCopper has roughly \u003cstrong\u003e60% higher thermal conductivity\u003c\/strong\u003e than aluminum (≈385 W\/m·K vs. ≈205 W\/m·K). In a low-profile cooler where fin surface area is limited by height constraints, using copper throughout the fin stack, base, and heat pipes helps compensate for the reduced surface area — typically resulting in lower CPU temperatures compared to aluminum coolers of the same physical size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this in a 1U rack-mount server or industrial appliance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the 19 mm body height is specifically cited by the manufacturer as meeting \u003cstrong\u003eHTPC and 1U chassis height requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e. That said, always confirm your chassis's exact CPU cooler clearance, as some 1U enclosures have proprietary mounting rails or airflow baffles that may affect fitment. The standard 4-pin PWM connector is compatible with most server-grade Intel motherboards that provide a CPU_FAN header.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!-- ⑥ CTA BAR --\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your socket variant (115X\/1200 or 1700) above, then add to cart — get the right fit for your build the first time.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"115X\/1200(75*75)","offer_id":52380989718802,"sku":"HKTBSMA620001","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1700(78*78)","offer_id":52380989751570,"sku":"HKTBSMA620002","price":60.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/01_192bc9c5-4c32-4336-85fd-b044e3b42921.jpg?v=1781578926"},{"product_id":"sr2108-m2-2242-ssd-heatsink-aluminum-passive-cooling-nvme-sata","title":"SR2108 M.2 2242 SSD Heatsink – Aluminum Passive Cooling Thermal Pad for NVMe \u0026 SATA 2242 Drives","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this heatsink fit my M.2 2242 SSD?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The SR2108 is designed specifically for the M.2 2242 form factor (22 mm wide x 42 mm long). It will not fit 2280, 2260, or 2230 drives without modification. Check your SSD label or spec sheet to confirm the form factor before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this heatsink work with both NVMe and SATA M.2 2242 drives?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The SR2108 is a passive aluminum heatsink that attaches to the top surface of the SSD via a thermal pad. It is compatible with both NVMe (PCIe) and SATA protocol M.2 2242 drives, as long as the drive fits the 2242 physical footprint.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is a thermal pad included, and do I need thermal paste?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A thermal pad is generally included to bond the heatsink to the SSD surface. Thermal paste is not required or recommended for this type of flat-contact heatsink application. Please refer to the product images to confirm package contents.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much does this heatsink reduce SSD temperatures?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Passive aluminum heatsinks for M.2 SSDs typically reduce operating temperatures by 5-15 degrees C under sustained read\/write loads, which can help prevent thermal throttling on drives that lack built-in heat spreaders.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this heatsink fit inside my laptop or compact case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The SR2108 heatsink adds a small amount of height above the SSD surface. Before installing, verify that your laptop's M.2 slot cover or case panel has sufficient clearance. In many mini-PC and NAS enclosures this is not an issue, but some ultrabooks have very tight tolerances.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this heatsink require any tools or screws to install?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Installation is generally tool-free: peel the thermal pad backing, align the heatsink over the SSD, and press firmly. Some variants may include a small retention clip or screw. Check the included instructions or product images for the exact installation method.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the heatsink safe for use in outdoor or high-humidity environments?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The aluminum body with anodized black finish offers basic corrosion resistance for indoor use. It is not rated for outdoor, high-humidity, or condensation-prone environments. For industrial or outdoor deployments, additional enclosure protection is recommended.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between this and a heatsink designed for 2280 drives?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The primary difference is physical length: 2242 drives are 42 mm long while 2280 drives are 80 mm long. The SR2108 is sized to match the shorter 2242 footprint exactly, so it provides full coverage without overhanging the drive edge or interfering with adjacent components.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eSR2108 M.2 2242 SSD Heatsink — Passive Aluminum Cooling for Compact NVMe \u0026amp; SATA Drives\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eCompact M.2 2242 SSDs are increasingly common in mini-PCs, NAS enclosures, industrial computers, and budget laptops — but their small size means they often ship without any built-in heat spreader. Under sustained read\/write workloads, an unprotected \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2242 SSD heatsink\u003c\/strong\u003e-less drive can thermal-throttle, cutting transfer speeds by 30–50% until it cools down. The SR2108 solves this with a purpose-built passive aluminum heat spreader sized exactly for the 2242 form factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach package includes one SR2108 aluminum heatsink body and a pre-cut thermal pad for direct bonding to the SSD surface. The heatsink measures approximately 37 mm × 22 mm (≈1.46\" × 0.87\") to match the 2242 footprint, with a low-profile fin structure that keeps the installed height minimal. Package weight is approximately 100 g (3.5 oz). The black anodized aluminum finish blends cleanly into most system interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include upgrading a \u003cstrong\u003e2242 NVMe SSD in a mini-ITX or NAS build\u003c\/strong\u003e where airflow is limited, adding thermal protection to a SATA M.2 2242 drive in an industrial embedded system, and reducing throttling on a compact laptop that uses the shorter 2242 slot. The passive design means zero noise and zero power draw — ideal for any \u003cstrong\u003esilent compact PC build with M.2 2242 storage\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e💾\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2242 form factor SSDs\u003c\/strong\u003e (22 mm wide × 42 mm long) — supports both \u003cstrong\u003eNVMe (PCIe)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSATA\u003c\/strong\u003e protocol drives. \u003cem\u003eNot compatible with M.2 2280, 2260, or 2230 drives.\u003c\/em\u003e Verify your SSD’s form factor before ordering.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of This M.2 2242 SSD Heatsink\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExact 2242 Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sized to match the M.2 2242 footprint precisely, providing full-surface contact without overhanging drive edges or blocking adjacent M.2 slots.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassive Aluminum Cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — Fanless heat-spreader design dissipates SSD heat silently, helping prevent thermal throttling during sustained \u003cstrong\u003eNVMe 2242 read\/write workloads\u003c\/strong\u003e in mini-PC and NAS enclosures.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⬛\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Anodized Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — Anodized surface improves emissivity for better passive heat radiation compared to bare aluminum, while giving a clean, uniform appearance inside any build.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThermal Pad Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Pre-cut thermal pad bonds the heatsink directly to the SSD controller and NAND surfaces, eliminating air gaps that reduce thermal transfer efficiency.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow-Profile Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Slim fin structure adds minimal height above the SSD, making it suitable for space-constrained enclosures such as compact laptops, embedded systems, and \u003cstrong\u003e2242 SSD slots in industrial mini-PCs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Peel-and-press thermal pad attachment means no screws, no drilling, and no risk of damaging the SSD PCB during installation — straightforward enough for a first-time builder.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — M.2 2242 SSD Heatsink\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSR2108\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible SSD Form Factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM.2 2242 (22 mm × 42 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible SSD Protocols\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNVMe (PCIe) and SATA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack anodized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassive (fanless heat spreader)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈37 mm × 22 mm \/ ≈1.46\" × 0.87\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 mm × 34 mm × 16 mm (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈100 g (3.5 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-cut thermal pad (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan \/ Noise\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — passive design, 0 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × SR2108 aluminum heatsink, 1 × thermal pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eBefore purchasing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm your SSD is the M.2 \u003cstrong\u003e2242\u003c\/strong\u003e form factor (42 mm long). Many common SSDs use the longer 2280 (80 mm) form factor — these are not compatible with the SR2108.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill this heatsink fit my M.2 2242 SSD?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe SR2108 is designed specifically for the \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2242 form factor\u003c\/strong\u003e — 22 mm wide and 42 mm long. It will not fit 2280, 2260, or 2230 drives without modification. To confirm your SSD’s form factor, check the label on the drive itself or look up the model number in your SSD manufacturer’s spec sheet. The four-digit number after “M.2” indicates width and length in millimeters (e.g., 2242 = 22 mm wide, 42 mm long).\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this heatsink work with both NVMe and SATA M.2 2242 drives?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. The SR2108 is a passive aluminum heat spreader that attaches to the top surface of the SSD via a thermal pad. It is compatible with both \u003cstrong\u003eNVMe (PCIe)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSATA protocol\u003c\/strong\u003e M.2 2242 drives, since it makes no electrical connection — it only contacts the physical surface of the drive. As long as your drive uses the 2242 physical footprint, the protocol does not affect compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs a thermal pad included, and do I need thermal paste?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003epre-cut thermal pad is included\u003c\/strong\u003e in the package to bond the heatsink to the SSD surface. Thermal paste is not required or recommended for this flat-contact heatsink application — the thermal pad fills microscopic surface gaps more effectively than paste in this geometry. Please refer to the product images to confirm the exact contents of your package.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much will this heatsink lower my SSD temperature?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eActual results depend on your enclosure’s airflow, the SSD’s workload, and ambient temperature. Passive aluminum heatsinks for M.2 SSDs \u003cstrong\u003etypically reduce operating temperatures by 5–15°C\u003c\/strong\u003e under sustained sequential read\/write loads. This is generally enough to prevent thermal throttling on drives that lack a built-in heat spreader, keeping transfer speeds consistent during large file transfers or extended workloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill this heatsink fit inside my laptop or compact mini-PC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe SR2108 adds a small amount of height above the SSD surface. Before installing, verify that your laptop’s M.2 slot cover, chassis panel, or drive bay has sufficient vertical clearance. In most \u003cstrong\u003emini-PC, NAS, and industrial embedded enclosures\u003c\/strong\u003e this is not an issue. However, some ultrabooks and thin laptops have very tight tolerances above the M.2 slot — always measure available clearance before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes installation require any tools or screws?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eInstallation is generally \u003cstrong\u003etool-free\u003c\/strong\u003e: peel the protective backing from the thermal pad, align the heatsink over the SSD with the fin side facing up, and press firmly for several seconds to bond. Some package variants may include a small retention clip. Check the included instruction sheet or product images for the exact installation steps for your unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this heatsink safe for use in high-humidity or outdoor environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe black anodized aluminum finish provides basic corrosion resistance suitable for \u003cstrong\u003estandard indoor environments\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is not rated for outdoor use, high-humidity conditions, or environments where condensation may form on electronics. For industrial or outdoor deployments, the SSD and heatsink should be housed in a sealed, environmentally protected enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between a 2242 and a 2280 heatsink — can I use a 2280 heatsink instead?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe numbers refer to physical dimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e2242 = 22 mm wide × 42 mm long\u003c\/strong\u003e; 2280 = 22 mm wide × 80 mm long. A 2280 heatsink is nearly twice as long and will overhang a 2242 drive significantly, potentially blocking adjacent slots or preventing the drive from seating correctly. The SR2108 is sized to match the 2242 footprint exactly, providing full coverage without any overhang.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Add to cart above and give your M.2 2242 SSD the thermal protection it needs — passive, silent, and ready to install.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52381050536210,"sku":"HKTBSMA630001","price":26.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/06_0bbb8b53-fbbf-4de2-97b1-c0a0090f921f.jpg?v=1781581298"},{"product_id":"ram-heatsink-spreader-cnc-aluminum-2pack-desktop-ddr-memory","title":"RAM Heatsink Spreader – CNC Machined Aluminum, 2-Pack for Desktop DDR Memory Sticks (Black \/ Red)","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I know if this RAM heatsink spreader will fit my memory sticks?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each spreader measures 150 mm x 35 mm x 10 mm (approximately 5.9 x 1.38 x 0.39 inches). It is designed to fit standard-height and most low-profile desktop DDR memory sticks (DDR3, DDR4, DDR5). Measure your RAM stick's length and height before purchasing to confirm fitment. If your sticks already have a factory heat spreader installed, remove it first or check that the combined thickness does not exceed your motherboard's clearance.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many pieces are included in one order?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each order includes 2 aluminum RAM heatsink spreaders in your chosen color (Black x2 or Red x2). This is enough to cover a dual-channel memory kit (2 sticks).\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this heatsink actually lower RAM temperatures?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Aluminum heat spreaders increase the surface area available for heat dissipation from the RAM chips. Under sustained workloads such as gaming, video rendering, or memory-intensive applications, a RAM heatsink spreader can generally reduce module temperatures by 5-10 degrees C, helping maintain stable operation and reducing the risk of thermal throttling.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this compatible with DDR3, DDR4, and DDR5 memory?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The spreader is designed for standard desktop DIMM form factor sticks, which covers most DDR3, DDR4, and DDR5 modules. The key dimension to check is the stick length (typically 133 mm for standard DIMMs) and height. SO-DIMM laptop modules are a different, smaller form factor and are not compatible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this heatsink interfere with my CPU cooler or tall RAM clearance?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The spreader adds approximately 10 mm of thickness to each side of the RAM stick. If your CPU cooler has limited clearance above the first DIMM slot, measure the available space before installing. In most mid-tower and full-tower cases this is not an issue, but compact ITX builds may have tighter constraints.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I use this heatsink spreader for overclocking?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Enthusiasts who run XMP or EXPO profiles, or who manually overclock their RAM, generally benefit from additional thermal management. Keeping memory chips cooler during overclocked operation can improve stability and longevity. The CNC-machined aluminum construction provides consistent contact across the RAM chip surface for effective heat transfer.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this suitable for outdoor or high-humidity environments?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This RAM heatsink spreader is designed for standard indoor desktop PC use. The aluminum body offers basic corrosion resistance, but it is not rated for outdoor, high-humidity, or condensation-prone environments. For industrial or ruggedized deployments, additional enclosure protection is recommended.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How is the heatsink attached to the RAM stick?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The spreader is typically secured using a thermal adhesive pad or thermal tape that bonds the aluminum body to the RAM chip surface. This ensures good thermal contact without damaging the PCB. Please refer to the product images and included instructions for the exact attachment method.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eRAM Heatsink Spreader — CNC Machined Aluminum for Cooler, More Stable Desktop Memory\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eDesktop DDR memory sticks run hot under gaming sessions, video rendering, and memory-intensive workloads — and most budget or mid-range kits ship without any \u003cstrong\u003eRAM heatsink spreader\u003c\/strong\u003e at all. Elevated temperatures cause instability, throttling, and in extreme cases premature chip degradation. Builders who push XMP or EXPO profiles, or who run multiple sticks in a warm case, need an affordable way to add thermal protection without replacing their entire memory kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e2 aluminum RAM heatsink spreaders\u003c\/strong\u003e in your chosen color (Black ×2 or Red ×2) — enough to cover a standard dual-channel kit. Each spreader measures 150 mm × 35 mm × 10 mm (5.9\" × 1.38\" × 0.39\") and weighs approximately 55 g (1.9 oz) per piece. The body is CNC machined from aluminum alloy for consistent wall thickness and flat contact surfaces. Available in matte black and anodized red to match your build aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eTypical use cases include adding thermal protection to bare DDR4 or DDR5 sticks in a \u003cstrong\u003emid-tower gaming PC build\u003c\/strong\u003e, improving memory stability during XMP overclocking on an Intel or AMD desktop platform, and giving a visual upgrade to a windowed case where \u003cstrong\u003eRGB-adjacent red or black RAM coolers\u003c\/strong\u003e complement the overall theme. The passive design means zero noise and zero power draw.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e💾\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits standard desktop \u003cstrong\u003eDIMM form factor\u003c\/strong\u003e memory sticks — compatible with most \u003cstrong\u003eDDR3, DDR4, and DDR5\u003c\/strong\u003e modules (standard height and low-profile). \u003cem\u003eNot compatible with SO-DIMM laptop memory.\u003c\/em\u003e Each set covers \u003cstrong\u003e2 sticks\u003c\/strong\u003e. Verify your stick height and CPU cooler clearance before ordering.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These RAM Heatsink Spreaders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCNC Machined Aluminum Body\u003c\/strong\u003e — Precision CNC machining ensures flat, consistent contact surfaces across the full length of the RAM stick, maximizing thermal transfer from chip to spreader.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePassive Heat Dissipation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Increased surface area pulls heat away from DDR memory chips silently, helping reduce operating temperatures during sustained \u003cstrong\u003egaming or rendering workloads\u003c\/strong\u003e without adding any fan noise.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🆕\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack Per Order\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each set includes two matching spreaders, covering a complete dual-channel memory kit. No need to buy separately for each stick in a standard 2×8 GB or 2×16 GB configuration.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌟\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack \u0026amp; Red Color Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose matte black for a clean, understated look or anodized red for a bold accent — both designed to complement windowed cases and \u003cstrong\u003ecustom desktop PC builds\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBroad DDR Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — Sized for standard desktop DIMM sticks across DDR3, DDR4, and DDR5 generations, making it a versatile \u003cstrong\u003euniversal RAM cooler for desktop upgrades\u003c\/strong\u003e without needing to match a specific brand.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚡\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOverclocking Thermal Support\u003c\/strong\u003e — Enthusiasts running XMP or EXPO profiles benefit from the added thermal headroom, helping memory chips stay within safe operating ranges during \u003cstrong\u003eRAM overclocking on Intel and AMD platforms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — RAM Heatsink Spreader\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSW-04\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Memory Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop DIMM — DDR3, DDR4, DDR5 (standard \u0026amp; low-profile height)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncompatible Memory Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSO-DIMM (laptop), ECC registered server DIMMs (verify clearance)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy (CNC machined)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Finish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodized — Black or Red (select variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassive heat spreader (fanless)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions per Piece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 mm × 35 mm × 10 mm \/ 5.9\" × 1.38\" × 0.39\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight per Piece\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈55 g (1.9 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 pieces (one set for dual-channel kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThermal adhesive pad (contact us to confirm inclusion)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan \/ Noise\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — passive design, 0 dB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower Required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack ×2  |  Red ×2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCheck clearance before installing:\u003c\/strong\u003e If your CPU cooler overhangs the first DIMM slot, measure the available height above your RAM sticks. The spreader adds approximately 10 mm of thickness per side. Also confirm your sticks do not already have a factory heat spreader that would prevent flat contact.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I know if this RAM heatsink spreader will fit my memory sticks?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach spreader measures \u003cstrong\u003e150 mm × 35 mm × 10 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (approximately 5.9\" × 1.38\" × 0.39\"). It is designed to fit standard-height and most low-profile desktop DDR memory sticks (DDR3, DDR4, DDR5). Measure your RAM stick’s length and height before purchasing to confirm fitment. If your sticks already have a factory heat spreader installed, remove it first or check that the combined thickness does not exceed your motherboard’s clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow many pieces are included in one order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e2 aluminum RAM heatsink spreaders\u003c\/strong\u003e in your chosen color (Black ×2 or Red ×2). This is enough to cover a standard dual-channel memory kit (2 sticks). If you are running a quad-channel configuration (4 sticks), you would need to order two sets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this heatsink actually lower RAM temperatures?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. Aluminum heat spreaders increase the surface area available for heat dissipation from the RAM chips. Under sustained workloads such as gaming, video rendering, or memory-intensive applications, a \u003cstrong\u003eRAM heatsink spreader\u003c\/strong\u003e can generally reduce module temperatures by 5–10°C, helping maintain stable operation and reducing the risk of thermal throttling or instability during overclocked operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this compatible with DDR3, DDR4, and DDR5 memory?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe spreader is designed for the standard \u003cstrong\u003edesktop DIMM form factor\u003c\/strong\u003e, which covers most DDR3, DDR4, and DDR5 modules. The key dimensions to check are stick length (typically 133 mm for standard DIMMs) and height. \u003cstrong\u003eSO-DIMM laptop modules\u003c\/strong\u003e are a different, smaller form factor and are not compatible with this spreader.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill this heatsink interfere with my CPU cooler or case clearance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe spreader adds approximately \u003cstrong\u003e10 mm of thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e to each side of the RAM stick. If your CPU cooler has limited clearance above the first DIMM slot, measure the available space before installing. In most mid-tower and full-tower cases this is not an issue, but compact Mini-ITX builds may have tighter constraints. Check your CPU cooler’s RAM clearance specification if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I use this heatsink spreader for overclocking?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. Enthusiasts who run \u003cstrong\u003eXMP or EXPO profiles\u003c\/strong\u003e, or who manually overclock their RAM, generally benefit from additional thermal management. Keeping memory chips cooler during overclocked operation can improve stability and longevity. The CNC-machined aluminum construction provides consistent contact across the RAM chip surface for effective heat transfer during \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-frequency DDR4 or DDR5 overclocking\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this suitable for outdoor or high-humidity environments?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis RAM heatsink spreader is designed for \u003cstrong\u003estandard indoor desktop PC use\u003c\/strong\u003e. The aluminum body offers basic corrosion resistance, but it is not rated for outdoor, high-humidity, or condensation-prone environments. For industrial or ruggedized deployments, additional enclosure protection is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow is the heatsink attached to the RAM stick?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe spreader is typically secured using a \u003cstrong\u003ethermal adhesive pad or thermal tape\u003c\/strong\u003e that bonds the aluminum body to the RAM chip surface. This ensures good thermal contact without damaging the PCB or requiring any tools. Please refer to the product images and included instructions for the exact attachment method for your unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your color above, then add to cart — each set includes 2 spreaders to cover your full dual-channel kit.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Black*2","offer_id":52381092741394,"sku":"HKTBSMA640001","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red*2","offer_id":52381092774162,"sku":"HKTBSMA640002","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/08_c1d475a7-d7aa-4aee-9193-fc09dd9e029f.jpg?v=1781588857"},{"product_id":"laptop-cooling-pad-rgb-aluminum-alloy-adjustable-stand","title":"Laptop Cooling Pad with RGB Lights — Aluminum Alloy, 6-Level Height Adjustment, Fits 11\"–17.3\" Laptops","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What laptop sizes does this cooling pad fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This cooling pad is designed to fit laptops ranging from 11 to 17.3 inches, covering most standard notebook sizes including 13\\\"MacBooks, 15.6\\\" gaming laptops, and 17.3\\\" workstations.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much weight can this cooling pad support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The cooling pad is rated to support laptops weighing up to 10 kg (approximately 22 lbs), which covers virtually all consumer and gaming laptops on the market.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How loud is the fan during operation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The fan is engineered for quiet operation. At its standard speed of up to 3200 RPM, noise levels are generally kept low enough for office or bedroom use without causing distraction.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can I adjust the viewing angle?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The stand offers 6 levels of height adjustment, allowing tilt angles from 0° to 36°. This lets you find the most comfortable ergonomic position whether you're sitting or standing at a desk.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the S30 model's RGB lighting affect performance?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. The RGB lighting on the S30 model is purely aesthetic and draws minimal power. It does not interfere with the fan's cooling performance. The lights cycle through 5 colors automatically.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How does this cooling pad connect to my laptop?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The cooling pad is powered via USB and includes 2 USB pass-through ports so you don't lose connectivity. Simply plug the USB cable into your laptop and the fan activates immediately — no drivers or software required.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is the aluminum surface safe for my laptop's bottom panel?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The surface is smooth and the pad includes silicone anti-slip pads to keep your laptop securely in place without scratching. The aluminum alloy construction also helps passively conduct heat away from the laptop's underside.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eLaptop Cooling Pad That Actually Keeps Your Machine Running Cool — Aluminum Alloy Build with Adjustable Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eIf your laptop fan is constantly screaming, your keyboard feels warm to the touch, or your gaming sessions get cut short by thermal throttling, you need more than a flat desk surface. This aluminum alloy laptop cooling pad is built for students, remote workers, and gamers who demand reliable heat dissipation without the bulk or noise of industrial coolers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach unit includes one cooling pad stand constructed from aluminum alloy with silicone anti-slip feet. The pad measures 347 × 239 × 37mm (≈13.7\" × 9.4\" × 1.5\") and weighs 710g (≈1.57 lbs). It comes in three variants: S20 Silver (basic), S20 Gunmetal (basic), and S30 Gunmetal with RGB lighting (upgraded). The S30 model features 5-color auto-cycling RGB accent lights along the front edge for a gaming aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis cooling pad is ideal for extended work-from-home sessions where heat buildup causes slowdowns, late-night gaming setups where quiet operation matters, and dorm or office desks where ergonomic laptop positioning reduces neck strain. The 6-level adjustable stand doubles as a laptop riser, making it a practical \u003cstrong\u003elaptop stand with cooling fan\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e💻\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits laptops from 11\" to 17.3\" — including MacBook Air\/Pro, Dell XPS, HP Spectre, Lenovo ThinkPad, ASUS ROG, Razer Blade, and most standard Windows notebooks.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Aluminum Laptop Cooling Pads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌬️\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Speed 3200 RPM Fan\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 17cm fan spins at up to 3200 RPM with 2W of power, delivering strong airflow directly to your laptop's underside to reduce surface temperatures during intensive tasks.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔩\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum Alloy Surface Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e — Unlike mesh steel pads, the solid aluminum alloy top panel conducts heat passively while providing a stable, scratch-resistant platform for your laptop.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📐\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6-Level Height Adjustment (0°–36°)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Adjust the stand across six positions from flat to a steep 36° angle, accommodating different desk heights and user preferences to reduce neck and shoulder strain during long sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔇\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet Fan Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — Engineered with an alloy bearing system for smooth, low-noise airflow — suitable for library study sessions, video calls, or bedroom gaming without disruptive fan noise.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌈\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5-Color RGB Lighting (S30 Model)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The upgraded S30 variant features auto-cycling RGB accent lighting along the front bar, adding a gaming-desk aesthetic without any performance trade-off.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n      \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\n      \u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 USB Pass-Through Ports\u003c\/strong\u003e — The pad adds two USB-A ports so you don't sacrifice connectivity when plugging in the cooler — keep your mouse, keyboard, or USB drive connected simultaneously.\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Aluminum Laptop Cooling Pad Stand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum alloy + silicone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e347 × 239 × 37mm (≈13.7\" × 9.4\" × 1.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e710g (≈1.57 lbs) — S30 model approx. 910g packaged\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17cm (≈6.7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3200 RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTilt Angle Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0° – 36° (6 levels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 – 159mm (≈3.7\" – 6.3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax Load Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 10 kg (≈22 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Laptop Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11\" – 17.3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUSB Ports\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × USB-A pass-through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRGB Lighting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-color auto-cycling (S30 model only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver (S20), Gunmetal (S20 \u0026amp; S30)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Cooling pad stand, 1 × User manual, 1 × Packaging box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEstimated Lifespan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypically 3–5 years under normal use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat laptop sizes does this cooling pad fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis cooling pad is designed to fit laptops ranging from 11\" to 17.3\", covering most standard notebook sizes. That includes 13\" MacBook Air\/Pro, 14\" and 15.6\" Windows laptops, and up to 17.3\" gaming or workstation notebooks. The platform measures 347 × 239mm, providing a stable base for all sizes within this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much weight can this cooling pad support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe stand is rated to support up to 10 kg (approximately 22 lbs). In practice, this covers virtually all consumer, business, and gaming laptops currently on the market. The aluminum alloy frame and reinforced support legs contribute to this load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow loud is the fan during operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe fan uses an alloy bearing system designed for quiet, smooth rotation. At typical operating speeds, noise levels are generally low enough for office environments, video calls, or bedroom use. At maximum 3200 RPM, some airflow sound is present but is generally not considered disruptive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eCan I adjust the height and viewing angle?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. The stand offers 6 discrete height levels, adjusting the tilt angle from flat (0°) up to 36°. The height range spans 93mm to 159mm (≈3.7\" to 6.3\"). This makes it suitable for users of different heights and desk setups, and helps reduce neck strain during extended use — a key benefit of using a \u003cstrong\u003elaptop stand with cooling fan\u003c\/strong\u003e versus a flat cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes the RGB lighting on the S30 model affect cooling performance?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eNo. The RGB lighting is a separate aesthetic feature that draws minimal power and does not interfere with the fan's airflow or speed. The S30 model delivers the same 3200 RPM fan performance as the S20 models, with the addition of 5-color auto-cycling accent lights along the front edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow does this cooling pad connect to my laptop — does it need a power adapter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eNo external power adapter is needed. The cooling pad is powered via a USB-A cable that plugs directly into your laptop or a USB hub. It also includes 2 USB-A pass-through ports, so you don't lose any ports in the process. The fan activates immediately upon connection — no drivers or software installation required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill the aluminum surface scratch my laptop's bottom panel?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe cooling pad includes silicone anti-slip pads that keep your laptop securely positioned without direct metal-to-metal contact. The aluminum surface itself is smooth and finished to avoid abrasion. In normal use, the pad should not scratch your laptop's underside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhich model should I choose — S20 or S30?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eS20\u003c\/strong\u003e (Silver or Gunmetal) if you want a clean, understated look focused purely on cooling performance. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eS30\u003c\/strong\u003e (Gunmetal with RGB) if you want the same cooling capability with added RGB accent lighting for a gaming desk setup. Both models share the same fan specs, dimensions, and adjustability — the difference is purely aesthetic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your preferred model above, then add to cart — ergonomic cooling for every laptop setup.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"S20 Silver High Power Basic Model","offer_id":52381129015570,"sku":"HKTBSMA670001","price":108.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"S20 Gunmetal High Power Basic Model","offer_id":52381129048338,"sku":"HKTBSMA670002","price":108.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"S30 Gunmetal High Power Upgraded Model with RGB Lights","offer_id":52381129081106,"sku":"HKTBSMA670003","price":118.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/07_b8ec3c7d-81ea-4d61-86f1-e139725363a0.jpg?v=1781591487"},{"product_id":"lc-x120-120mm-pwm-case-fan-non-rgb-hydraulic-bearing","title":"LC-X120 120mm PWM Case Fan — Non-RGB, Hydraulic Bearing, 4-Pin, 1800 RPM","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLC-X120 120mm PWM Case Fan — Reliable Airflow Without the RGB Glow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePC builders who want strong, consistent airflow without flashy lighting often struggle to find a 120mm case fan that delivers real performance in a clean, no-nonsense package. The \u003cstrong\u003eLC-X120 120mm PWM case fan\u003c\/strong\u003e is engineered for builders who care about thermals, acoustics, and long-term reliability — not aesthetics. Whether you're cooling a budget workstation or a high-performance gaming rig, this fan handles the job quietly and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach unit measures \u003cstrong\u003e120 × 120 × 25mm (≈4.7\" × 4.7\" × 1\")\u003c\/strong\u003e and is constructed from durable ABS plastic with a CD-texture copper-core hub. The package includes 1 × LC-X120 fan, mounting screws, and retail box. Available in Black or White, and in Positive or Reverse airflow configurations. The cable length is 600mm (±10%), and the fan connects via a standard \u003cstrong\u003e4-pin PWM (non-RGB)\u003c\/strong\u003e connector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fan is well-suited for \u003cstrong\u003eATX mid-tower and full-tower case ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e, front intake or rear exhaust positions, and \u003cstrong\u003e120mm radiator cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e in AIO liquid cooling setups. It's also a practical choice for \u003cstrong\u003esilent home office PC builds\u003c\/strong\u003e where low noise at idle is a priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits all standard 120mm fan mounts. Requires a 4-pin PWM header on your motherboard or fan controller. DC voltage: 12V. Not compatible with 3-pin DC-only headers for speed control (will run at full speed on 3-pin headers).\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These 120mm PWM Case Fans\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Efficiency 9-Blade Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — Nine precision-angled blades generate up to 81 CFM (±10%) of airflow while maintaining a low noise profile, making this one of the more capable non-RGB 120mm fans for case ventilation.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔇\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e8 Anti-Vibration Rubber Pads\u003c\/strong\u003e — Four pads on the front and four on the rear dampen motor vibration before it reaches the case frame, reducing resonance noise during sustained operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePWM Speed Control (600–1800 RPM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 4-pin PWM interface lets your motherboard automatically scale fan speed based on CPU or system temperature, balancing cooling performance and acoustics without manual adjustment.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydraulic Bearing with Copper Core Hub\u003c\/strong\u003e — The fluid dynamic hydraulic bearing runs quieter and lasts longer than standard sleeve bearings. The CD-texture copper-core hub adds structural rigidity and a distinctive industrial look.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePositive or Reverse Airflow Options\u003c\/strong\u003e — Choose the airflow direction that matches your case layout. Reverse airflow variants let you achieve the correct intake or exhaust direction without physically flipping the fan, preserving label orientation and cable routing.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⏱️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e40,000-Hour Rated Motor Lifespan\u003c\/strong\u003e — The motor is rated for up to 40,000 hours of continuous use, making this a long-term investment for builds that run around the clock, such as home servers or always-on workstations.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — 120mm PWM Case Fan\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLC-X120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 120 × 25mm (≈4.7\" × 4.7\" × 1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600–1800 RPM (±10%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e81 CFM (±10%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStatic Pressure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.56 mmH₂O (±10%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13–29 dBA (±10%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBearing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic Bearing (Fluid Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-Pin PWM (Non-RGB)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperating Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Blades\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600mm ±10% (≈23.6\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS Plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHub\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCD-Texture Copper Core\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnti-Vibration Pads\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 total (4 front + 4 rear)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Lifespan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200g (≈7.1 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow Direction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositive \/ Reverse (select variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Fan, Mounting Screws, Retail Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBefore ordering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm your case has a standard 120mm fan mount and a 4-pin PWM header available. If your motherboard only has 3-pin headers, the fan will operate but speed control will not be available — it will run at full speed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat size is the LC-X120 fan and will it fit my PC case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LC-X120 measures \u003cstrong\u003e120 × 120 × 25mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (approximately 4.7\" × 4.7\" × 1\"), which is the most common case fan size. It fits the vast majority of ATX, Micro-ATX, and Mini-ITX cases that have standard 120mm fan mounts. Check your case manual to confirm the number and location of 120mm fan positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between positive airflow and reverse airflow?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePositive airflow fans push air in the standard direction through the fan frame. Reverse airflow fans spin in the opposite direction, so air moves the other way without physically flipping the fan. This is useful when your case layout or radiator orientation requires airflow in a specific direction but you want to keep the fan label and cables facing a particular way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow loud is this fan at different speeds?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LC-X120 operates between \u003cstrong\u003e13–29 dBA (±10%)\u003c\/strong\u003e across its full speed range. At lower PWM-controlled speeds (closer to 600 RPM), it typically runs below 20 dBA — generally inaudible in a closed case. At full speed (1800 RPM), noise is still moderate at around 29 dBA. The 8 rubber anti-vibration pads further reduce case resonance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes this fan support PWM speed control, and what connector does it use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The LC-X120 uses a standard \u003cstrong\u003e4-pin PWM connector\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing your motherboard or fan controller to automatically adjust speed between 600 and 1800 RPM based on system temperature. If connected to a 3-pin header, the fan will operate at full speed without PWM control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat bearing type does this fan use and how long will it last?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LC-X120 uses a \u003cstrong\u003ehydraulic bearing\u003c\/strong\u003e (fluid dynamic bearing), which is quieter and generally more durable than standard sleeve bearings. The motor is rated for up to \u003cstrong\u003e40,000 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e of continuous operation — roughly 4.5 years of 24\/7 use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eCan I use this fan on a 120mm radiator for liquid cooling?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. With \u003cstrong\u003e81 CFM airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e2.56 mmH₂O static pressure\u003c\/strong\u003e, the LC-X120 is generally suitable for use on standard 120mm radiators in AIO or custom loop setups. For very thick or high-fin-density radiators, a dedicated high-static-pressure fan may perform better, but this fan works well in most typical cooling configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this fan RGB or does it have any lighting?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The LC-X120 is a \u003cstrong\u003enon-RGB fan\u003c\/strong\u003e. It features a clean CD-texture disc hub with no LEDs of any kind. This makes it ideal for stealth builds, server cases, or any build where lighting is not desired. It will not interfere with ARGB controllers or lighting software.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 × LC-X120 fan\u003c\/strong\u003e, a set of mounting screws, and retail packaging. Please select your preferred color (Black or White) and airflow direction (Positive or Reverse) from the variant options above before adding to cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your color and airflow direction above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Black Positive Airflow Fan","offer_id":52381140418834,"sku":"HKTBSMA720001","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Reverse Airflow Fan","offer_id":52381140451602,"sku":"HKTBSMA720002","price":36.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Positive Airflow Fan","offer_id":52381140484370,"sku":"HKTBSMA720003","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Reverse Airflow Fan","offer_id":52381140517138,"sku":"HKTBSMA720004","price":36.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/03_b6217250-3669-4a2f-9818-e1bc882da192.jpg?v=1781594032"},{"product_id":"dual-heatpipe-cpu-cooler-dual-90mm-fans-intel-amd","title":"Dual Heatpipe CPU Cooler with Dual 90mm Fans — Intel \u0026 AMD, 3-Pin, 35-Fin Tower","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What CPU sockets does this cooler support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This cooler supports a wide range of Intel and AMD sockets. Intel: LGA775, LGA1700, LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156), and LGA1200. AMD: Socket 754, AM2, AM2+, AM3, AM3+, AM4, FM1, and FM2+. No motherboard removal is required for installation on most supported platforms.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the single-fan and dual-fan configurations?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The single-fan version measures 95 x 65 x 130mm and weighs approximately 290g. The dual-fan version measures 95 x 88 x 130mm and weighs approximately 385g. The dual-fan setup draws cool air in from one side and exhausts hot air from the other, improving heat dissipation through the fin stack compared to a single-fan push-only configuration.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How loud is this CPU cooler during operation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each 90mm fan operates at 20 ±10% dBA, which is generally considered quiet for active CPU cooling. The hydraulic bearing design further reduces operational noise compared to sleeve bearing fans. At typical desktop workloads, the cooler is generally inaudible in a closed case.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What CPUs is this cooler designed for — can it handle gaming or overclocking?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This cooler is designed for mainstream desktop CPUs including Intel Core i3\/i5, Celeron, Pentium, and AMD Athlon, Sempron, Phenom, and A-Series APU processors. It is generally suitable for stock-speed operation on CPUs with a TDP up to approximately 95W. For heavy overclocking or high-TDP processors (above 95W), a larger tower cooler or liquid cooling solution is recommended.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this cooler include thermal paste?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Each package includes the CPU cooler, mounting hardware (backplate and brackets for supported sockets), thermal paste, and retail box packaging. No additional thermal compound is needed for initial installation.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What connector type do the fans use — are they PWM or DC?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The fans use a 3-pin DC connector. This means fan speed is controlled by voltage rather than PWM signal. Most modern motherboards support DC fan speed control via 3-pin headers. If your motherboard only has 4-pin PWM headers, the fan will still operate but will typically run at full speed without automatic speed scaling.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do the direct-contact heatpipes work and why does it matter?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Direct-contact heatpipe technology means the two 6mm sintered copper heatpipes touch the CPU heat spreader directly, without an intermediate copper base plate between them. This reduces thermal resistance at the contact point and allows heat to transfer into the heatpipes and up to the aluminum fin stack more quickly. The base is precision-milled flat to maximize contact area with the CPU lid.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this cooler fit inside a standard mid-tower ATX case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The dual-fan version measures 95 x 88 x 130mm (approximately 3.7\\\" x 3.5\\\" x 5.1\\\"). Most standard mid-tower ATX cases support CPU coolers up to 155–165mm in height, so this cooler generally fits with significant clearance. For compact Micro-ATX or Mini-ITX cases, check your case's maximum CPU cooler height specification before ordering.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eDual Heatpipe CPU Cooler — Quiet, Efficient Cooling for Intel \u0026amp; AMD Desktops\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eWhen your desktop PC runs hot under sustained workloads — whether you're editing video, gaming for hours, or just tired of a loud stock cooler — a capable aftermarket \u003cstrong\u003edual heatpipe CPU cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e makes a noticeable difference. This tower cooler is built for everyday desktop builders and upgraders who want reliable thermal performance without the complexity of liquid cooling. It installs without removing the motherboard on most supported platforms, making it accessible even for first-time builders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach package includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 × CPU cooler assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e (heatsink tower + dual 90mm fans pre-mounted), a mounting kit with brackets and backplate for supported sockets, thermal paste, and retail box. The heatsink tower is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ecopper and aluminum\u003c\/strong\u003e — two 6mm sintered copper heatpipes run through a 35-fin aluminum fin stack. The dual-fan configuration measures \u003cstrong\u003e95 × 88 × 130mm (≈3.7\" × 3.5\" × 5.1\")\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs approximately 385g (±3%). The single-fan variant measures \u003cstrong\u003e95 × 65 × 130mm (≈3.7\" × 2.6\" × 5.1\")\u003c\/strong\u003e at approximately 290g (±3%).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis cooler is well-suited for \u003cstrong\u003ebudget and mid-range desktop PC builds\u003c\/strong\u003e using Intel Core i3\/i5, Celeron, or Pentium processors on LGA1700, LGA115X, or LGA1200 platforms, as well as \u003cstrong\u003eAMD Ryzen and older AM3+\/AM4 socket systems\u003c\/strong\u003e. It's also a practical upgrade for \u003cstrong\u003ehome office and HTPC builds\u003c\/strong\u003e where low noise at idle is a priority, and for anyone replacing a worn-out or noisy stock cooler on a mainstream desktop CPU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intel LGA775 \/ LGA1700 \/ LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156) \/ LGA1200 — AMD Socket 754 \/ AM2 \/ AM2+ \/ AM3 \/ AM3+ \/ AM4 \/ FM1 \/ FM2+. Fans use a \u003cstrong\u003e3-pin DC connector\u003c\/strong\u003e. No motherboard removal required on most supported platforms.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Dual Heatpipe CPU Coolers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔥\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDirect-Contact Heatpipe Technology\u003c\/strong\u003e — Two 6mm sintered copper heatpipes make direct contact with the CPU heat spreader. The base is precision-milled flat to maximize surface contact, allowing heat to transfer into the fin stack faster than a standard copper base plate design.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePush-Pull Dual Fan Airflow\u003c\/strong\u003e — The dual 90mm fan configuration draws cool air in from one side and exhausts hot air from the other, creating a through-flow pattern across all 35 aluminum fins. This improves heat dissipation compared to a single-fan push-only setup at the same noise level.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔇\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuiet 90mm Hydraulic Bearing Fans\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each 9025 fan (90 × 90 × 25mm) runs at 1800 ±10% RPM with a noise level of 20 ±10% dBA and 48 ±10% CFM airflow. The hydraulic bearing design is quieter and more durable than standard sleeve bearings, with a rated lifespan of 50,000 hours.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🏗️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35-Fin Aluminum Fin Stack\u003c\/strong\u003e — The densely packed 35-fin array maximizes surface area for heat exchange without adding excessive weight. The copper-aluminum combination balances thermal conductivity (copper heatpipes) with lightweight heat dissipation (aluminum fins).\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBroad Multi-Platform Compatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e — Supports Intel LGA775 through LGA1700 and AMD AM2 through AM4, covering the majority of mainstream desktop platforms from the past decade. Installation does not require motherboard removal on most supported sockets, making it a straightforward drop-in upgrade.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Installation Kit Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each order includes the heatsink tower, dual pre-mounted fans, socket-specific mounting brackets, backplate hardware, and a packet of thermal paste. Everything needed for a clean installation is in the box — no separate purchases required.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Dual Heatpipe Tower CPU Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooler Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTower Heatsink with Direct-Contact Heatpipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatpipe Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 × 6mm Sintered Copper Heatpipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFin Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 Aluminum Fins\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper (heatpipes) + Aluminum (fins) + ABS (fan frame)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions — Single Fan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 × 65 × 130mm (≈3.7\" × 2.6\" × 5.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions — Dual Fan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95 × 88 × 130mm (≈3.7\" × 3.5\" × 5.1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight — Single Fan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e290g ±3% (≈10.2 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight — Dual Fan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e385g ±3% (≈13.6 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Model\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9025 (90 × 90 × 25mm \/ ≈3.5\" × 3.5\" × 1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Blade Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 Blades\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800 ±10% RPM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 ±10% CFM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 ±10% dBA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Bearing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic Bearing (Fluid Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Pin DC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Rated Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Rated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.2 ±10% A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Rated Power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4 ±10% W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Rated Lifespan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntel Socket Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLGA775 \/ LGA1700 \/ LGA115X \/ LGA1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAMD Socket Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e754 \/ AM2 \/ AM2+ \/ AM3 \/ AM3+ \/ AM4 \/ FM1 \/ FM2+\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Heatsink Tower, 2 × 90mm Fans (pre-mounted), Mounting Kit, Thermal Paste, Retail Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eBefore ordering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm your CPU socket is listed above. This cooler uses a 3-pin DC connector — it will operate on 4-pin PWM headers but speed control may be limited. For CPUs with a TDP above approximately 95W, consider a larger cooler.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat CPU sockets does this cooler support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis cooler supports a wide range of Intel and AMD sockets. \u003cstrong\u003eIntel:\u003c\/strong\u003e LGA775, LGA1700, LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156), and LGA1200. \u003cstrong\u003eAMD:\u003c\/strong\u003e Socket 754, AM2, AM2+, AM3, AM3+, AM4, FM1, and FM2+. No motherboard removal is required for installation on most supported platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the single-fan and dual-fan configurations?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003esingle-fan version\u003c\/strong\u003e measures 95 × 65 × 130mm and weighs approximately 290g. The \u003cstrong\u003edual-fan version\u003c\/strong\u003e measures 95 × 88 × 130mm and weighs approximately 385g. The dual-fan setup draws cool air in from one side and exhausts hot air from the other, improving heat dissipation through the fin stack compared to a single-fan push-only configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow loud is this CPU cooler during operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach 90mm fan operates at \u003cstrong\u003e20 ±10% dBA\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is generally considered quiet for active CPU cooling. The hydraulic bearing design further reduces operational noise compared to sleeve bearing fans. At typical desktop workloads, the cooler is generally inaudible in a closed case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat CPUs is this cooler designed for — can it handle gaming or overclocking?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis cooler is designed for mainstream desktop CPUs including Intel Core i3\/i5, Celeron, Pentium, and AMD Athlon, Sempron, Phenom, and A-Series APU processors. It is generally suitable for stock-speed operation on CPUs with a TDP up to approximately 95W. For heavy overclocking or high-TDP processors above 95W, a larger tower cooler or liquid cooling solution is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this cooler include thermal paste?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. Each package includes the CPU cooler, mounting hardware (backplate and brackets for supported sockets), \u003cstrong\u003ethermal paste\u003c\/strong\u003e, and retail box packaging. No additional thermal compound is needed for initial installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat connector type do the fans use — are they PWM or DC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe fans use a \u003cstrong\u003e3-pin DC connector\u003c\/strong\u003e. Fan speed is controlled by voltage rather than PWM signal. Most modern motherboards support DC fan speed control via 3-pin headers. If your motherboard only has 4-pin PWM headers, the fan will still operate but will typically run at full speed without automatic speed scaling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do the direct-contact heatpipes work and why does it matter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eDirect-contact heatpipe technology means the two \u003cstrong\u003e6mm sintered copper heatpipes\u003c\/strong\u003e touch the CPU heat spreader directly, without an intermediate copper base plate between them. This reduces thermal resistance at the contact point and allows heat to transfer into the heatpipes and up to the aluminum fin stack more quickly. The base is precision-milled flat to maximize contact area with the CPU lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill this cooler fit inside a standard mid-tower ATX case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe dual-fan version measures \u003cstrong\u003e95 × 88 × 130mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (approximately 3.7\" × 3.5\" × 5.1\"). Most standard mid-tower ATX cases support CPU coolers up to 155–165mm in height, so this cooler generally fits with significant clearance. For compact Micro-ATX or Mini-ITX cases, check your case's maximum CPU cooler height specification before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your fan configuration above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52381148676370,"sku":"HKTBSMA730001","price":80.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/01_d444551f-81ff-4426-a468-7682d26f3d52.jpg?v=1781595145"},{"product_id":"m2-2280-ssd-heatsink-dual-layer-alloy-thermal-pads-2-pack","title":"M.2 2280 SSD Heatsink — Dual-Layer Alloy Cooler with Thermal Pads, 2-Pack","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What SSD form factor does this heatsink fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"This heatsink is designed specifically for M.2 2280 SSDs — the most common M.2 size, measuring 80mm (approximately 3.15\\u2033) in length. It is not compatible with M.2 2242 or M.2 22110 drives. Check your SSD label or motherboard manual to confirm your drive is the 2280 size before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much does this heatsink reduce SSD temperatures?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Based on testing, this heatsink can reduce SSD operating temperatures by approximately 5\\u00b0C to 30\\u00b0C depending on the environment, airflow inside the case, SSD workload, and ambient temperature. Results will vary. In a well-ventilated mid-tower case under sustained read\/write workloads, temperature reductions of 10\\u00b0C to 20\\u00b0C are generally achievable.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is included in each order?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Each order includes 2 complete heatsink sets. Each set contains: 1 \\u00d7 dual-layer magnesium-aluminum alloy heatsink (top cover + base), 1 \\u00d7 top thermal pad, 1 \\u00d7 bottom thermal pad, and mounting screws. Thermal paste is not required — the included thermal pads handle heat transfer between the SSD and the heatsink.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this heatsink fit if my motherboard already has an M.2 shield or cover?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"If your motherboard already has a factory M.2 heatsink or shield installed over the M.2 slot, you will need to remove it before installing this aftermarket heatsink. Most motherboard M.2 shields are held in place by one or two screws and can be removed easily. Check your motherboard manual for instructions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the adjustable screw position accommodate both single-sided and double-sided SSDs?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. The heatsink features an adjustable screw hole position (3mm \/ 0.12\\u2033 adjustment range) that allows it to clamp securely onto both single-sided (thinner) and double-sided (thicker) M.2 2280 SSDs. This ensures consistent thermal pad contact regardless of drive thickness.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is this heatsink compatible with NVMe and SATA M.2 SSDs?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. This heatsink is a passive thermal solution that works with any M.2 2280 drive regardless of interface — NVMe (PCIe Gen 3 or Gen 4) or SATA. NVMe drives, especially Gen 4 models, typically run hotter and benefit more from active heatsink cooling.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How do I install this heatsink on my M.2 SSD?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Installation takes approximately 2 minutes: (1) Open the heatsink and remove the base. (2) Place the bottom thermal pad on the base. (3) Seat your M.2 2280 SSD on the base. (4) Place the top thermal pad on the SSD. (5) Align the top cover and secure with the included screws. (6) Install the assembled unit into your motherboard\\u2019s M.2 slot as normal.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this heatsink require any tools or thermal paste to install?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"A small Phillips-head screwdriver is needed to tighten the mounting screws. No thermal paste is required — the included thermal pads are pre-cut to size and handle heat transfer between the SSD chips and the alloy heatsink body. Do not apply additional thermal paste on top of the thermal pads.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eM.2 2280 SSD Heatsink — Keep Your Drive Cool Under Sustained Workloads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eNVMe SSDs — especially PCIe Gen 4 drives — generate significant heat during sustained reads and writes. When temperatures climb too high, drives throttle their speeds to protect themselves, turning a fast storage upgrade into a bottleneck. This \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2280 SSD heatsink\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for PC builders, gamers, and content creators who want to keep their drive running at full speed without thermal throttling. The open-channel alloy design dissipates heat passively without adding bulk or requiring any cables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e2 complete heatsink sets\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each set contains: 1 × dual-layer magnesium-aluminum alloy heatsink (top cover + base), 1 × top thermal pad, 1 × bottom thermal pad, and mounting screws — everything needed for a clean installation. The heatsink measures \u003cstrong\u003e73.5 × 23.1 × 10.5mm (2.89\" × 0.91\" × 0.41\")\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs 23.5g per unit. An adjustable screw hole position (3mm \/ 0.12\" range) accommodates both single-sided and double-sided M.2 2280 drives. Available in Blue, Pink, Orange, and Red.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis heatsink is ideal for \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-performance NVMe SSD cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e in gaming PCs and workstations where Gen 4 drives run hot under load, as a \u003cstrong\u003epassive M.2 cooler for compact ITX builds\u003c\/strong\u003e where airflow is limited, and as a straightforward \u003cstrong\u003eSSD temperature management upgrade\u003c\/strong\u003e for any desktop that lacks a factory M.2 shield. Testing shows temperature reductions of 5°C–30°C depending on environment and workload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2280 SSDs only\u003c\/strong\u003e (80mm length). Compatible with NVMe (PCIe Gen 3 \u0026amp; Gen 4) and SATA M.2 drives. Not compatible with M.2 2242 or M.2 22110 form factors. Remove any existing motherboard M.2 shield before installation.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These M.2 2280 SSD Heatsinks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Layer Magnesium-Aluminum Alloy Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — The two-layer alloy body (top cover + base) increases total contact surface area compared to a single-plate design, drawing heat away from the SSD chips more effectively. Magnesium-aluminum alloy is lighter than pure aluminum while maintaining strong thermal conductivity.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOmnidirectional Airflow Channel Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — The open lattice pattern on the top cover creates multi-directional airflow channels across the fin surface. Heat dissipates in all directions rather than accumulating in a single zone, improving passive cooling efficiency in both open-air and enclosed case environments.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌡️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5°C–30°C Temperature Reduction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Tested temperature reductions range from 5°C to 30°C depending on case airflow, ambient temperature, and SSD workload. For Gen 4 NVMe drives that throttle above 70°C, keeping temperatures in the 50°C–60°C range under load helps maintain consistent read\/write speeds.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Screw Position for Variable SSD Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 3mm (0.12\") adjustable screw hole range allows the heatsink to clamp securely onto both single-sided and double-sided M.2 2280 SSDs. This ensures consistent thermal pad compression and contact regardless of drive thickness.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-Pack with Complete Installation Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each order includes 2 full heatsink sets. Each set comes with pre-cut top and bottom thermal pads and mounting screws. No thermal paste, no additional purchases, and no tools beyond a small Phillips screwdriver are needed. Installation takes approximately 2 minutes per drive.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🎨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour Color Options for Build Aesthetics\u003c\/strong\u003e — Available in Blue, Pink, Orange, and Red anodized finishes. The geometric lattice top cover adds a mechanical-style visual element to your motherboard without requiring RGB lighting or additional power connections.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — M.2 2280 SSD Heatsink\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDazzcold-006 (GM-SR006)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible SSD Form Factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM.2 2280 (80mm length)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible SSD Interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNVMe PCIe Gen 3 \/ Gen 4, SATA M.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73.5 × 23.1 × 10.5mm (2.89\" × 0.91\" × 0.41\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight (per unit)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23.5g (≈0.83 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnesium-Aluminum Alloy (top cover + base)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassive Heatsink (no fan)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Interface Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePre-cut thermal pads (top + bottom, included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eScrew Hole Adjustment Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3mm (0.12\") — accommodates single-sided and double-sided SSDs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTemperature Reduction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5°C–30°C (varies by environment and workload)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue \/ Pink \/ Orange \/ Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity per Order\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 heatsink sets (2 × top cover + 2 × base + thermal pads + screws)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetail box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eBefore ordering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm your SSD is the M.2 2280 (80mm) form factor. If your motherboard has a factory M.2 heatsink installed, remove it before fitting this cooler. Do not apply additional thermal paste on top of the included thermal pads.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat SSD form factor does this heatsink fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThis heatsink is designed specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2280 SSDs\u003c\/strong\u003e — the most common M.2 size, measuring 80mm (approximately 3.15\") in length. It is not compatible with M.2 2242 or M.2 22110 drives. Check your SSD label or motherboard manual to confirm your drive is the 2280 size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow much does this heatsink reduce SSD temperatures?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eBased on testing, this heatsink can reduce SSD operating temperatures by approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5°C to 30°C\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on case airflow, SSD workload, and ambient temperature. In a well-ventilated mid-tower case under sustained read\/write workloads, temperature reductions of 10°C to 20°C are generally achievable. Results will vary by system configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in each order?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e2 complete heatsink sets\u003c\/strong\u003e. Each set contains: 1 × dual-layer alloy heatsink (top cover + base), 1 × top thermal pad, 1 × bottom thermal pad, and mounting screws. No thermal paste is required — the included thermal pads handle heat transfer between the SSD and the heatsink body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill this heatsink fit if my motherboard already has an M.2 shield or cover?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eIf your motherboard has a factory M.2 heatsink or shield installed, you will need to remove it before fitting this aftermarket cooler. Most motherboard M.2 shields are held by one or two screws and can be removed in under a minute. Refer to your motherboard manual for the correct removal procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes the adjustable screw position accommodate both single-sided and double-sided SSDs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. The adjustable screw hole position (3mm \/ 0.12\" range) allows the heatsink to clamp securely onto both \u003cstrong\u003esingle-sided (thinner)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003edouble-sided (thicker)\u003c\/strong\u003e M.2 2280 SSDs. This ensures consistent thermal pad compression and contact regardless of drive thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eIs this heatsink compatible with NVMe and SATA M.2 SSDs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. This is a passive thermal solution that works with any \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2280 drive\u003c\/strong\u003e regardless of interface — NVMe (PCIe Gen 3 or Gen 4) or SATA. NVMe Gen 4 drives typically run the hottest and benefit most from aftermarket heatsink cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow do I install this heatsink on my M.2 SSD?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eInstallation takes approximately 2 minutes: \u003cstrong\u003e(1)\u003c\/strong\u003e Open the heatsink and remove the base. \u003cstrong\u003e(2)\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the bottom thermal pad on the base. \u003cstrong\u003e(3)\u003c\/strong\u003e Seat your M.2 2280 SSD on the base. \u003cstrong\u003e(4)\u003c\/strong\u003e Place the top thermal pad on the SSD. \u003cstrong\u003e(5)\u003c\/strong\u003e Align the top cover and tighten the included screws. \u003cstrong\u003e(6)\u003c\/strong\u003e Install the assembled unit into your motherboard’s M.2 slot as normal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this heatsink require thermal paste or any special tools?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eA small \u003cstrong\u003ePhillips-head screwdriver\u003c\/strong\u003e is the only tool needed. No thermal paste is required — the included pre-cut thermal pads handle heat transfer between the SSD chips and the alloy body. Do not apply additional thermal paste on top of the thermal pads, as this can reduce contact quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your color above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Blue*2","offer_id":52381152903442,"sku":"HKTBSMA740001","price":38.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pink*2","offer_id":52381152936210,"sku":"HKTBSMA740002","price":38.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange*2","offer_id":52381152968978,"sku":"HKTBSMA740003","price":38.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red*2","offer_id":52381153001746,"sku":"HKTBSMA740004","price":38.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/08_7da4b20a-6759-46bc-a66d-674c798fbac6.jpg?v=1781595797"},{"product_id":"lc-k6000-tower-cpu-cooler-6-heatpipe-pwm-intel-amd","title":"LC-K6000 Tower CPU Cooler — 6 Copper Heatpipes, PWM Fan, Intel \u0026 AMD, Single or Dual Fan","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What CPU sockets does the LC-K6000 support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The LC-K6000 supports a wide range of Intel and AMD sockets. Intel: LGA1700, LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156), and LGA1200. AMD: AM4 and AM5. Please confirm your specific socket is listed before ordering. If your socket is not listed, contact us to confirm compatibility.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between the K600 (single fan) and K6000 (dual fan) versions?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The K600 comes with one 120mm PWM fan in a push configuration, making it a compact and cost-effective option for mainstream CPUs. The K6000 adds a second 120mm fan in a push-pull configuration, which draws cool air in from one side and exhausts hot air from the other, improving heat dissipation through the fin stack. The K6000 is generally recommended for higher-TDP CPUs or cases with limited airflow.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How loud is this cooler during operation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The fan operates at up to 25 dBA at maximum speed (2200 RPM). At lower PWM-controlled speeds (closer to 1000 RPM), noise is generally well below 20 dBA. The hydraulic bearing design and copper-cap blade construction reduce turbulence noise compared to standard plastic-blade fans.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What CPUs is this cooler suitable for — can it handle high-TDP processors?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"With 6 copper heatpipes and a 154 x 120 x 150mm fin tower, this cooler is generally suitable for mainstream to upper-mainstream desktop CPUs with a TDP up to approximately 150W–180W in the dual-fan K6000 configuration. For extreme overclocking or CPUs with a TDP above 200W, a larger tower cooler or liquid cooling solution is recommended. Contact us to confirm suitability for your specific CPU.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this cooler include thermal paste and mounting hardware?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. Each package includes the heatsink tower, fan(s), socket-specific mounting brackets and backplate hardware, thermal paste, and retail box packaging. Everything needed for a complete installation is included — no separate purchases are required.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What connector type do the fans use — PWM or DC?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The fans use a 4-pin PWM (small 4-pin) connector, allowing your motherboard to automatically adjust fan speed between 1000 and 2200 RPM based on CPU temperature. This balances cooling performance and noise without manual adjustment. The cooler is compatible with standard 4-pin PWM headers on all major motherboard brands.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this cooler fit inside a standard mid-tower ATX case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The LC-K6000 measures 154 x 120 x 150mm (approximately 6.1\\\" x 4.7\\\" x 5.9\\\") in height. Most standard mid-tower ATX cases support CPU coolers up to 155–165mm in height, so this cooler generally fits with adequate clearance. For compact Micro-ATX or Mini-ITX cases, check your case\\u2019s maximum CPU cooler height specification before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What makes the copper-cap fan blades different from standard plastic blades?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The copper-cap blade design uses a copper hub center combined with high-precision blade edge geometry. The tight blade-tip clearance reduces air leakage around the blade edges, which improves airflow efficiency at the same RPM compared to standard open-frame plastic blades. This allows the fan to move more air at lower speeds, contributing to quieter operation under moderate loads.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eLC-K6000 Tower CPU Cooler — 6 Heatpipes, Copper-Cap Blades, Intel \u0026amp; AMD Compatible\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eStock CPU coolers are designed to meet minimum thermal requirements — not to keep your processor running cool under sustained gaming sessions, video rendering, or multi-threaded workloads. When temperatures climb, CPUs throttle their clock speeds to protect themselves, and the stock cooler gets louder trying to compensate. The \u003cstrong\u003eLC-K6000 tower CPU cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for desktop builders who want a capable, quiet aftermarket solution that handles real workloads without the noise or complexity of liquid cooling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach package includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 × heatsink tower\u003c\/strong\u003e, fan(s) (1 × 120mm for K600, 2 × 120mm for K6000), socket-specific mounting brackets, backplate hardware, thermal paste, and retail box. The heatsink is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003e6 sintered copper heatpipes\u003c\/strong\u003e running through an aluminum fin stack, with a precision-milled copper base for direct CPU contact. The tower measures \u003cstrong\u003e154 × 120 × 150mm (6.1\" × 4.7\" × 5.9\")\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs approximately 1kg. Available in Black or White, in single-fan (K600) or dual-fan (K6000) configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis cooler is well-suited for \u003cstrong\u003emid-range to upper-mainstream desktop PC builds\u003c\/strong\u003e using Intel Core i5\/i7 or AMD Ryzen 5\/7 processors where sustained thermal performance matters, as a \u003cstrong\u003equiet tower CPU cooler for home office and content creation workstations\u003c\/strong\u003e that run under load for extended periods, and as a straightforward \u003cstrong\u003estock cooler replacement for Intel LGA1700 or AMD AM4\/AM5 platforms\u003c\/strong\u003e where the included cooler is insufficient for the CPU’s TDP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intel LGA1700 \/ LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156) \/ LGA1200 — AMD AM4 \/ AM5. Fans use a \u003cstrong\u003e4-pin PWM connector\u003c\/strong\u003e. Mounting hardware for all listed sockets is included. No motherboard removal required on most supported platforms.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Tower CPU Coolers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔥\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6 Sintered Copper Heatpipes\u003c\/strong\u003e — Six copper heatpipes run from the precision-milled base through the full height of the aluminum fin stack, distributing heat across the entire fin surface. More heatpipes mean more parallel heat transfer paths, which helps maintain lower CPU temperatures under sustained multi-threaded workloads.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌀\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCopper-Cap High-Precision Blade Design\u003c\/strong\u003e — The copper hub center and high-precision blade edge geometry minimize air leakage around blade tips, improving airflow efficiency at the same RPM. This allows the fan to deliver more airflow at lower speeds, keeping noise down during light and moderate CPU loads.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePWM Speed Control (1000–2200 RPM)\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 4-pin PWM interface lets your motherboard automatically scale fan speed based on CPU temperature. At idle or light loads, the fan typically runs near 1000 RPM and is nearly inaudible. Under full load, it ramps up to 2200 RPM to maximize airflow through the fin stack.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydraulic Bearing with High-Temperature Copper Core\u003c\/strong\u003e — The fluid dynamic hydraulic bearing uses a copper core shaft rated for high-temperature operation, providing quieter and more durable performance than standard sleeve bearings. The motor is rated for up to 40,000 hours of continuous use.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔄\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle or Dual Fan Configuration\u003c\/strong\u003e — The K600 (single fan) suits mainstream CPUs and cases where space is a consideration. The K6000 (dual fan) adds a second 120mm fan in push-pull, improving heat dissipation through the fin stack for higher-TDP processors or builds with limited case airflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal Mounting Kit Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Socket-specific brackets, backplate hardware, and thermal paste are included for all supported Intel and AMD platforms. Installation does not require motherboard removal on most supported sockets, making this a practical drop-in upgrade from a stock cooler.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Tower CPU Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLC-K600 (Single Fan) \/ LC-K6000 (Dual Fan)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooler Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTower Heatsink with Direct-Contact Heatpipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatpipe Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 × Sintered Copper Heatpipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper (heatpipes + base) + Aluminum (fins)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e154 × 120 × 150mm (6.1\" × 4.7\" × 5.9\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 1kg (≈2.2 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 120 × 25mm (4.7\" × 4.7\" × 1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Blade\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCopper-Cap High-Precision Blade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000–2200 RPM (±10%)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤25 dBA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Bearing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic Bearing (Copper Core, High-Temperature Rated)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-Pin PWM (Small 4-Pin)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Rated Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Rated Lifespan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntel Socket Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLGA1700 \/ LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156) \/ LGA1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAMD Socket Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM4 \/ AM5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eK600: Single Fan (Push) \/ K6000: Dual Fan (Push-Pull)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeatsink Tower, Fan(s), Mounting Brackets, Backplate, Thermal Paste, Retail Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eBefore ordering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm your CPU socket is listed above. The dual-fan K6000 measures 154 × 120 × 150mm — check your case’s maximum CPU cooler height clearance before purchasing. For CPUs with a TDP above approximately 180W, contact us to confirm suitability.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat CPU sockets does the LC-K6000 support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe LC-K6000 supports: \u003cstrong\u003eIntel\u003c\/strong\u003e LGA1700, LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156), and LGA1200. \u003cstrong\u003eAMD\u003c\/strong\u003e AM4 and AM5. Mounting hardware for all listed sockets is included in the package. If your socket is not listed, contact us to confirm compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the difference between the K600 (single fan) and K6000 (dual fan) versions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eK600\u003c\/strong\u003e comes with one 120mm PWM fan in a push configuration — a compact and practical option for mainstream CPUs. The \u003cstrong\u003eK6000\u003c\/strong\u003e adds a second 120mm fan in push-pull, drawing cool air in from one side and exhausting hot air from the other. The K6000 is generally recommended for higher-TDP CPUs or builds with limited case airflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow loud is this cooler during operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe fan operates at up to \u003cstrong\u003e25 dBA\u003c\/strong\u003e at maximum speed (2200 RPM). At lower PWM-controlled speeds near 1000 RPM, noise is generally well below 20 dBA and typically inaudible in a closed case. The hydraulic bearing and copper-cap blade design reduce turbulence noise compared to standard plastic-blade fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat CPUs is this cooler suitable for — can it handle high-TDP processors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eWith 6 copper heatpipes and a 154 × 120 × 150mm fin tower, this cooler is generally suitable for mainstream to upper-mainstream desktop CPUs with a TDP up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e150W–180W\u003c\/strong\u003e in the dual-fan K6000 configuration. For extreme overclocking or CPUs with a TDP above 200W, a larger tower cooler or liquid cooling solution is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this cooler include thermal paste and mounting hardware?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eYes. Each package includes the heatsink tower, fan(s), socket-specific mounting brackets, backplate hardware, \u003cstrong\u003ethermal paste\u003c\/strong\u003e, and retail box. Everything needed for a complete installation is in the box — no separate purchases required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat connector type do the fans use — PWM or DC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe fans use a \u003cstrong\u003e4-pin PWM (small 4-pin)\u003c\/strong\u003e connector, allowing your motherboard to automatically adjust fan speed between 1000 and 2200 RPM based on CPU temperature. Compatible with standard 4-pin PWM headers on all major motherboard brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill this cooler fit inside a standard mid-tower ATX case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe LC-K6000 measures \u003cstrong\u003e154 × 120 × 150mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (approximately 6.1\" × 4.7\" × 5.9\"). Most standard mid-tower ATX cases support CPU coolers up to 155–165mm in height, so this cooler generally fits with adequate clearance. For compact Micro-ATX or Mini-ITX cases, check your case’s maximum CPU cooler height specification before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat makes the copper-cap fan blades different from standard plastic blades?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe copper-cap blade design uses a \u003cstrong\u003ecopper hub center\u003c\/strong\u003e combined with high-precision blade edge geometry. The tight blade-tip clearance reduces air leakage around the blade edges, improving airflow efficiency at the same RPM. This allows the fan to move more air at lower speeds, contributing to quieter operation under moderate loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Select your model and color above, then add to cart.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"K600 - Black-Single Fan","offer_id":52381177086226,"sku":"HKTBSMA750001","price":105.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"K600 - White-Single Fan","offer_id":52381177118994,"sku":"HKTBSMA750002","price":105.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"K6000 - Black-Dual Fan","offer_id":52381177151762,"sku":"HKTBSMA750003","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"K6000 - White-Dual Fan","offer_id":52381177184530,"sku":"HKTBSMA750004","price":125.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/08_c5c5ed28-83af-4c3a-aec0-b6a835f05761.jpg?v=1781597651"},{"product_id":"cm-m2f-m2-2280-ssd-cooler-active-fan-argb-brass-thermal-pad","title":"CM-M2F M.2 2280 SSD Cooler with Active Fan \u0026 ARGB — 1mm Brass Thermal Pad, 9000 RPM, 5V 3-Pin","description":"\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCM-M2F M.2 2280 SSD Cooler with Active Fan — Brass Thermal Pad, ARGB, 9000 RPM\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePCIe Gen 4 and Gen 5 NVMe SSDs are fast — but they run hot. Under sustained sequential reads and writes, many high-performance drives exceed 70°C and begin thermal throttling, cutting transfer speeds by 30–50% to protect the controller. Passive heatsinks help, but in cases with limited airflow they often can’t keep up. The \u003cstrong\u003eCM-M2F M.2 2280 SSD cooler with active fan\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a 1mm brass thermal contact plate, an aluminum fin heatsink, and a 9000 RPM integrated fan to actively pull heat away from the drive — keeping your SSD running at full speed even under sustained workloads. It’s built for PC builders and content creators who demand consistent storage performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 × CM-M2F active SSD cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e (heatsink body with integrated fan), a 1mm brass thermal pad, a silicone thermal pad, mounting screws, and a 420mm (16.5\") ARGB cable with 5V 3-Pin male and female connectors for daisy-chaining. The cooler body is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003eABS + aluminum alloy + stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a 1mm brass plate as the primary thermal interface between the SSD and the heatsink. Dimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e76 × 24 × 14mm (3.0\" × 0.94\" × 0.55\")\u003c\/strong\u003e. Weight: 125g (≈4.4 oz). Available in Black and White.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cooler is ideal for \u003cstrong\u003ehigh-performance NVMe Gen 4 and Gen 5 SSD cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e in gaming PCs and workstations where sustained read\/write speeds matter, as an \u003cstrong\u003eactive M.2 cooler for compact ITX builds\u003c\/strong\u003e where passive cooling is insufficient due to limited case airflow, and for builders who want \u003cstrong\u003eARGB-synchronized SSD cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e that integrates with their motherboard’s 5V lighting ecosystem without occupying additional headers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2280 SSDs only\u003c\/strong\u003e (80mm length). Compatible with NVMe PCIe Gen 3, Gen 4, and Gen 5, and SATA M.2 drives. ARGB requires a \u003cstrong\u003e5V 3-Pin ARGB header\u003c\/strong\u003e on your motherboard. Remove any existing motherboard M.2 shield before installation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These M.2 2280 SSD Coolers with Active Fan\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1mm Brass Thermal Contact Plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — A 1mm thick brass plate sits directly between the SSD chips and the aluminum heatsink body. Brass conducts heat more rapidly than standard polymer thermal pads, accelerating heat transfer from the drive surface to the fin structure where the fan can exhaust it. This is particularly effective for Gen 4 and Gen 5 NVMe drives that generate concentrated heat at the controller chip.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e9000 RPM Active Cooling Fan\u003c\/strong\u003e — The integrated high-speed fan creates strong suction airflow across the aluminum fin array, actively pulling heat away from the heatsink surface. At 9000 ±10% RPM, the fan moves significantly more air than passive convection alone, making this cooler effective even in cases with limited internal airflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌈\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5V 3-Pin ARGB with Daisy-Chain Support\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 420mm (16.5\") ARGB cable features both male and female 5V 3-Pin connectors, allowing multiple ARGB devices to be chained in series from a single motherboard header. The ARGB lighting syncs with major motherboard software ecosystems including ASUS Aura Sync, MSI Mystic Light, and Gigabyte RGB Fusion.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🏗️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eABS + Aluminum Alloy + Stainless Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — The three-material body combines an ABS fan housing for lightweight structure, an aluminum alloy fin heatsink for heat dissipation, and stainless steel mounting hardware for secure, corrosion-resistant installation. The compact 76 × 24 × 14mm profile fits within standard M.2 slot clearances on most motherboards.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔇\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydraulic Bearing Fan Motor, 60,000-Hour Rated\u003c\/strong\u003e — The hydraulic bearing design reduces friction and bearing noise compared to sleeve bearing motors, contributing to quieter operation at sustained high RPM. The motor is rated for up to 60,000 hours of continuous use, making this a long-term cooling solution for always-on workstations or NAS builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📦\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Installation Kit Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Each package includes the active cooler, 1mm brass thermal pad, silicone thermal pad, mounting screws, and ARGB cable. No additional thermal compound or hardware purchases are needed. Installation requires only a small Phillips screwdriver and takes approximately 3–5 minutes.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — M.2 2280 Active SSD Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCM-M2F (HS-NVMEM2F02)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible SSD Form Factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM.2 2280 (80mm length)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible SSD Interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNVMe PCIe Gen 3 \/ Gen 4 \/ Gen 5, SATA M.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooler Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 × 24 × 14mm (3.0\" × 0.94\" × 0.55\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125g (≈4.4 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBody Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS + Aluminum Alloy + Stainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eThermal Interface\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1mm Brass Thermal Plate + Silicone Thermal Pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooling Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eActive (Integrated Fan + Aluminum Fin Heatsink)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9000 RPM ±10%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤25 dBA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Bearing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic Bearing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Rated Lifespan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eARGB Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5V 3-Pin (Male + Female, Daisy-Chain)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eARGB Cable Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e420mm (≈16.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Colors\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × Active SSD Cooler, 1mm Brass Thermal Pad, Silicone Thermal Pad, Mounting Screws, ARGB Cable, Retail Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cstrong\u003eBefore ordering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm your SSD is the M.2 2280 (80mm) form factor. A 5V 3-Pin ARGB header is required on your motherboard for lighting. Remove any existing motherboard M.2 shield before installation. The fan runs at fixed speed — PWM speed control is not supported.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat SSD form factor does the CM-M2F fit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CM-M2F is designed specifically for \u003cstrong\u003eM.2 2280 SSDs\u003c\/strong\u003e — the most common M.2 size, measuring 80mm (approximately 3.15\") in length. It is not compatible with M.2 2242 or M.2 22110 drives. Check your SSD label or motherboard manual to confirm your drive is the 2280 size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhy does this cooler use a brass thermal pad instead of a standard thermal pad?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrass has higher thermal conductivity than most polymer thermal pads. The \u003cstrong\u003e1mm brass plate\u003c\/strong\u003e sits between the SSD chips and the aluminum heatsink body, rapidly drawing heat away from the drive surface and transferring it upward to the fin structure where the fan exhausts it. This two-stage heat transfer path is more effective than a passive heatsink alone, especially under sustained Gen 4 or Gen 5 NVMe workloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow loud is the 9000 RPM fan during operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fan operates at \u003cstrong\u003e9000 ±10% RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e and is rated at up to \u003cstrong\u003e25 dBA\u003c\/strong\u003e. At this speed, the fan is audible but generally not intrusive in a typical desktop case environment. The hydraulic bearing design reduces bearing noise compared to sleeve bearing fans. Note that the fan runs at fixed speed — it does not slow down at idle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eHow does the 5V 3-Pin ARGB daisy-chain connection work?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CM-M2F uses a standard \u003cstrong\u003e5V 3-Pin ARGB connector\u003c\/strong\u003e that plugs into your motherboard’s 5V ARGB header. The daisy-chain design means the cable has both a male and female ARGB connector, allowing you to chain multiple ARGB devices in series from a single motherboard header — useful when your motherboard has limited ARGB headers. Compatible with ASUS Aura Sync, MSI Mystic Light, Gigabyte RGB Fusion, and other 5V ARGB ecosystems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eIs this cooler compatible with NVMe Gen 4 and Gen 5 SSDs?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The CM-M2F is compatible with \u003cstrong\u003eNVMe PCIe Gen 3, Gen 4, and Gen 5\u003c\/strong\u003e SSDs, as well as SATA M.2 drives — all in the M.2 2280 form factor. Gen 4 and Gen 5 drives run significantly hotter than Gen 3 and benefit most from active cooling. The brass thermal pad and 9000 RPM fan combination is particularly effective for high-performance NVMe drives under sustained workloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWill this cooler fit if my motherboard already has an M.2 shield installed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your motherboard has a factory M.2 heatsink or shield installed, you will need to remove it before fitting the CM-M2F. Most motherboard M.2 shields are held by one or two screws and can be removed in under a minute. Refer to your motherboard manual for the correct removal procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eWhat is included in the package?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach order includes: \u003cstrong\u003e1 × CM-M2F active SSD cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e (heatsink body with integrated fan), 1 × 1mm brass thermal pad, 1 × silicone thermal pad, mounting screws, a 420mm (16.5\") ARGB cable with 5V 3-Pin male and female connectors, and retail box packaging. No additional thermal compound or hardware is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\n\u003csummary\u003eDoes the fan speed adjust automatically based on SSD temperature?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The CM-M2F fan runs at a \u003cstrong\u003efixed speed of 9000 ±10% RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e whenever the system is powered on. It does not support PWM speed control. The 5V 3-Pin ARGB connector powers both the fan and the lighting simultaneously. If variable fan speed is required, an inline fan controller can be used with the power connection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e🛒 Select your color above, then add to cart.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":52381187768594,"sku":"HKTBSMA760001","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":52381187801362,"sku":"HKTBSMA760002","price":35.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/04_7e0d75fd-0270-412e-8362-1ad2421902a5.jpg?v=1781598619"},{"product_id":"sktc-kt27-low-profile-cpu-cooler-27mm-htpc-intel-lga115x","title":"SKTC KT-27 Low-Profile CPU Cooler — 27mm Slim, 80mm PWM Fan, Intel LGA115X, HTPC \u0026 1U","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What CPU sockets does the SKTC KT-27 support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The KT-27 is designed for Intel LGA115X sockets, including LGA1150, LGA1151, LGA1155, and LGA1156. It uses a 75 x 75mm backplate mounting pattern. It is not compatible with Intel LGA1700 or AMD AM4\/AM5 sockets. Confirm your motherboard socket before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How tall is this cooler and will it fit my HTPC or 1U case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The KT-27 measures 88 x 88 x 27mm (approximately 3.46\\\" x 3.46\\\" x 1.06\\\") in total height, not including the backplate. At 27mm, it is specifically designed for HTPC cases and 1U server chassis that require low-profile CPU coolers. Check your case\\u2019s maximum CPU cooler height specification to confirm fit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What CPUs is this cooler suitable for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The KT-27 is designed for mainstream Intel LGA115X processors including Intel Core i3, i5, Celeron, and Pentium series. It is generally suitable for CPUs with a TDP up to approximately 65W at stock speeds. For higher-TDP processors or overclocked configurations, a larger cooler is recommended.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How loud is the 80mm fan during operation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 80mm fan operates at up to 2500 RPM \\u00b110% with a noise level of 25 dBA \\u00b110%. At lower PWM-controlled speeds, noise is generally well below 20 dBA. The hydraulic bearing design reduces bearing noise compared to sleeve bearing fans, making this cooler suitable for quiet HTPC environments.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does this cooler include thermal paste and a backplate?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The KT-27 includes a backplate mounting kit for Intel LGA115X (75 x 75mm hole pattern). Please confirm whether thermal paste is included in the package before installation \\u2014 if not included, apply a pea-sized amount of thermal compound to the CPU heat spreader before mounting the cooler.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What connector type does the fan use \\u2014 PWM or DC?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The fan uses a 4-pin PWM (small 4-pin) connector, allowing your motherboard to automatically adjust fan speed between idle and 2500 RPM based on CPU temperature. This is compatible with standard 4-pin PWM headers on all major Intel platform motherboards.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why choose a low-profile cooler over a standard tower cooler?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Standard tower coolers typically measure 130\\u2013165mm in height, which is incompatible with HTPC cases, 1U server chassis, and slim mini-ITX enclosures. A low-profile cooler like the KT-27 at 27mm fits within these space-constrained environments while still providing active cooling with a PWM-controlled fan. If your build requires a standard mid-tower case, a taller tower cooler will generally offer better thermal performance.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the copper-core base design and why does it matter?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The KT-27 uses a copper-core insert embedded in the aluminum base plate. Copper has significantly higher thermal conductivity than aluminum, so the copper core rapidly draws heat away from the CPU heat spreader and transfers it into the surrounding aluminum fin structure. This hybrid design improves heat dissipation compared to a pure aluminum base, particularly important in a low-profile cooler where fin surface area is limited by height constraints.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eSKTC KT-27 Low-Profile CPU Cooler — 27mm Slim Design for HTPC and 1U Builds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eBuilding a compact HTPC, a living room PC, or a 1U server means working within strict height constraints that standard tower coolers simply cannot meet. Most aftermarket CPU coolers stand 130–165mm tall — far too large for slim cases. The \u003cstrong\u003eSKTC KT-27 low-profile CPU cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e is engineered specifically for space-constrained builds, measuring just 27mm in total height (excluding backplate) while still delivering active PWM-controlled cooling. It’s built for system integrators, home theater PC builders, and compact desktop users who need reliable CPU cooling without sacrificing case compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 × KT-27 cooler assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e (aluminum fin heatsink with copper-core base + 80mm PWM fan pre-mounted) and a backplate mounting kit for Intel LGA115X. The heatsink body is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum fins with a copper-core base insert\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved heat transfer. Overall dimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e88 × 88 × 27mm (3.46\" × 3.46\" × 1.06\")\u003c\/strong\u003e, not including the backplate. The integrated fan measures \u003cstrong\u003e80 × 80 × 15mm (3.15\" × 3.15\" × 0.59\")\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis cooler is ideal for \u003cstrong\u003eHTPC and living room PC builds\u003c\/strong\u003e using Intel LGA115X processors where case height is limited to 30–40mm above the motherboard, as a \u003cstrong\u003elow-profile CPU cooler for 1U server chassis\u003c\/strong\u003e that require slim active cooling solutions, and as a \u003cstrong\u003equiet compact CPU cooler for mini-ITX slim cases\u003c\/strong\u003e where standard tower coolers are physically incompatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intel \u003cstrong\u003eLGA115X only\u003c\/strong\u003e (LGA1150 \/ LGA1151 \/ LGA1155 \/ LGA1156) — 75 × 75mm backplate hole pattern. \u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e with Intel LGA1700, LGA1200, or AMD AM4\/AM5. Fan connector: \u003cstrong\u003e4-Pin PWM\u003c\/strong\u003e.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Low-Profile CPU Coolers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📏\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e27mm Ultra-Slim Profile\u003c\/strong\u003e — At just 27mm in total height (excluding backplate), the KT-27 fits inside HTPC cases and 1U server chassis that impose strict CPU cooler height limits. This makes it one of the slimmest active CPU coolers available for Intel LGA115X platforms, enabling builds that are physically impossible with standard tower coolers.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🧲\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCopper-Core Base Insert\u003c\/strong\u003e — A copper core is embedded in the aluminum base plate directly beneath the CPU contact surface. Copper’s thermal conductivity is approximately 4× higher than aluminum, allowing heat to be drawn away from the CPU heat spreader rapidly and distributed into the surrounding aluminum fin array for dissipation.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e80mm 4-Pin PWM Fan with Smart Temperature Control\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 8015 fan (80 × 80 × 15mm) uses a 4-pin PWM connector, allowing your motherboard to automatically scale fan speed between idle and 2500 RPM based on CPU temperature. This keeps the cooler quiet during light workloads and ramps up airflow when the CPU is under load.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e💨\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e57.5 CFM Airflow in a Compact Package\u003c\/strong\u003e — Despite its slim 15mm fan thickness, the 80mm fan delivers 57.5 CFM of airflow across the aluminum fin stack. This is sufficient for mainstream Intel LGA115X CPUs operating at stock TDP, making the KT-27 a practical low-profile CPU cooler for HTPC and compact desktop applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔇\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydraulic Bearing for Quiet Long-Term Operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — The fan uses a hydraulic bearing (fluid dynamic bearing), which runs quieter and more smoothly than standard sleeve bearings. At PWM-controlled low speeds, the cooler is generally inaudible in a closed HTPC case, making it well-suited for living room and home office environments.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBackplate Mounting for Intel LGA115X\u003c\/strong\u003e — The KT-27 installs via a backplate system using the standard 75 × 75mm Intel LGA115X hole pattern. Backplate mounting provides more secure and even clamping pressure on the CPU heat spreader compared to push-pin retention, improving thermal contact consistency.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Low-Profile CPU Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKTC KT-27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooler Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-Profile Down-Draft Heatsink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum Fins + Copper-Core Base Insert\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 × 88 × 27mm (3.46\" × 3.46\" × 1.06\") excl. backplate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 × 80 × 15mm (3.15\" × 3.15\" × 0.59\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 RPM ±10%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57.5 CFM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 dBA ±10%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Bearing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic Bearing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-Pin PWM (Small 4-Pin)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 12V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Current\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.34 ± 0.02A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Rated Lifespan\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,000 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBackplate (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Hole Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 × 75mm (Intel LGA115X standard)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntel Socket Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLGA1150 \/ LGA1151 \/ LGA1155 \/ LGA1156\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAMD Socket Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 × KT-27 Heatsink + Fan Assembly, Backplate Mounting Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eBefore ordering:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm your CPU socket is Intel LGA115X (LGA1150\/1151\/1155\/1156). This cooler is \u003cstrong\u003enot compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e with LGA1700, LGA1200, or any AMD socket. Check your case’s maximum CPU cooler height — the KT-27 measures 27mm excluding the backplate. Thermal paste may not be included; apply thermal compound before installation if needed.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat CPU sockets does the SKTC KT-27 support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe KT-27 supports \u003cstrong\u003eIntel LGA115X sockets only\u003c\/strong\u003e: LGA1150, LGA1151, LGA1155, and LGA1156. It uses a 75 × 75mm backplate mounting pattern. It is \u003cstrong\u003enot compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e with Intel LGA1700, LGA1200, or any AMD socket (AM4, AM5, etc.). Confirm your motherboard socket before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow tall is this cooler and will it fit my HTPC or 1U case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe KT-27 measures \u003cstrong\u003e88 × 88 × 27mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (approximately 3.46\" × 3.46\" × 1.06\") in total height, not including the backplate. At 27mm, it is specifically designed for HTPC cases and 1U server chassis that require low-profile CPU coolers. Check your case’s maximum CPU cooler height specification to confirm fit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat CPUs is this cooler suitable for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe KT-27 is designed for mainstream Intel LGA115X processors including Intel Core i3, i5, Celeron, and Pentium series. It is generally suitable for CPUs with a TDP up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e65W at stock speeds\u003c\/strong\u003e. For higher-TDP processors or overclocked configurations, a larger cooler is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow loud is the 80mm fan during operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 80mm fan operates at up to \u003cstrong\u003e2500 RPM ±10%\u003c\/strong\u003e with a noise level of \u003cstrong\u003e25 dBA ±10%\u003c\/strong\u003e. At lower PWM-controlled speeds, noise is generally well below 20 dBA. The hydraulic bearing design reduces bearing noise compared to sleeve bearing fans, making this cooler suitable for quiet HTPC environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eDoes this cooler include thermal paste and a backplate?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe KT-27 includes a \u003cstrong\u003ebackplate mounting kit\u003c\/strong\u003e for Intel LGA115X (75 × 75mm hole pattern). Please confirm whether thermal paste is included in the package before installation — if not included, apply a pea-sized amount of thermal compound to the CPU heat spreader before mounting the cooler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat connector type does the fan use — PWM or DC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe fan uses a \u003cstrong\u003e4-pin PWM (small 4-pin)\u003c\/strong\u003e connector, allowing your motherboard to automatically adjust fan speed between idle and 2500 RPM based on CPU temperature. This is compatible with standard 4-pin PWM headers on all major Intel platform motherboards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhy choose a low-profile cooler over a standard tower cooler?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eStandard tower coolers typically measure 130–165mm in height, which is incompatible with HTPC cases, 1U server chassis, and slim mini-ITX enclosures. A low-profile cooler like the KT-27 at \u003cstrong\u003e27mm\u003c\/strong\u003e fits within these space-constrained environments while still providing active PWM-controlled cooling. If your build uses a standard mid-tower case, a taller tower cooler will generally offer better thermal performance for the same CPU.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the copper-core base design and why does it matter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe KT-27 uses a \u003cstrong\u003ecopper-core insert\u003c\/strong\u003e embedded in the aluminum base plate. Copper has approximately 4× higher thermal conductivity than aluminum, so the copper core rapidly draws heat away from the CPU heat spreader and transfers it into the surrounding aluminum fin structure. This hybrid design improves heat dissipation compared to a pure aluminum base — particularly important in a low-profile cooler where fin surface area is limited by height constraints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Add to cart above to get started.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52381200580882,"sku":"HKTBSMA770001","price":32.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/01_f4365ace-cb56-462b-ab53-0e16b5dc12d5.jpg?v=1781599870"},{"product_id":"tt-t400-tower-cpu-cooler-4-heatpipe-argb-pwm-intel-amd","title":"Tt T400 Tower CPU Cooler — 4 Heatpipes, ARGB PWM Fan, Dual-Tower Fins, Intel \u0026 AMD","description":"\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What CPU sockets does the Tt T400 support?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The T400 is a multi-platform cooler compatible with Intel LGA1700, LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156), and LGA1200, as well as AMD AM4 and AM5 sockets. Mounting hardware for all listed platforms is included in the package. Confirm your specific socket is listed before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the Chamber Pressurization Technology on this cooler?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Chamber Pressurization Technology uses an enclosed shroud structure around the fan and fin stack to create a sealed airflow chamber. Instead of allowing air to escape around the edges of the heatsink, the shroud focuses the fan\\u2019s static pressure directly through the fin array. This concentrates airflow where it is needed most \\u2014 across the heatpipes and fin surfaces \\u2014 improving heat dissipation efficiency compared to an open-frame heatsink design.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the ARGB connector type and is it compatible with my motherboard?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The T400 uses a 5V 3-Pin ARGB connector. It is compatible with ASUS Aura Sync, MSI Mystic Light, Gigabyte RGB Fusion, and other 5V ARGB ecosystems. IMPORTANT: The ARGB connector requires a 5V header on your motherboard. Do NOT connect it to a 12V RGB header \\u2014 doing so will immediately and permanently damage the ARGB lighting circuit. Check your motherboard\\u2019s header voltage before connecting.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What CPUs is this cooler suitable for \\u2014 can it handle high-TDP processors?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"With 4 direct-contact 6mm copper heatpipes and a dual-tower fin stack measuring 127 x 104 x 148mm, the T400 is generally suitable for mainstream to upper-mainstream desktop CPUs with a TDP up to approximately 130W\\u2013150W at stock speeds. For CPUs with a TDP above 150W or heavily overclocked configurations, a larger cooler or liquid cooling solution is recommended.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How loud is this cooler during operation?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 120mm PWM fan operates at up to 2200 RPM with a noise level of 28.6 dBA at maximum speed. At lower PWM-controlled speeds during light workloads, noise is generally well below 20 dBA. The hydraulic bearing design reduces bearing noise compared to sleeve bearing fans.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is HDT (direct-contact heatpipe) technology and why does it matter?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"HDT (Heat-pipe Direct Touch) means the four 6mm copper heatpipes make direct contact with the CPU heat spreader, without an intermediate copper base plate between them. This reduces thermal resistance at the contact point and allows heat to transfer into the heatpipes and up to the fin stack more quickly. The base is precision-milled flat to maximize contact area with the CPU lid.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will this cooler fit inside a standard mid-tower ATX case?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The T400 measures 127 x 104 x 148mm (approximately 5.0\\\" x 4.1\\\" x 5.8\\\") in height, not including mounting hardware. Most standard mid-tower ATX cases support CPU coolers up to 155\\u2013165mm in height, so this cooler generally fits with adequate clearance. For compact Micro-ATX or Mini-ITX cases, check your case\\u2019s maximum CPU cooler height specification before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What does the dual-tower fin design with turbulence notches do?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The dual-tower fin stack uses 0.4mm thick aluminum fins spaced 2mm apart. Each fin has stamped turbulence notches along its surface. These notches disrupt the boundary layer of air flowing through the fin channels, creating small turbulent eddies that improve heat transfer between the fin surface and the passing airflow. This increases effective cooling surface area utilization without requiring additional fin density.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-desc\"\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-overview\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eTt T400 Tower CPU Cooler — 4 Direct-Contact Heatpipes, ARGB, Chamber Pressurization\u003c\/h2\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eA stock CPU cooler is designed to meet minimum thermal requirements — not to keep your processor running cool during sustained gaming sessions, video rendering, or multi-threaded workloads. When temperatures climb, CPUs throttle their clock speeds, and the stock cooler gets louder trying to compensate. The \u003cstrong\u003eTt T400 tower CPU cooler\u003c\/strong\u003e is built for desktop builders who want a capable, visually striking aftermarket solution that handles real workloads quietly. Its Chamber Pressurization Technology focuses fan static pressure directly through the fin array, while four direct-contact copper heatpipes pull heat away from the CPU faster than a standard base-plate design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eEach order includes \u003cstrong\u003e1 × T400 cooler assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e (dual-tower aluminum fin heatsink + 120mm ARGB PWM fan pre-mounted + enclosed shroud), a multi-platform mounting kit with brackets and hardware for Intel and AMD sockets, and retail box packaging. The heatsink is constructed from \u003cstrong\u003ealuminum fins with 4 × Ø6mm sintered copper heatpipes\u003c\/strong\u003e in a direct-contact (HDT) configuration. Overall dimensions: \u003cstrong\u003e127 × 104 × 148mm (5.0\" × 4.1\" × 5.8\")\u003c\/strong\u003e, not including mounting hardware. Weight: 365g (≈12.9 oz).\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eThis cooler is well-suited for \u003cstrong\u003emid-range to upper-mainstream gaming PC builds\u003c\/strong\u003e using Intel Core i5\/i7 or AMD Ryzen 5\/7 processors where sustained thermal performance and ARGB aesthetics both matter, as a \u003cstrong\u003equiet tower CPU cooler for content creation workstations\u003c\/strong\u003e that run under load for extended periods, and as a \u003cstrong\u003estock cooler replacement for Intel LGA1700 or AMD AM4\/AM5 platforms\u003c\/strong\u003e where the included cooler is insufficient for the CPU’s TDP.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-compat\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-compat-icon\"\u003e🔌\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Intel LGA1700 \/ LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156) \/ LGA1200 — AMD AM4 \/ AM5. Fan: \u003cstrong\u003e4-Pin PWM\u003c\/strong\u003e. ARGB: \u003cstrong\u003e5V 3-Pin only\u003c\/strong\u003e — do NOT connect to a 12V RGB header. Mounting hardware for all listed sockets included.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e✅ Key Features of These Tower CPU Coolers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul class=\"hdiy-features\"\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🏗️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChamber Pressurization Technology\u003c\/strong\u003e — An enclosed shroud surrounds the fan and fin stack, creating a sealed airflow chamber that focuses the fan’s static pressure directly through the fin array. This prevents air from escaping around the heatsink edges and concentrates airflow across the heatpipes and fin surfaces, improving heat dissipation efficiency compared to open-frame tower designs.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔥\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4 × 6mm Direct-Contact Copper Heatpipes (HDT)\u003c\/strong\u003e — Four sintered copper heatpipes make direct contact with the CPU heat spreader in a matrix layout, without an intermediate base plate. This reduces thermal resistance at the contact point and allows heat to transfer into the dual-tower fin stack more quickly. The base is precision-milled flat to maximize contact area with the CPU lid.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🌈\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eARGB Lighting with Motherboard Sync\u003c\/strong\u003e — The integrated 5V 3-Pin ARGB lighting syncs with ASUS Aura Sync, MSI Mystic Light, Gigabyte RGB Fusion, and other major 5V ARGB ecosystems, allowing your motherboard to control the cooler’s lighting effects directly. The ARGB illuminates the fin stack through the shroud for a dynamic visual effect.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e⚙️\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e120mm PWM Fan with Smart Temperature Control\u003c\/strong\u003e — The 120mm fan uses a 4-pin PWM connector, allowing your motherboard to automatically scale fan speed between idle and 2200 RPM based on CPU temperature. At idle and light loads, the fan runs quietly near its minimum speed. Under full load, it ramps up to deliver 42.97 CFM through the fin stack.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e📊\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Tower Fins with Turbulence Notches\u003c\/strong\u003e — The dual-tower fin stack uses 0.4mm thick aluminum fins spaced 2mm apart. Stamped turbulence notches on each fin disrupt the boundary layer of airflow through the fin channels, creating small turbulent eddies that improve heat transfer between the fin surface and passing air — increasing effective cooling surface area utilization without adding fin density.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cspan class=\"hdiy-icon\"\u003e🔧\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Platform Mounting Kit Included\u003c\/strong\u003e — Socket-specific brackets and hardware for Intel LGA1700, LGA115X, LGA1200, and AMD AM4\/AM5 are all included in the package. No additional purchases are required for any supported platform. Installation does not require motherboard removal on most supported sockets.\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e📐 Technical Specifications — Tower CPU Cooler\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-table-wrap\"\u003e\n    \u003ctable\u003e\n      \u003ctbody\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTt T400 (途腾 T400)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCooler Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-Tower Heatsink with Direct-Contact Heatpipes + Enclosed Shroud\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatpipe Count\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × Ø6mm Sintered Copper Heatpipes (HDT Direct-Contact)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFin Thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.4mm per fin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFin Spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminum Fins + Copper Heatpipes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeatsink Dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127 × 104 × 148mm (5.0\" × 4.1\" × 5.8\") excl. mounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e365g (≈12.9 oz)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 × 120 × 25mm (4.7\" × 4.7\" × 1\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Speed\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 RPM (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAirflow\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.97 CFM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNoise Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.6 dBA (max speed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Bearing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic Bearing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFan Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-Pin PWM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated Voltage \/ Start Voltage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC 12V \/ 8V\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eARGB Connector\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5V 3-Pin (motherboard sync)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eARGB Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eASUS Aura Sync \/ MSI Mystic Light \/ Gigabyte RGB Fusion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntel Socket Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLGA1700 \/ LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156) \/ LGA1200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAMD Socket Support\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM4 \/ AM5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n        \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage Contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeatsink + Fan Assembly, Enclosed Shroud, Multi-Platform Mounting Kit, Retail Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n    \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-note\"\u003e\n    \u003cspan class=\"hdiy-note-icon\"\u003e⚠️\u003c\/span\u003e\n    \u003cstrong\u003eARGB Warning:\u003c\/strong\u003e The ARGB connector requires a \u003cstrong\u003e5V 3-Pin header\u003c\/strong\u003e on your motherboard. \u003cstrong\u003eDo NOT connect to a 12V RGB header\u003c\/strong\u003e — incorrect voltage will immediately and permanently damage the ARGB circuit. Check your motherboard’s header label and voltage before connecting. Also confirm your CPU socket is listed above before ordering.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003ch2\u003e❓ Frequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat CPU sockets does the Tt T400 support?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe T400 supports \u003cstrong\u003eIntel LGA1700, LGA115X (1150\/1151\/1155\/1156), and LGA1200\u003c\/strong\u003e, as well as \u003cstrong\u003eAMD AM4 and AM5\u003c\/strong\u003e. Mounting hardware for all listed platforms is included. Confirm your specific socket is listed before ordering.\n        \u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the Chamber Pressurization Technology on this cooler?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eChamber Pressurization Technology uses an \u003cstrong\u003eenclosed shroud structure\u003c\/strong\u003e around the fan and fin stack to create a sealed airflow chamber. Instead of allowing air to escape around the heatsink edges, the shroud focuses the fan’s static pressure directly through the fin array — concentrating airflow across the heatpipes and fin surfaces for improved heat dissipation efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the ARGB connector type and is it compatible with my motherboard?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe T400 uses a \u003cstrong\u003e5V 3-Pin ARGB connector\u003c\/strong\u003e, compatible with ASUS Aura Sync, MSI Mystic Light, Gigabyte RGB Fusion, and other 5V ARGB ecosystems. \u003cstrong\u003eDo NOT connect to a 12V RGB header\u003c\/strong\u003e — incorrect voltage will immediately and permanently damage the ARGB circuit. Check your motherboard’s header label before connecting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat CPUs is this cooler suitable for — can it handle high-TDP processors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eWith 4 direct-contact 6mm copper heatpipes and a dual-tower fin stack measuring 127 × 104 × 148mm, the T400 is generally suitable for mainstream to upper-mainstream desktop CPUs with a TDP up to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e130W–150W at stock speeds\u003c\/strong\u003e. For CPUs with a TDP above 150W or heavily overclocked configurations, a larger cooler or liquid cooling solution is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eHow loud is this cooler during operation?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe 120mm PWM fan operates at up to \u003cstrong\u003e2200 RPM\u003c\/strong\u003e with a noise level of \u003cstrong\u003e28.6 dBA\u003c\/strong\u003e at maximum speed. At lower PWM-controlled speeds during light workloads, noise is generally well below 20 dBA. The hydraulic bearing design reduces bearing noise compared to sleeve bearing fans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat is HDT (direct-contact heatpipe) technology and why does it matter?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eHDT (Heat-pipe Direct Touch) means the four \u003cstrong\u003e6mm copper heatpipes\u003c\/strong\u003e make direct contact with the CPU heat spreader, without an intermediate base plate. This reduces thermal resistance at the contact point and allows heat to transfer into the fin stack more quickly. The base is precision-milled flat to maximize contact area with the CPU lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWill this cooler fit inside a standard mid-tower ATX case?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe T400 measures \u003cstrong\u003e127 × 104 × 148mm\u003c\/strong\u003e (approximately 5.0\" × 4.1\" × 5.8\") in height, not including mounting hardware. Most standard mid-tower ATX cases support CPU coolers up to 155–165mm in height, so this cooler generally fits with adequate clearance. For compact Micro-ATX or Mini-ITX cases, check your case’s maximum CPU cooler height specification before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n    \u003cdetails\u003e\n      \u003csummary\u003eWhat do the turbulence notches on the fins do?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n      \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-faq-body\"\u003e\n        \u003cp\u003eThe dual-tower fin stack uses \u003cstrong\u003e0.4mm thick aluminum fins\u003c\/strong\u003e spaced 2mm apart. Stamped turbulence notches on each fin disrupt the boundary layer of airflow through the fin channels, creating small turbulent eddies that improve heat transfer between the fin surface and passing air. This increases effective cooling surface area utilization without requiring additional fin density or a larger heatsink footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003c\/details\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003cdiv class=\"hdiy-cta\"\u003e\n    🛒 Add to cart above to get started.\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"HomeDIYer","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52381216768274,"sku":"HKTBSMA0800001","price":110.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/files\/01_02710a81-d7e6-475e-8898-a33326780319.jpg?v=1781600621"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0884\/8936\/1682\/collections\/laptop-ssd-upgrade-computer-repair-workbench.webp?v=1781607364","url":"https:\/\/homediyer.com\/collections\/computer-repair-upgrade-tools.oembed?page=2","provider":"HomeDIYer","version":"1.0","type":"link"}